Vdocuments - MX 41teach Yourself Nepali 2

7/17/2019 41.
Teach Yourself Nepali
@
teach
yourself
nepali
michael utt
ano
abhisubedi
For over 60 years, more Ìhan

40 million eoplôhave eamtover
750 $bjects Ìhetê€ch yourselÍ
\ /qí witì impressiveesufts.
bewhere ouwant o be
with each youFelt
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali 1/169
7/17/2019 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
oo
ForUK Ídor nquirlos:loassoniact ooleointtd,130Milton aÍk, iingdon.
o5
gI1 4SB:0lophon8:
ondayo44Satuíday,
01 Pz|nrj.Fax.
iüìa 24-houÍtA6asag6
0)1235 üX54, inìs rexon.pen
09.üF17,00, nswErino €Íì,/ice.ú s
úoui our tlss nd ow0order re vallablstwü,wl€actwursslÍ.co.uk
ForUSA Ídãr nquiÍi€s:loas€onüctMccaw-HillustomcrsÍüc€s.0Box 45.
t5
BlacldlchH43004{t15, SA.slsDhono: -8fl}722-4726.oc 61+755-5645.
toÍ Canadardor nquiri€s:leas€onbclMccnw-Hill ysrsond. 300Water lnfoducüon 1
+
Wìiby.onhrio,l N986,Canada€l€phone:05,1Í10íi00. ar905 30 @0.
l||. ilapall criptand ound y3hm 6
o
LongonowÍEds heaulÌìorihtivoourcr0rsolí-guld€d oaÍningryiüÌmore ìan 0
millionopiesoldwoÍldwideüo brrh yoü||oll 6Íiosncludesver 00 ü0snüìe 0l .|r youBlndu? 20
fields fhngua06s, nb, hobbies,üsinsss,omputinond ducatlon.
gtídshibnryCabloguing nPublicalionatu úAague ecordor ìis itl6 sa\aihble I íE'eüngE btts
írom ìoBritishibrary. isandâ,? nNêpâli;iÍstp€ílon ionouns
UW oíCwtêssAhloghtd Nunber ffile. (1 erson )or4;
tlrstpublished
nUK 909 yHodd6rducation, 38EuíonBoad.ondon,Wl3BH. Ian,ro);ouecond onoun
aÍe, {€aÍewilhho;noüns;
tirstpublished
nUS 999y ho ilcGnw.Hillompaniss, nc.
askingnd nsrvering uesüom
This diüonublished 003.
'Tïebach oüsrllnamesarooistorcd ndenaÍkoÍHoddoÍoadline 2anMngttlv dlege
CopyÍight1999,0mMlcha6lutt nd bhi üb€di üìiÍd crsonDnounsrê,sre, her;
/nUÍ All ighh esorved.partrom ny eflnitodse ndor K opyÍigtìtaw, opart lìe s,sâô,s, i6, iey ârewiü ho;
0l thispublicaüonay e eproduc€dr ransmitbdn aÍry oÍmoÍ W anymoans,
electmnlcrmochanical,ncludinghobcopy, ecording,ÍaÍìynÍoÍÍnaúion,
tonoe nd f,is,&af,ôhssendioseâdjedives
retÍlovalystem,i[ìout eÍmlssion
nwÍilingÍomlìepubllsÌ€rr undericrnceÍom 02 howárb lt to KeqmaÍdu, rothor? g
theCopydghticenslnogencyimited.uÍtÌÌ€retailstsuchicencssÍoÍ eprogÍaphtc
reproduction)ay €obbinedrom e CopyÍighticsnsinooencyimlbd, fSaffron SavietúKalmandu
House,-1 KÍtvStÍeet,ondon,CI iS.
pronounsilh he; ll qüiÍ€ nd herai
1976,
/nUSAllopart
ightseseryed.
Íhis bookmay
xcept
o sproduc€d
spsrmitodMer ìe unitod ht€sCoDVÍiSht
ÍdistibubdnanyoÍÍn c1 l
rWanymmns, veÍy,rár]1queslioning vodsirìtoÌrogalivss);
or sloredn a databasor rstÍieralystem, ihod thgpÍiorwÍiüen eÍmissionÍ
thêDublisher üs simplsentence
Types€tyTÍansetmited, owntÍy,nohnd. 1rcatand l
PrintednGr8at Íihin Í Hodderducatlon, diúsion Í HoddsÍ ôadtins,38Euston
Road,ondon,WlsBH, yCox Vvyrmntd,Readlno,€Íkhko. po6ho6ilions: nã, b4a,dekhi;
Tho ublishsrìas s€db b€st ndsavouísoensurelìat$s URLSorexternalJ€bsfteg usingslalionship ermsoaddÍesseople
Íeforcd in$is book Íe oÍÍoct nd ctivet ìe ime ígoingo press. owe\aíhs
publisherndüìoauhorhav€ o responsibillty oÍ tlìewDbsitesndcanmalcno 03 howmaM 17
ouaraflhhata sitowill emainiveoÍ haÌüe coflterÌtill smaln€l6vaÍt,€c€ntr 5 studentst u lawuqe*hool
appr0pÍiato.
Hoddor eadlineboliry s b usepapersìat arcnatural,enewablend ocyclaDls úìeNopaliumêrals;umbersfpeople
productsndmads romwoodgrownn sustainable orests.ï0 logging nd
manulactuÍlng Íoc6ssesre xMed 0coÍìformo heenvironmenbl €guhtions he 6sewWttpeanr@n
couftyofoÍioin. í
lmpr8sslon umbêr 10 I7 6 5
Yoar 2009 008 007 006
0l glvem€ 5 upee6
numbeÍsf hings;owmaú 13hiring *"shaw
7KarnalndAnit themperatives; hepostposition
ái
possession tems; sing
fportable
asobjêct aÍksr;hehabitualresentense:
numbersithoutassmers altemativeegative oíns;hepostposition
whoses t? henegativeaíicìê a;
-tiÍa owards;
I Jyoti's atses laJa ut,la hough,av?s nd uncha:
owneÍship:ko,ki, kãwilh ounsnd ames; OK, dght
wordsoÍand:a,ani: know,ou novelc thebest
07
usinghehã 14 owts N villages
I Batan'sdücat comparatúês ikes nd
nd uperlatives;
ov{nershipsingko, ki, kãwith nchanged
dislikessing an arnu;inawhY,
('directase') ronouns;ry' our' tt
klnabhaneecause
one3 lvnrmphasizing wnershipsing
08 I came esteÍday
ãphno; skinguestions: heusg fki
15Sandhyaopsby
l0 whoseoú ts lí s? the impleastense;üeimpleastorms
ownershipsingko, ki -kãÚthchanged
nteÍrogaìives: oÍhunüobe;hiyoand hayo;
('obliquease') Íonoüns;
locationndmovementoneonend
kaskowhose,eko íwhaf,ahãko so/nefhinú[ heuses fkehiand ohi
oflfrcnwhere? 16a visittotnShanka,'/.asad
05 what oYou o? transitivendntransitiveerbs;ransitive
11lÊ 6ú andhePot verbs ndhe uffixle; urtherses f'le;
orm fveÍis: hehabitual
thedictionary paÍts f hebody
presentênse;singhehabitualresent
09 l'llgowhen've at9.n
tense; horaiasousualy,nâÍai nly' 17 day frwork
panialso,oo, ven ahlle?
ahilyal aninhen?,ahile
evelmodesf two eÍbs ithhe ameubjecthe€ra
kãhl omel,imes, participle;
he eportedpeech-malkeÍe
pachi fieÍ'
tÍanôportew ostpositions: 18achancencountet nDatieeling
.sammaP o,unÍttko ãgi or
the ontinuous ênsesdai chaì
n
12wonenn he íllages whichne?his ne heuses fcãhii
thehabitualresentense:eminineoÍms; otherorms Í hemnjunctiveartìciple;
tìmes fdaydays f heweeK expressions erms
fage;urtherelationship
fÍequency:aÌak
t0 in hemaÍtet 14 l'llgoneÍ y3ar 19 3
19out howing 25going omeü Dasain
neededlldavailablethinuand ãinu; theprobableulureense;he nÍiniüve
Íood ocabulary; singlãi nsteadf lâgnu: hatdoest costo...?howbng
-ko ãgi doest takeo...? wotdsoíapprcxinâW
11 it seemsine o me 148 t what hould do? 202
n a pbce o stayn \ahnandu â aïivingat Tibhuvannternational
feelings:heuse fnouns ithãgnu; must, hould,on'thaveo, nust,had itpott
o,
how oyou ìkeNepal?sing djectives the erbsmilnu ndmilãunu
úth àgnu; ore assiveeós; rim,i'aÍ o 17 you'rc otallowedn 211
iasto;makingdjectives nto dverbs 27Anedcans tPashupatienpte
2 rirheroashegone? í5 8 is ta ight to...? singhe níinitivêith
21a atestaft huncha/hiidaina; hey on't llow ou o...i
themmpletedresentense;tatinghe bhaeÍabe,'i?gndbhaen pani despiteeing,
time Íday singajyo ÍeligionnNepal
2 whicll ounüesave ouvisited? 8 I can eamNepali
themmpletedastense;eportingpeech fr hownanyknguages anyouspeak? 219
using hanêra;ecause t i8,becausetwas: tobeable o...: oget to,nanageo,
the koparticipleithle; singhe eko describingverb; o eâmo, eac, o;
participlesanadjective; rdinalumbers lo Íanl o...;verbsmeaningo believe
3 dear aiu.., 73 9 at hedocto/s 227
B anexchangef efteÉ I Wani vtsils e doctor
usinghe ko participle sa verb; expressingurpose;eginningo dosomelhing;
howongs t sínce...?:s rhearing
eeing afier oingomelhing; e Ìemberingnd
anothererson'sctions;he eko âÍticiple foÍgelting;efore oing omething:
uiith oorhoina;houghtsndntentions postpositions eginningith bhandã
using heneÍand haneko:hat oes 20 the mapot llepal 238
Íhrb ordnear?heNepaliear & 0v napof Nepal
4 if t rains... í8 3 using amüwithocaüons;bove,elov
24out rcknng ôeyond ore ostposiüons eginningith
rêal onditionalentences; singolão .bhandã;heuse Íbhanneo meanamed
mean erhaps,iüt be; he neparticiple theuse fbhannêo meantEÍ
asanadjective; singhe ne articiple 21 I usodosmoke 2Ii
to alkaboututure clionsihe erb 31badhabits
p[gnu oaffive, uffice the abitualastênse;inishing,
topping,
quitüngihile oing,nmediately fret oiv

will aveo,usedohave ' wishing'
Í-f
tl
hopingnd eciding II
12 shall makeea?
P can@ng te teaPanY
may?verbsn he ubjuncüve; oing +
=
oÍanottìereÍson:olnpounderDs
somelhing
otrL
with inq yingând eeking
C
13 if he'dâkenhêmedicine -
g a deah n he eighboulnod
aheadYone:@nlound erbs h saknu; Welcome o TeachYourselÍNepali
unrealonditional he hort
entences;
completedresentense;ealizatìon:
usingahechat heend Ísenlences;
the eíiclnnu oknow,o e@gnize
Nopali is a member of the Indo-Aryan group of laÍÌguageshat
Includesmost of the languages f üe northemhalf of the Indian
aub-continent.hese ânguages rc derived rom Sanshit in rnuch
tho eameway that úe EuropeanRomance anguages rc derived II
ot
U iÍ thafshowt i8... ftom Latin, and eachhas developed ts own distinctive chamcter
34 woPofteÊnd o@ng ovcrthecourseof manycenturies.Nepali s úe lingua tanca of the
compounderbs ith ãlnu;ontinuous
tensessingahanu;hoÍteâl onditional
ccntsalândeastemHimalaya,and he national anguageof NepâI.
Íl is also ecognized y the ndianConstituúonasa major anguage =
of India because f its dominancen Sikkim and úe Darjeeling o
1 appendices
senGnces
cardinalumbers
kinshipeÍÍns
district of West BengâI. Bhutan promotesthe use of its own
national language,Dzongkh4 but therc too Nepali is widely
spokenandunderstood.
Nepal s oneofthe world's most ingústically variegated ountries;
keyo êxercises 2U more han40 different anguaçs havebeen ecorded. ustoverhalf
Nèpali+ngllshlossary 302 the populationhasNepali as ts mother ongue: he mother-tongue
EnglisH'lepalilossary 322 Nepali-speakers(Brahmins)
re prirnarilyandCheais.Most
the higher casteofand poüúcally
the rest of the
dominantBúuns
populationspeakseither Indo-Aryan languages uch as Maithili,
Bhojpuri,Awadhi and Hindi, or Tibeto-Burmananguages uchas
Tibetan,Tamang,NewaÍi,Gurüng,MâgaÌ,Rai andLimbu. The use
of theseanguages as discouraged ntil 1990,whena democracy
movement ucceededn grantingsome ights to Nepal's inguistic
minorities.However, he evel of bilingualismwith Nepali is now
very high in mostpartsof úe kingdom.
This book s designed o enableúose with no previousknowledge
of Nepali to pÍogÍessto a point wherc they câÍl communicate
canats-o^:L *lll haol'jroot helpto you in developingaccumtepronunciationat

effectively n Nepali ona rangeof everyday oryü TÌ9 rangeoÌ af, ürly itllgc.
ani write úe language. ike every anguage' N epali hasa
Ïiif".* ttvi", úels of sophisúcation'A hillfarmer who has a You muychoose owto âpProachachunit: you might wish to leârn
itb;;;-Bú* "íO
hnguage as his motheÍ tongue nìây use the same thÉ dlll;guc and ts meaning iÍst by hearingând Íepeating t, and
u"O for ai genders'n umbersand levels of poüteness' thln woik through the translation and úe gramrnar section to
u".""t. t"tï. N"paliis a workadayinÌ-languâgehat as rneu
"nOin* enables.him und6ritandwhy it meanswhat t does;âltemâtively,you might prefer
to communicatewith peopìe who have other languages lo work ihrough he grammarsection iIst and hen um backto úe
ão,frer,ongu". n contrast. n educated rbanitewill usevarious- dloktguc €achunit,
o see hegrammarn action,asto tmoveon
were.Whicheverwayyou
unúl you have:
*r""n depend ot only upon he numberandSender f tppÍoach it is importarìtnot
on now
úe subiects erforming e actions f the verbs'but âlsohe royal
"*u'ã"dìïít a mortcrcdúe dialogue;
pijrã tã. .i"".* to L aboutúem' Meanwhite' nside a fully digested the grammaÍ section and the examples it
vocabulary not
nalacea cornpletelynew set of verbs anclhonorific conteinsi
coveredhere ) comes nto PlaY' l68medall nelv vocabulary;
Bv and aÍse,úe Nepú in thisbook s úat which Nepali
speâkers completed he exercises ndchecked hem againsthe key;
;J.;t;lf;;;*i"tstv in tle vaÍious situations úat arc introduced' rcpeatedhe exercisesf úey werenot correct hefiÍst time'
moÍe
Where choices arise, however, we err towards -the Itc grammatical xplanations rc ntendedo be asclearand aÍgon-
srdmmaticallvcorrect. While acceptingúat someNepali speakers we tâKe frcc ó possible, lthought is not possible o explainúe structuÍes f
"would
not make i i, hesamechoicesn
Uetter o leam ruleseverydayconveÍsatron'
before eaming he exceptions r languagewiúout usingsomegrarnmaticalerminology'The book
,ft" cennõtclui- to coverevery eatureof Nepali,but it doescontainâlÌ
admitsonly a
io-,nor. *f"t. Similarly, he language f úis book
"i"í,ft" of the most commonverb constructions nd a basic vocabularyof
handful of English words' although many Nepall-sPeaxers rome1600words. t will equipyou with whatyou need o speakând
ipJ*r.ìy in tíe capitatl do make ree useof English vocabulary n:ad,and f you conünuewith Nepali after you havemastered his
in their conversation. book your vocúulary and your familiarity with more complex
consEuctionswill gmw very qúckly. As well as helping you to
masierheNepú language,he dialogues realso ntendedo provide
How o use he book one to
youwiú an nsight nto Nepalicultureanddâily life'
The book is divided into 24 units' Eâch unit contains tom s an The authorsof úis bookwish you all the very best n your effortsto
of a dialogue' here
OtL G"fl
;;.-;;;;;i Aial"gt"s (in
ú*õ in unit 20a Unit 13, nstead
prose passase)' n thefiÍst fouÍ units leamüe Nepali anguage.
the scnpr m wmc.n
a[ of úe Nepâli aPPeaÍsn boú Devanagari s
Nenati is wdtten)-and Roman translieraüon'Each dialogue
tbe new vocabulary t contains' and a FuÉher eading
i;ìi;;iy ;;"; Oúer begirmers' oursesn Nepali ncludeTika B. Karki andChij K
;;;;;úJ "ontaining
*"tlation. Each ialogu"T p^:"c: it .to1 :"ill^1
rammatical explanation ncludtngl*": Shresúais Basic Course n Spoken Nepali (Kathmandu,various
sectionoi mor. detaiJed editions)andDavitl Matthews'sÁ Coursem NepaÌi(London,School
examples ndexercises' hekey o each xercises glvenat tneenq
endvocabulary' of Oriental and African Studies,1984).The filst of thesehasbeen
ni,tt" b*k' follo*ed by a complete usedfor many years to teach Nepâli to PeaceCorps volunteers
cript
You shouldbeginby leaming hecharmtersof theDevanagaÍi on its own' without ntroducingúe Devanagari cript.The second doptsa more
Although the book canbe used also ntÍoducesmore complex grammatical
-ï,it"ípi.ti*i"íon-
Ë ã;ú;;; of the sounã of each character can onlv be academicapproachand
structures.
,ftecâssettehat s available o accompanyhebook
"pp-ïÀãï" -O
Onceyou havecompletedTeachYounelÍ Nepaúi, oumightwish to Abbrevlations& symbols
moveonto the ater units of theMatthewscourse o supplement our
understanding f Nepali grammar.You will also ind the following M nritldlc case) Dr doctoÍ
textbooks useful: M.K. Verma and T.N. Sharma's InteÍnediate L hrw cuse) Er. elder
Nepali StructuÍeand nteÍrnediateNePaIiÀeader,both publishedby ll high case) Yr. younger
Manohar Publishers n New Delhi in 1979; and Michael Hutt's Q quc$tion Mat. matemal
Modem LitÊÍary Nepali: an IntÍoductory Reader, pubüshed by A unswer Pat. patemal
Ë rtutement bro brother
Oxford University Pressn New Delhi in 1997.
The best Nepali-Engüshdictionary currently on úe market is Á f,l . masculine
lbminine sis
D sister
daughter
PracücalDictionary of Modem Nepali, produced by an editorial rJ,Ítlc. conjunctivea.rticiple S son
board headed y Ruth Laila-Schmidtand publishedby RatnaSâgar
Pubüshersn New Delhi in 1993.RalphTurner's celebratedNepali Cl llags thosepassageshat you can isten to on the recoÌding hat
dictionary,first published n 1930, was rePrinted n India ir 1981; rccompaniesh isbook.
this is a work of immensenteÍest,but is perhapsa little forbidding Vmrbulary boxesfollow each dialogue.Use these o make sure
for a beginnern the anguage. you'vcunderstoodhedialogue.
PradyumnaP. Karan and Hiroshi Ishii's Nepal: a Himalayan Thoexercises, hroughoutúe book, give you plenty of opportunity
Kingdom n fÍansirion (UnitedNationsUniYersityPress'1996) s a aoprsctise he Nepali anguage ointsasyou leam.
good ntroduction o all aspects f the country,while JanSalterand
Harka Gurung'sbeautifullyillustratedbook FacesofNepal Qlirnal Tho grammar sectiongivesa clear explanationof the grammatical
Books, Kaúmandu, 1996)describeshe culturesof Nepal's many lrrucsexploredn thatchapter.
ethnicgÌoups.
For Englishtranslations tom modemNepali üÍerature,seeMichael
Hnlt's Himalayan Voices: an IntÍoduction to Modem Nepali
LitentuÍe (University of Califomia Press,1991);for a desÍiptive
accountof tÌìe historyof Nepú üterature,seeAbhi Subedi'sNepali
Literaütre:Backgoand andHisrory (SajhaPublishers,Kathmandu,
1978).
Acknowledgements
The authorswish to thankGovindaGiri Prerana,Bindu Subediand
Jobn Whelpton for their invaluablecommentsand suggesúons n
vaÍious sectionsand drafts of úe book, and the Researchand
PublicationsCommittee of the School of Oriental and African
Studies or facilitating this collaboraúon.We are âlso gÍateful to
SubhasRai for providing us úth úe drawings that illustrate a
numberof the dialogues.
tã-l
l
like úe 'a' in aga but like the ,o, in por when t
follows a abialconsonanta consonant
t Ir pÍonounced n the ips)
o J ITT
rl
fr
ã Ìike the 'a' in faúer
like the ee' in fee4rarely ike the ,i' in fui
like the 'ee' in feeÍ
Eu like úe 'oo' in f@ raÍely like tlhe u' in püÍ
tike tJrc oo' in food
Ï' z
oqt 6ti
Fy üke úe 'ri' n nip, ripple (only occursn words
bonowed tom Sanshit)
like the int paÍt of the vowel sound n raade
$e
El wft* you have read through this section, listen to the q. al like the 'oy' soundn ôoy or the 'i, sound n qurre
-
oo -a recording, so úat you can hearúe vowels andconsonants f úe lÍÌ o like úe first paÍt of thevowel soundn áole
Devanagari cript. cÌ au like the 'ow' soundn cow
Nepali is written in the Devanãgari (or 'Nagari') script, which is
âlso used for Hindi, Sanslcit and Marathi, with only minor Brch Devanagari haracters followed by a Romantransüteration
modificationsbeing made o accommodatehe special eaturcsof which consistsof the consonant ollowed by the letter a. This is
l
-1+ úe Nepali soundsystem.Devanagari s a phoneticscript, which bccause,n the úsence of any

q other vowel sign, eachconsonants
t
0,
means that âlmost every word is pronouncedexacdy as it is
written: leaming a charactermeansalso leaming a sound.The
hold to containúe inheÍent a vowel. Because eachDevanasari
consonant eÍefore comes o rcpresent syllúle, somescholarsall
system s comprisedof three kinds of characters: owels, thc Devanagarisystema 'syllabary' rather than an .alphabef. In
ã consonants, nd conjunct chancters.Thereâre o capitâl etters. words hat end in a consonant, he inheÍenta of úe final letter is
CL rcmetimespronounced,but is more often silent. This final a will
appearn transüteration nly when t is to bepronounced.
o Vowels
otr The Devanagari cript has 11 vowels.Every vowel except3{â has
two symbols.Thefirst symbol s the full form of thevowel, called
Two impoÍant contrasts lÌat exist in Nepali, but not in,English,
should be pointed out. The fiÌst is between aspiÍatàdaÍld-non_
,rpfaÍed consonants, he secoâd betwen deital ,ï)rloflex
consonants. ^nd
athe vowel
or character. his s usedwhenúe vowel s the [st
Theletter of
5L
C
word syllable,andwhen t follows anoúervowel. second
s'.rnbofs the vowel sign,wllich is usedafter a consonant,.e. when
. AspiÍatedconsonants repronouncedwith a strongexpulsion
of breath,while non-aspiÍated onsonants repronouncedwith
o úe vowel s üìesecondenerof a syllable.Thealphabet eginswith
thevowels,and hevowel characters rcshownopposite.
only minimal breathbeing expelled.The amount of breâth
expelledduring the pronunciationof an Engüshconsonants
a1+ Consonants
usuallysomewhere etweeD ese two extremes. o discinline
is required o leam the Nepü way: less breath han normal
o The Devanagari scÍipt has 33 consonants. The traditional Indian

system very helpfully orders consonants according to the way they
while uttering a non-aspiÍated onsonant,much more breath
than normalwhile utteÍing an aspiratedone.Hold a minor in
front of your face asyou practise,and comparehe extent o
are pronounced, and they are isted heÍe in alphabetical order. Each which it cloudsup in each nstance Or put a hand n front of
of the first five groups of consonants has as its final member a
3 nasal consonant (a consonantpronounced through the nose).
your mouth o feel the difference.Takecareâlso o utter each Ëdtsllü oonlonant8 (pronouncsdwith the tongue curled
aspirate onsonânt sa singlesound:although hesecondetter baok lo louoh tho Palato)
of'úe Rom"n t"nsliteration of DevanagaÍiaspiratess 'h" this likc the t' in sÍop,but with the tonguecuÍled up
is there o indicate he expulsionof breath,not to suggestmat lr
to touch he roof of úe mouth
theÍe âÍe two sePaÍâte ounds. I llu us t but with â strong cleaseof breath
. To pÍonounceNepali words correctly, t is also mportânt to f when he first etet of a syllable: sürc d' n dug
difÍ:erentiate between dental consonânts and retroflex {r
but with the onguecuÍledup to touch he roof of
consonants, nd most paÍticularly betweendentalta and Íla úe moutì
and retroflex fa and Ça For dental consonantsúe tongue in themiddleor at the endof a word: as he
shouldtouch the back of úe upper front teeth' for retroflex 'r' in rug, but with úe tonguecurledup to
consonantst shoulclbe curledbackup against he roof of the touch he roof of themouth
moutlt. For the English 'f and 'd' the tongue is held
somewhere etween hese wo positions,which soundsike a
I dhs asda but with a strong elease f breath
0l 0a like úe 'n' in and, but wiú thetonguecurledup
retroflex to a Nepú-speâker's eâr'Learners herefoÍeneed o to touch he roof of themouth
work harder to pronounce dental consonants thân they
do to pronounce etroflex ones, hough hey often magine he
opposite.
Oantllconsonantspronouncedith he ongueouching r
VelaroÍ guttural consonants pronouncedn ths throat) oloa. to th6 upper Íont teeth)
ta like the 't' in úp, with the tip of the tongueagâinst
rõ kâ as he 'k' in sldÍ the back of úe uPPerÍont teeth
q kha aska but v/ith â strong elease f breath rt tha as a but wiú a strong eleaseof breath
rT gâ as he 'g' in go rí da asúe 'd' in dtp
q Cha âsga but wiú a strong eleâse f breath u dha asda but with â strong elease f breath
s.n as he 'n' in sixg iÍ na as he 'n' in mp
Palatal consonants (pÍonouncêd at the palate or the Leblal onsonantspronouncèdn he iPs)

uppêrgum-line) qS pa
phâ as he p' in PoÍ strong eleasef breath; ften
q like the 'ch' in cheese, ut with less elease f
aspabut withâ
ca like úe 'f in faráer
breathandpronounced th the tip of the
tongue ouching he oweÍ ftont teeth E ba asúe 'b' in bud
q bha asba but with a strong eleaseof breath;
E cha somewhere etween he 'ch' in cáeese nd he 'ts' sometirnesike a breaúy 'v' as n driver
in Ísar,pronounced ith a strong elease f breath
ma as he 'm' in mud
q ja as he I' in jug
q Í," as a but with a strong elease f breath
5T ia âsúe 'n' in i;nJurY
Semi-vowels
1k + qa
kâ
4 ya asúe 'y' in yes ìk g + 3TIã 6t kã
{ ra like úe 'r' in Ìu, but pronouncedwith a trill of tt' ka + al ki
thetongue,not on th€ ips {k o
|Fk
€i fr la-
FT la like the 'l' in ,ot, but pronouncedwiú the tongue + 3u rF ku
further forward {i ka + sü s kü
aÍ va prcnounced itheras he b' in budor as he w' {k a ãl :[ kg
rn tvoÍse à ke
riska
+ ge
ka q,ar { kai
tF ka + ' O ko
Sibilant 'hissing')consonants ci kâ + rtìau kâu
ïT ía as he sh' in sÌrun,but also requendy ronounceds'
tI ça as he sh' in sÌrun,but also requenúy ronounceds'
{ sa as he's'in sun
A vowel sign is generally attached to úe stem or downstroke of a
consonant- to the foot of úe downstroke in the caseof g u. ü ü. and
Aspirate onsonant f f, to the head of the downstroke in the case of g e and È ai. as an
0dditionaldownsrrokeattâchedby a
Ë ha as he 'h' in àug the cases of Ë i and Ê i, and as an loop to úe downstroke
additional head of the with
stem or
in
without exta elements in the cases of i{T ã, * o, and aÌ au. + ka is a
tingle-stemmed consonant, but some consonants have two
Script exercise 1 Make a flash card or eachcharacter,with úe downstrokes, and in such casesthe vowel sign must be attached to
Devanagari etter on úe front and the Român ransliterationon úe the right-hand member of the pair. The consonant rI ga is an example:
back.Use hese o help you memorizeeachcharacter.
ITITÏfiT.fr{{TìÌ.ÈqÌ
Script exercise 2 Write out the following Nepali words in ga gã
DevanasaÍi: gr gi gu gü gf ge gai gò gau
jhan 'Ihe consonant ra is an excepúon o thesegeneralmles when
saral thap bhavan kanal had t takes he
chad bâkhat jarú yas qar vowel signs _ -u and -ü. Insteadof attaching these o the foot of the
lhaC -
rara
calan ga+a íahar
ma dÂíak
ghar nabh
phat vas
rath
downsaoke,you shÕddallow {hem o nestlehigherup in úe crook of úe
chamcter:
ah
dhaval dhab lay pa4lìa çalh khatam ï + 3 = dr u
r .r q = Sr ü
A consonantcan only suppoÍ one vowel at a time. In words in which
Constructingsyllables one vowel follows directly after another, the second vowel must
Every vowel except 3Ta has a vowel sign which is added to a nlways appearas a full vowel character. Thus, to wÌite the word dú
consonânt o form â syllable. The EÌ a vowel is iúerent in the (two) yon musl write { du tollowed by á i in ils tull form:
{t.
consonant tself. When a vowel other than 3I a is âdded to a Similarly, nole úe spellingsUr: khãu. rrÉ gm, and Íïg lie.
consonant,t automaticâlly eplacesúe 3l â vowel. Vowel signs are
attached o the consonant k in thefollowing ways:
Script exercise 3 lvrite out the following Nepali words in
Devanagari:
D Scrlpf exercise4 write outthe ÍbuowingNepaliwords n
l)o vnnagari:
lutapit bemausam aghãunu ghmã anau$ro hü cnaya naya gãü úga
ausadhi bhautik risãunu ainã deü ãinã
khicadi dobâ[o hariyo ukusamukus Iã0chu diinã tapãi Jaqarna
Cu4h pIc âülo gaÉ sãsãr aKna
itaÍinu janatã yúi nakhãú chotaka.ri
oCar bJhat phüladaru gurúo Sadr 8ururìg chãrìgã mãnãri ang
sãital jhilimili
yãtãyãt taipani
ãmâ bhailo
thego viqã
iSãn
óili
4a"l eghãra ülar Conjunctcharacters
Thc spellingsof many Nepali words involve the combinationor
clusteringof two or moreconsonants;hesecombinations reknown
Nasalization gBconjuncts.By joining two consonantsn this way, you cancelout
thc inherentq a betweenúem.
Every vowel can be nasalized.To pronouncea nasalizedvowel,
direct as much as you can of the breath that is involved in its Ccrtain combinationsproduce what are in effect new chaÍacters
pronunciation owardsthe nasal cavity. In Nepali, nasalization s rather than recognizable combinations of their constituent
indicatedby a sign culledqqf+< candrabindu (literally, moondor), consonants. hesespecia,l onjunctsaÍe isted below:
-.
whose
literation, nasalization s representedby a ülde lnover
namedescribests appeannce well: Roman ans-
the vowel Special conjunct characters
(e.g.ã). trka + q$a = cT $a oÍfuÍì ronouncedche,)
qJa + ïia = tjÍa (pronouncedrya')
The qqid< candrâbindu is written either overthe nasalized owel
itseli e.g.õ'-{fkahã, or above he consonanto ühich the vowel is IIóa+{Ìa=sTSIa
attached, .g. fË garõ, { nn. If any part of úe vowel is written above iÍta+(ta=(tta
iT a + (ra = ïba
the headstroke, e qqt{< candrabindu is reduced oits Ï{< bindu
or 'dot', e.g.Ëô chÍdi, qì garõ. <ds+rlya=qdya
In someNepali words t is customâry o repÍesentnasalizationnot
wiú the qqfu< cândrabindu but with a conjunctof which the rst Halfcharacters
member s onere:of the nasal consonants.The two most common
combinations More than half of all the conjunctsare ormedsimply by droppinga
downstrokerom the frst memberand hen oining what remains o
gn + {ka=$ika úe full form of úe secondmember.For instance, o produce he
.5.n+ rI gâ = q. iga conjunctSta, consistingof úe consonantsT a andq ya, remove he
Thus, certain words can be spelled n two different ways: ÚÈtfoo gccond ownstrokeof rI ga to produce andaddúis to the full form
or ËìSÌ ftflftge; r5rr gurúg or TE guruirg. The conjuncts end o be of q ya to produceúe conjunct q.
used n words haÍare elt to be unique o the anguage,whib q<tcE The following table shows all the half chaÍacters. ollowed bv
candrabindu is used in words úat Neoali shares with Hhdi. cxamples f ways n which they arecombinedwith full characterso
Sanskrit, tc. form coniuncts.
Fu[l chaÍacor Half charactcrExamples lda+ sdâ w CCa
ï ffi kka, rÍcÍkkha, € kts Els+ Eda {{ tda
1k 6lha+ IT
q kta c e{kçm& F{kfya mâ {q thna
q kha c q khya, q khna" c6 khúa ãta+ ína Ftra
rI ga r r{I g:ya,Iq gla, r{ gva
gha E EEghcha,ETghna, q ghya Oonluncts ontaininghe consonant ra
q ca ? 'q CCa.q9 CCna. Dq Cya Whcn ra is the first memberof a conjunctcombinaüon, t takesa
q ja
jha o
Ê g""r IJa.
jhys,vqFJhda,
Jya, vq JYa
Eï ihnâ hrm known as ìn rcph, which is a hook ( " ) written above he
hâ^rdStrokef the secondmemberof the conjunctcombination,e.g.
õ + ?q ncg, àí IUa lúglrchâ, tf gaÌnâ. If a vowel sign ollows the consonanto which
T + ú -ãúa, -ó+Èa, qt{ +ya Ì n is being oined, úe Èt' reph sign^mustmove-o the righ-Í, .e. to
o tr a êÌ tma, itl tya, R tsa thocnd of the syllable t precedes:r<Ìgardã, Tfr bhorti, qì garne.
( tts ï iq ftva
rT rha s qthya Whcn t ra is the fust memberof a conjunct of which úe second
ÈI dha Ë sE dhcha, sìI dhya, t;{ dhva mcrnber s c ya, it is written insteadas a curveddash: ì garyo,
; (ïnt&<ndra,€nhâ qrn paryo.
ï nâ
q pa t q pÍha, q ppa, c{ psa Whcn < ra is the secondmemberof a codunct it is written as â
16 pha q rFÍ phna dhgonal slashdown tom the eft of úe lowerpartof the downstroke
q ba - qbja"<bda"qbba of the fust rnemberof the conjun* {r* râmm, g{ ugra. If the fust
ìT bha + çT bhya momberof the conjunct has two stems, he diagonal slashwill be
nta r EÍ nnA, q ÌnFa" Ë mha rdded o the iúÈhand stem. f úe first membeÍof the conjunct s an
ya r, qw a oval or round consonant, slightly differcnt form is tlsed: g Cra, q
lâ € ffi'lks" ?< da, íõí la ftr. Note also he forms g sra, Q; ra, T Sra.
E va õ aI vya
It 5s s {tÌ 6ya,qnT |lÈ,* Svg Other special cases
q ta G q çÍha, wr Sna, I çya
TT sa ( F'ska, €sta,<Ístâ If thesecondmemberof a conjund is q ya and he fiÍst member s a
ruboflex consonant,he zIya takesa special orm (V):
4tê+rÌya=ãiltya
cd+qya=sq{ya
The halarú
Conjunctsúat consistof two identical retroflex consonantsmay be
If úe diagonal stroke called {sd halant is placed at the foot of a
Fpresentedwith the characters rranged ertically, e.g.
consonant,t rcmoves ts inheÍent3Ia" {ilRl halant is used egularly
in verbs,but very rarely n oúer words. t is also used o show hat a fâ+ tz =lÏta
conjunct exists between wo consonantswhose oining cannot be The consonants da andq ha fonn the following specialconjuncts:
representedn any otherway. The roundor oval characters , õ, s, d, qdr + rTga = Fdga Qha + (ra = ëhra
E cannotdÍop a downstrokeând emain ecognizable. or this reason, qdã + <da = qdda
if they are the first memberof a conjunct they will keep their full {ha + ïva = ã hv a
qds + qdhi = d ddha {ha + iÍ la = õhla
unction will be effectedby the hâhnt e.g.
form and he ËqriÍ qda
(dr + rTbha = = Iddva
dbha (ha .r qma = ghma
+ ïva Ëhâ + ïna = ã lìna
1'hcnasalizedorm of a vowel alwaysprecedests unnasalizedorm
El S".ipt exercise5 write outúe followingNepaliwords n In the dictionary order: úus, words beginning with f wi come
Devanagari: bcforc words beginning with {, words beginning wiú t before
kakfã jían natra Snmãn hlasã vidyã wordsbeginningwith T, etc.
divya múattã laksya hãni garchin Sãnti
subbã sakdaina 6abda bhãgya haptã thatlã
pakkã a44ã jhyãl
pradhãn
ãphrÌo
padúati
pnyaKnu
bharyan
Íamro
viSva
Stressand accent
kfÍ.ìa dríya
bhaffjyãúg paícâyat garthyo khelcha kãlyo garyo In Sanskit, are
consonants the always
language fiom whichwith
pronounced Nepali
theftoriginally developed,
inherent 3í a unless
kãthmâdaüpadhyo vrendra bujhnu mvat kvã úqrT helant is there to cancel it out. In Nepali, however, this is no
dhvani ãgreji kvãppa prakhyãt icchã acyüt krnger the rule. The {d< halant is used only to mark the absenceof
ujjval trak a+4ã utqqta taüva ãtmã 0 lìnal 3f a at the end of certain verb endings where without it some
drava dvarã arambh rãstra svasthya hissi smbiguity of meaning could arise, or to mark úe absence of úe
inherent 3Í a between two consonânts that cannot be conjoined to
form a conjunct in any other way. Otherwise, some words that end in
Visarga A consonant but no vowel sign are pronounced v,/ith a final 3í -â,
Visarga is a sign like a colon (but with its dots further apart) that whereasothers are not. Alúough the best way to leârn pronunciation
occurs at the end or in the middle of certain words. It is pronounced h by hearing Nepali words spoken, certain rules can be discemed
as ha and is Íransliterated as l.l. The ody word in this book úat hcre.
requiÍes visarga is €:q dubkha. The following categories of words should usually be pronounced as
they are wdtten (i.e. with úe inherent q a unless this is cancelled out
Numerals with the Ëd<I halant):
TheNepali numeralsare as ollows: t verb forms, where úe ËFi halânt is usedwhenevernecessaryo
cancel úe inherent q a: í<qt aiera. Tn gara. rfti( garchan. va-o1
tlt8l,({utt. pa{hchan:
2 most adverbs and postpositions: l( târa, qrfl{( bãhira, erM ãja, fu{
-tim;
çÌitìï
Dictionary
q a
rder
frkâõ fha qb a
43 repetitive nomatopoeic
words fonesyllable: Tmâ,
ords:ta : sâlalala;
5 wordswhose inal syllables a conjunct: f karma, $rfi bhakta;
rl l d Í{ khâ s {a ìI bha 6 mostwordsending n a semi-vowel: f{ maha, ÊfE iva.
I {gaõ dha qm a
úl qy a An úerent -a is usuallynotpronounced:*
i S gha 4a
u sa||aí ta ïÌa I at he endof postpositions f two or more sflables that aÍevr'ritten
s ú qcâq tha qla as sepaÍatewords(i.e. thatare not oined to úe nounor pronoun
ã T 6 cha da qva they ollow): sÈa samet,qÈfi bãhek;
cq e EjaÈI dhâ sISa 2 in words(oúer thanverbs)consistingof Cv-Ca:È+ din, or V-Ca:
ai qjhaï na ssa qïq ad;
qÌ o qíatT pa {sa 3 in words(otherthan
fr+'nr vertrs)consistingof Cv-Cv-Ca: c|ïí nepã|,
nftes, +arskitãU
rrì au eF 5 pha Qh a
7/17/2019 4 in wordsconsistingof Cv-Ca-Cv-Ca,whereboth medialand inal Script xercise
41.Teach Yourself Nepali
q a aÍ€ dropped: FFiÍqõTinrnel, r{€{í khâJbal, iÍG|l-t tarvãr.
{ìÌFkI atpaü z+a àqÌ{q .{qlcï Tn
{ffir qÌiil{ ftqreq cïr È$
* Qv = syllableconsisüng f consonant anyvowel (including Ì a).
Ca = syllableconsistingof consonant 3T .
Íirqq
ItÍfq
ffi
qq-{r
116 Ëm çt{tT{
ïGnìã
"ô
Ìür{
mrrd
Í{d Tqqrfr s+ì {rfl-r
fufufufu àqA *È â"n
Punctuation
Devanagarinow employs all of úe punctuationsymbols used n
English,with the exceptionof the ull stop.This consistsnsteadof a
hnfr
üc qttrcÌÌÍ
qrrp 3lrqr
sc'. m E ll.l
singledownstroke:
Scriptexercise4
It ErqÌ {cÌ lrrõ È.r
Samplesof Nepalihandwriting tnfg q|{Ì H ffir{ qÌàc
clq ffi .È {rrr< qÌqr
ffr ,,-*& g-Tìa;aaÍ &{ 3ll -"rer Íqr Ersr qmq qF'
-*rt*
s-rÊ&. AÌ4 6çq ,rEõ4âql Script xercise
,fr{n 6rqr È{r
orÈ ânr .rnc< 'rent aalt {ftn üï rr{ aÊr+lú r;t È"r Tõr qpr .@ snfu
ErÌrl
qET a-{È{ sr< rïÌrq €Kr 5ËÍ
:fà gp lh .a1i-ta.e {iia Ldo-JÈ rnqi fit sd Ì{à u r IFFFT {ST FTTõT qrcì wE {r*
Ttlr $c üFr c-dfr- q-qrq tff{
Srrq1tr c-í1rç1 .Írfr rrc-ì .r+
dd
-nr.*
61v w+È,6ãk6*â 61 rqqr€ï rdà
r{fr
frÌ{
dÌfr *|Fq
s<
F@TII
I{râ *n
srqki
EffiiìT ir siTq dr"{ 3ifaqÌ
rq t|{r fi(rtï {t1 Ftrp:rl @
Key to script exercises
ScriDt xercise
g{ (a{ qq flt{
6< {rki {a q{
l( rrq srfl ({F[ .t{I
snrr ìE
qit{ -6 q rfõ qõ TKFT
7/17/2019
E I Meeting he bus
-.q'
q.
.-ì,
-..{
&l/
1l
úJÌl Cita and Bindu, two young women from Hetauda, have iust arrived
õrl õ ln Kathmandu ro take up their college courses. BimJ KumaÌ, a
'* flcnior male student, has been sent to meet them.
o trqdrsR rqÈ r
lllmal Kumãr namâste
rfrn
Hello
{g{ ?
(;IrÃ hajur?
cEI
fff.ïTqR
Pardon?
;sQrffirfi-616ir
lllmal Kumãr nâmaste imi Gitã hau?
Hello Are you Gita?
In this unit you will loarn
ã . howto identiryyourselfand tiìrr $,rflor{ rrrÈ r
CL others
. howto ask and ânswer
simplequgstions
(;Itô
l.rwfrqR
ho, ma Gitii hú. namaste.
Ye$ I am Gita. Helio.
+Ê<ft.frÊ5qìr
. how o èxchangegreetings
C
.ü . how to addr€ssp€ople
politely lllmsl Kumãr âni
Andtimì Bindu
areyou hâu?
Bindu?
. howto apply adjectives o
nouns
7/17/2019 qg{,.rÊEÈ Orammar
Bindu hqiur, ma Bindu hú.
Yes, an Bindu. I íc and are in Nepali
q, ïÈ rqtdFqTqr{È | ln lirrglish you say that someüing or someone.rs arge, or is a
Bimal Kumãr la, rãmro. ma Birnal Kumâr hú. l|llliccnìan,or is in Kathmandu.But in Nepali a distinction is made
PJght, ood. am Bimal Kumar. hclwccn wo different kinds ofis, and n theplural between wo kinds
fiÈ f{r< Tqrcft dqr€<;i 696;o t rÍ' ln'. These wo forms are:
Bindu namash Bimal Kumãrji tapãi sancai

hunuhuncha? E l'hc * aboutwith
tnlking ho form which normally defines the thing or person you arc
a noun:
HelIo Bimal Kumarji Are you well? ü prahan ho.
|n*t* 1- He is a policeman.
râ rft-fi-es1ì rlrT,rãqTçì Éf I yo kãlhmâdaú ho. This is Kathmandu.
Bimal Kumãr sancâi. imrhârú ni? h Thc g cha form which describes with an adjective, or locates a
I am well. How aboutyou? lhing or person:
íÈfl *jrq c9 t5 t{ r ë1ï É.tÉ.t9l .'ì tyo lhúlo cha. Thar s bíg (describing).
Girã sancai tapãi 6ikçak hunuhuncha? 1,
t; qirõqrírqr
--ì E | ú kãÍhmãdaúmâ cha.He ,s JIÌ _mã)
We are well. Are you a teacher?
Kathmandu (locaring).
f*qqSqR fq, t Ê++nffr àfi-6s A fi qÌ, r
Binal Kumãr hoina, ma üdyãrtlü hú. tim -hârú pani
È-ltvidyãúhi ll you wish
hccuuse outoaÌe
say hat someúing
describing is largeyou
t; if you must use6 cha for rs.
wish to say thar someone s in
hau, hoina? Klthmandu, you must again use o cha for is, because vou are
No, I am a stüdent. You aÍe students oo. aren't vou? locuting em:-but f you wish to state harsomeone s u poii.".-
qg{,qr{Ì-{FqÍìffiÊÌ r y-oumust use $ ho for is, becauseyou are defining him. ã cha and
sinàu hajur.hãmiharü aniúdyãíhi hâú. tì ho have different forms, depending on whiÃ of úe Nepali
Yes, we aÍe students too. pronouns the words for l. we, you. he. she. t and úeyt is úeir
iuhject. These orms are ntÍoduced n úe pagesúat follú.
€ namaste tleJlol t{T{Tqr.úÌ Bimal KumãÌji -ji is
(HindugÌeeüng, alsoused or added o his name or politeness 2 Firstpersonpronounslr, ye)
goodbye) t=ì sancai well, in goodhealth The irst personpronouns q
Ëqt1hajur? yes?pardon? (qÍq...ÉÍ{õ ? tapãi hunuhuncha ir sometimessed o meanre inma landof6rfr
place ÌÌ ma.
hamihough
we. finothami we
with the
frtfr...i hau? yoü are...oÍ are you afe... t aÍeyoü...? pomposity f theEngliú 'royalwe'. When t is necessaryo make t
you...'l lal úí2 whatabout...? uhsolutelylear hatÉTfrhâmr-s intendedo meanwe n úe plurat.
ò ho yes(literally, is) ffid€ timftarú you (plural) thcpronouns pluralizedo become ffi6s 1ãmr-hârú.
q...ãma... ú 1an... ÊrFrSikqak eacrer
qf< au and üfi hoina ro (litemlly, r's ot)
qÊ pad Íoo, also
3 SecondpeÍsonpronoungou)
€{ hajur yes
E a theÍe oÍ hat's t ffi üdyãúhi shtdent, tudents Whenspeaking o a person,you must addresshat personusing a
{r* Ìiimro good ?hoina? is thatnot so? pronoun(a word for you) that reflects whether you are senioi to
Èí{
ËÌn{€...dhãDihaÌii-, haú we.. are
him/her,or vice versa,and o ìvhatdegree. his kind of senioritycan
* Some Nepali-speakers add the suffi]( -"{ -jyü to names nstead. The genderoar mongother
dcpend, socialclass.hings,on agedifference, amily relationjips,
sufnx fr -ji is common to both Hindi and Nepali.
The three evels of politeness,working upward,are:
LOW (intimateor contemptuous) lìurrl
MIDDLE il{ì d hãmi hâú weare oc.casionaly am)
(familiar)
HIGH (polite andsuper-polite) I l{Ì14 61 hãÍúharú haú we arÍe
Rr{ìrr timiharú hâu you (Middle) are
LOfV: the in in'I: oÌ contemptuous tii (J,/ou r úou) flÍ{rF(-f{;rt tapãftrÌú hunuhuncha you (High) are
is used o
u.to:ia inferior a unior seryant. ne'so\4.Ír malt hild,an
lf:t to express ontempt r anger one driver o anoúer
Tr-".
aÌrera co"j:.1,
lsronbetweenheiÌcars. erhaps ),
:l11 :-Tï "r.':.t:larionship is ntimat".-F-.ign
r top.*;
addressomeone
of N;;;;
y-. l:u"r use this pronoun. t can only be used o address n
individual, and hereforehasno plural form. rmr|/j,ative negative
t hú ra n {tt noina I amúot
*:.r* iar fi rimir roughly quivalenro rheFrench [Ì n"r weaÍe noinaú rveüe not
rs used o_ ddress ersons ignif,rcantlyoungeror of lower u)
Y??l*, ffi
ho6 you (Low) àËc{ noinas you(I-o$)
standing hanoneself servants, hilúen, etc.ior to uaa."., social ÈC
aÍe arc not
f.i"nO"
with whom anestablishednformal relationshipe*ists. T;;;;; nau you (Middle) ffi Uoinau you(Middle)
plural, you add he pìuralizing suffix _ËF-harii. t'-Ì
aÍe aÍe not
HIGH: thepoliteavr{ tap6l1touttt1,equivalenro rheFrench ousl Efí.6 hunuhuncha you (High) fl{fr hunuhunna you (High)
rsusec o addÍess ostequals ndall superiors xcepthose aÍe arc not
:tf:'-l dtf*:""".]s due' Foreign peaiers f Nepái """ir;ú;;;;
using his word or you morecomÍnonly an any Lther.
o whom
ï":::,:,.r
In lact. heywill probably eelmorecomfoÍableusing t toãdd."r,
people, uchas servanls r poÍers. whom Nepalis ""fU
5 Nouns
úoÍess s r?Iqf in -.) To form the plural.you add the plurâtizing "ìì-a Nearly all Nepali nounshavemasculinegender.The only feminine
sufEx -{s -harú. nounsaÍe úose that arefemale ând human.Many femininenouns
Th€ super-politeÊgï hajur is sometimesused o expressespecial end n -i. Here aresomeexamples f femininenouns:
deference_when ddressingomeone.Itake. t",uÌrl" u"rU_fo , *
theotherHigh pronouns.t mightbeused y a owergrade
mplovee àâ keg' girl q|{qr€ ãímifr woman
:o T*:rt his employer, or example. r by a newbride o aãdress 3fTcÍ ãmã mother 6Ìft choÍi daughteÍ
qÈfr isf€r
T^t
res.,,Lo:oTo .rt.:r also.usedsa
or to rndtcate politewordof
hat one hasnot heardorassenltrq7
understJod# hqiur f{â
ffi didi
óÍimâti elder
Mfe sister {rfr bahini
sãti J,/ounger
wife's younger
llajar? Pardonmel. r srsÍer
4 I am, you ane,we are with à âo

Singular
There s no definite article dre n Nepali. nor is úere an indefinite
qÈ articlea.Thereforea sentenceuchass ÊiÍ?ÌTfr ú vidyãíhi ho can
ma hú Ia m be Fanslated ss/he s a student Í as {Irc is thestudent,depending
Èd\ a.ii os you (lnw) are on the context.
ffiËì timi hau you (Middle) arc
avrs ç5o tapãi hunuhurcha you (Htgh) are All nouns,and most pronouns,aÍe pluralizedsimply by adding he
suffix -{s -harú:
Plural ôsr6,ql€ÈÈ.'
Q Nepali yokãthmãdaúho? Is thisKathmandu?
7/17/2019 41.Teach Yourself
I *,+eqr$Èt ã, kãthmãdaú ho. Yes,üs is Kahnafru.
|rÈ^ mãrúe perso, I rr;à6- nancnenarl peopie
ffi nepaf Nepati rcpãliharü Nepatìs ot
| ffi.F
ícÍ€ tapãi you I avri6. r"fan*t youpeopte I *{, fret { t úã" pokharã ho. No, this s Pokhara.
(Htch) | Crieti
ftrfr fimi you However,whenansweringa questiont is more common o respond
I fcrt6s rimarr you eopte with the afiirrnative or negative orm of the verb with which the
Middle) | Mddle) ouestionended:
However, t is notnecessaryo attach Ë€ -harú to a nounwhensome a àmtqql<*È ? yo kãfhnã{aú ho? Is thisKathmarìdu?

a È, sTEflddÌ | ho, kãfhmã{aú ho. Yes. his s Katlnnandu.
otherword in the sentencemakes t clearthat the noun s plural. In
úe following sentences,e word that takes heplural suÍirx is the oÍ
one hatthe speakerwishes o emphasize: A Èçt, àtqaà | hoina, yo pokharã ho.No, this ìs Pokhara.
qrfr'{s ftRffi d r hiimihara 6ikçakha . V9 aÍeteacheÍs. €{ hqiur is oftenused or yes:
There s no need o add {s -harü to lqrsffi 6ikçak aswell as o qrfr Q d.csr ò ? ryo Ìame6ho? Is that Ramesh?
hlmi. qrfr hãmi is emphasized. A {, {ÈT È hqiur, Rameóho. Yes, hat's Ramesh.
fcfi-Es fq-fl"f Èì r timr-harii üdyãrthi hau. & aÍesúuderÍs. Often,È ho is and tt hoina is ror are also used o meanyesand
There s no need o add-õiF to ffi no regardless f úe verb n the question:
riOyertni as well
lïÍqÌ timl-. õqÌ ümi is emDhasized.
harü as o OdqÉ{f
qrfr frrq-dE€ f, r hãrni 6ikçakharú haú. We are eachers. , hunuhuncha?
,1, r, r <Ìvr { t ho, ma Rame6hú. Yes, aÍi Rallr,esh.
fqerfi 3ikçak s emphasized.
or
frfr fe-sl"fE€ Aì r fimi ürlyãrthihani \a.t.. you arestudents.
l, È*c,q*qã t hoina,ma Orn hÍr- No,I am Qm.
ffi viayert}i is emphasized.
6 Asking and answeringquestions D2 Arrivingat the college

In everydayspokenNepali, the only differencebetweenâ statement Gita andBindu reach he colleseüth Bimal Kumar.
anda question s the intonation. To put it simply: the tone of youÌ íÈdr *r.qqr.{rtrsnqÈr
voicegoesup âttheendof aquesúon,while attheendof a statement Giui yo Mahendra mahãüdyâlay ho?
it goesdown: Is thisMalrcndraCollege?
fr nrc.q6 qi I yo kãthmãdâú ho. This s Kathmandu. fffq{qr< fr rfrr'5<rqrf*qfd{AÌ
@ ho pronounced n a ow tone.) Bimal Kumãr ho, yo Mahendra nahãüdyâlay ho.
à õr.6qrd ô , Yes.This s MahendraColleee.
yo kãfhmãCaüho? k this Kathmatdu?
q.1 -Â,
(|r ----:- --\
ír.teQs - -í
ìr€.1
@ ho pronouncedn a rising tone.) Bindu ti- mõncheharúko hun?
Nepali doespossesswords or yes and no: heseare íã and {{ ahã Whoüe thosepeople?
respectively.
f,qqq +qR Êcfi-q€fi g1 à Ffi-{ È, eÌ qrrsrÈ, { fr--fi.{F Grammar
7/17/2019 qrfl( qfqfirg4 | 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
Bimat KumãÌ tiniharii yidyaúhi hun yo SaÌ-tho, tyo Ga4eí hq 7 ThiÍd person pnonouns fie, she, theyl
ra tiniharü Mãyã ra Ambikã hun. lf youarespeaking bouta person,hepronoun ou choosemust eflect
Theyare studen*. This s Salil, that s Ganesh, nd ÌryhetherhatpeÍsons seniororjunioÍ to you in age,socialclass,etc.,
thoseareMaya andAmbika. ondmustalso ndicatewhetherúrc is in theproximityor not whenyou
íÈfi qÈçàqFÈftrerõÈr speakThesame hree evelsof poüteness xisthere hat apply o úe
Gitii ani tyo mãnche ikçak ho? second eÌsonpronouns,although hey aÌe not exacteqúvalents n
And is thatpersona teacher? lermsof their usage:
t*qq m{R qgr IrqÌ err< tìar crcl Ë{Ë;E | rì-FFt(cFs( qtqr LOW (simple eference)
Bimal Kumâr hajur. vahã CâkÍâr Rameí Thâpã hunuhuncha. MIDDI-E (polite reference)
namaskãr Cãktar Thãpã HIGH (honorific reference)
Yes.He is Dr Ramesh hapa.Hello, Dr Thapa LOW third personpronounsare:
<ìsreÌTcr ïrrwrifd{dS{r.fi r+EQs+Ì66or 6 ír hdshe
RameshThãpã namasklr Bimal Kumãrfi" vahãúLarúo q vo rr- trus
hunuhuncha? aqÍ yo it, that
Hello, Bimal Kumarji. Whoare hey? õ ú ÌìelsÌle s used o refer to a personn his/her úsence when here
Ê{Fq3flÌ
Bimal Kumãr rfq€fi-drq-€-drrÊEffig5gu
vahãhârü Gitli Khadká'-ra rqqÌffiEs r
Bindu Sàrmã is no needusedas
caÍmotbe o talk about hatpersonwith
apronoun deference
o refer to things r politeness.
or objects,and ü
s used
hunuhuncha. nayã üdyãúhiharú. only to refer to humânbeings.
TheyarcGitaKhdka andBinduSharìa Newstudents. Wh e d yo andd tyo both mean r, thedüferencebetween hem s
tìsrqrqr ï{È,ffiR I that fryo refers o somethingnear o the speaker 'this') whíe çÈ
RÀn€shThãpã namaste,namaste, tyo refers o somelhing way rom úe speaker'that';. È yo andeÌ
Hello, hello. tyo have e plural orms r yt andâ ti respecúvely:hehrst of these
,ftmrt*€ ruÈq{r is oftenpronouncedwithoutits initial Í i.e. r:
Gitii ra Bhdu namastehajur. ò yo andefr tyo can alsosometimes e used o meanúeoÍ sle, but
Hello, sir this can sound mpolite and t is better to use only q ü to refer to
Mahendra mahâvidy-alay Mahendra College peopleat this level of poüteness.

1qlrqÊ".*
{Ì ti Í}tose qf€( Cãktar doctor MIDDLE pronounsvfr urü, fufr yini and fufÌ tini are in their
n;àe- nÉncheharü peop,íe singular orms generallyafeatureof culturedor literary Nepali rather
rqqp namaskãr àello or
+Ì ko wtro? goodáye (more formal than of colloquial speech.When they are used n speech,hey refer
g1 hun are than cqâ nâmast€) mostcommonly o women.They areused o refer o personswhoaÍe
<ra and rqÌ navã new felt to deservea modicum of honorific reference,but not the full-
blown honorific grade oneexamplemight be a man speúing about
his wife).
EXERCISE í Answer thefollowing questions boutyourself: cÍr ulr ano .rír lIÌ naveolslanl eleÍence, rule qir ytlll relers o
t dcÉ1=dIr(tãs|{È€;l'? tapdBimal Kumãr hunuhuncha? a personwho is physically close to the speaker.The plural forms
1 dcÉt{qndilTúà'ì JrllEÈ pnrneru, lqrlÉâ yrÌInaÌu and lcl.llËÈ lll||lâru aÍ€ useo mucn
t dcr{ crôffi{-6 ? tâpdvidylmtrl--hunuhuncha?
tapãi nepãli hunuhuncha?
morecoÍnmonly n speechhan he singular onns, md hercúey are
7/17/2019 simplypronouns lat refer,politely but not exceptionally olitely, ro Negadvcs
personsn theplural.gfi-{t rrniharú is in mostcontextshe word you Bachaffumative orm of {ho hasa negative orm:
shoulduse o Íefer to peopleas lìey. afrtmative I oegative
HIGH pronouns 16Í úã and { vahã and heir plural forms r$'{s IJOWSINGULAR
ho j" | òfl hoina r'snoÍ
yahãhsÍii and s-{'€€ vahãharü aÍe used to refer to personsvery tÌ
politely n theiÍpresencendabsenceespectively.nevitably,you will LOW PLI,JRAL& MIDDLE SINGTJLAR
be morcplite abouta personwho canhearwhatyou aresaying, o+{ ff hun ardis làr<l hoinan aÌeDot/bnot
HTGHSINGTJLAR& PLI,JRAL
vahã s generallyusedorúy
and espect: for persons
ne'sparents,eacher, tc.+deserving sçrecialeference
vatã is oftenpronounced 65go hunuhunchaVare lüfÈ-ï huDu- arenot/is oü
andsometimes rittenasçduhã. huDna
8 He is, st e is, it is, they are with È ho ïo be (usingÈ ho to definepeople'snationúties). Here are some
examples:
Singutar aflfumative
LOW w fie { t ma õgrej hú. I am Engüsh.
v, Ql üh o Mre (distant,Low) is arfr q,ìc d t hã|ni jarman llaú. WeaÍeGeÍman.
qìÈr yo ho iÍlfÌtis (nearby,Low) is qr(ff-{
fffi tì | timi bhãrabia hau. You M) arendian.
çqr Ql Bo ho iúáa, (distant,Low) is (H)
MIDDI.E oqìfut"rà
dcri ffi 6{il6 r | tapd
ú amerikanho. ou L) is
nepõli hunuhuncìa.S/he areNqpú.
J'I I Eí uni hun úe (dist nt, Middle) is American.
firâ rr yin- hun Mre (nearby,Middle) r's Srhe M) is
r(|'|| Éí
s.ftcrffi €ï t utri pãkistãDi un.
tim-hun s/he distant,Middle) is Pakisani.
HIGH +{ÈFrnÌ 6g6o t vauãciniyãnunuhunctaS/heQI) s
q-dg$'E yshã hunuhuncha úe (nearby,High) is Chirese.
yahã hunuhuncha s/re (distant,High) is
neSaave
Plurâl q EÌï Èg-{ | ma jarman hoina.I am not Gennan.
LOW
yr-hun .they reaÍby,l-Ãw)arc
{rfrdÌ's ÈEqï t hãrni ãgrej hoinaú. Weue nothglish.*
ffi qìfrfi àïn+ |fimi amerikan hoinau, You (M) arcnot
<l 6.1 fi hun t rel (distant,Low) arc AmeÍican.
MIDDLE dqr€ÈFrqÌ ËT{q r apd ciniyãhunuhunnaYou Íí) ae
sr rQe Í unihaÌú huD Íiìel (distant,Middle) are rct Chinese.
rqÌ Ec Q1 yiniharú hun úey (nearby,Middle) are sÈ€R|-frÈí{ r ú hindustãnihoina" S/he t-) is
r(|írQ6 É.r tiniharn hun úey (distant,Middle) are not nüan.
HIGH sfr ffi È{;rt t uni nepãIihoinan. Sfte (M) js
qQrEÊ Ë1Erte yúãharü hunuhurcht they (teaúy,High) are notNepali.
afqFü€E vúãhaú hunuhuncàa fáey (disrant,High) are +dvrfu<rfr g56q vanãpaHsteni S/he m is not
hunuhunna. Pakistani.
*Note: "fhe 1sÍms sÍÌfrfi am€rikan Amertcan and dÌ-E ãgrej ÈÈ r-dw setokitiib whio book
7/17/2019 English are often used to ÍefeÍ generally to foreigners or white *ír f{ff{Ë€
41.Teach Yourself Nepali setãkitãbharii white books
people. wffÈâ sãm- eF smallgirl
iT ii, the ,ow word for you, would not be used n sentencesuchâs ff{ràâ-{€ sãnãkeftarú smalLgirls
the above.An exampleof its use would be: b Invariable adjeúives
Ètdds, tã rnürkh hm, You -\ arcn idiot Il.ft{fr's|n garib kisãn poor fanner
rl(lq lÌ* lilQ- gaÍib kisãnharü çnor farmets
9 Tlris, íhat, these and t rose gsrfr6r
fr yo and eò tyo and their plural forms fr yi and fi fi are most qsrÈ6|{€ kofhã
saphãkofhãharü com
clean ooms
comrnonlyusedasadjectiveso mean this,ütat, heseal;]ldhose: trfr qr.à dhâni mãnche rich man lnrson
õò cFÈ ìqrff eÌ | tyo mãnchenepãU lo, ThatpeÍson s u-fiqrÈ€ dhrni mãncheharrl rich men people
í4T fr-{rT nayã tatan newvnn
âèaMÈl yokefãvidyã,thlh".
l::#yt, ïqÌfrffi{€ nâyã kalemharú new Irens
frident. "
EXERCISE 2 Complete the following sentenceswiú úe
fr qFÈ€ 3iÌ'qÈfi{ th-mãncheharü ãgrej Those nople are
appÍopriateorm of $ ho to form an afF[mativestatement.Work in
hoinan. not Engüsh. transliteration iÍst, úìenwdte the sentences ut in Devanagari:
ftsÈfi-{<fi-drr yi bahin-harú citã ra These ounggirls 1 q 3iÌE... mâ ãgrej...
rqrq 6n I Bindu hun. arcGitâandBindu.
10 Adiectivês 23 {Ifrffi...
ftfrl@. hãrni vidyãútú...
tinr- hindustãni..,
4 ffi{sfu{|-í... timiharú kisãn"..
Adjectivesare of two types: 5 ilÉ fs|effi... tapãi 6ik|ak...
a inflectingadjectives hichend n the vowel $ -o,
6 s fsrFr... ü Sikçâtr...
7 rfr Êrfrql"È... uni dhani mãnche...
b invaiableadjectivesndingn some thervowel,or n a consonant 8 frqFò6c-{fl'... h-mãncheharú prahari...
The endings of adjectives of type (â) must change (,inflect') 9 Tdìcffi... vahã nepã|i...
according o the numberand genderof the nounthey describe.The 19q-6ftrwcfi-+... yahãharü bhãratrjâ...
endingsare:
EXERCISE 3 Convert the affirmative statements nto negative
-* -o in the masculine ingular, statements y changingúe forms of theverbs.
-ï -i in the femininesingular, EXEACISE4 Translatento Nepali, giving both the script and he
-qT ã in the masculineand eminineplural. transliteration orms, taking care to give the adjectives he correct
â Innectingâüectiv€s endinEs:
çôrrw fhúlo râjã gÍeat king I good armer 6 rich farmers
{STts thülã rãjãharü gÍeat kings 2 big book 7 good books
{TqÌ ifdr rãmro kefã good boy 3 rich girl 8 small girls
u*rèz16 rãmrã ket5harú good boys 4 newboy 9 poor boys
5 goodking 10 rich kings
7/17/2019
Dg a view of Kathmandu
Two villagershave reacheda hilltop overlooking the Kathmandu
Vulley. From therc they can seeKathmanduand the villages that
sunound t. They discuss he view.
3
,ql-l ct Ir
J
or+ g)
+ o
ot
--14
{t -
Ir^
al., J
Ir
3 g)
frl
o g)
J -{ì {tq .ò q€{ sr6-{ì=Ì È, ÈÉï 1
ô] Rãme tyo Saharkãfhmã{aú ho' hoina?
-ì
€l That own s Kath{nandu,sn't it?
JìI u?I È, ç-àsr6 {r6,flcÌ d t
-ì
ÁÍì{ rì) Dhane ho, tyo Saharkãfbmâ{aü ho.
Yes, hat town s Kathnandu.
5 Lo
- -I
C {rÌ oroqr<Ìãô8,òí{r
Rârne kãthmâdaü thülo cha, hoiua?
tr II
.rF
Kathmandus Ug, isn't it?
{.Èìqìo r
Dhâne ho, dherai fhúlo cha.
In üris unit you will leam
o
Yes, t's very big.
Írf . how to dEscÍibêand ask
{TIÍ çra-qrd{ôstïfret
aboú things and peoplê
. howto discussdistancesând Rãme kâçhmãdaúkasto cha? rãmro cha?
locations What s Kathmanrluike? Is it nice?
. to
how to usepêople
addFss Íelationship êrms
7/17/2019
rFT {Tr5l
Dhane rãmrai cha,
Grammar
It's quitenice. 11 Pronounswith 6 ct a
{È *ft<frT.crnÉ{r You must use the S ho form of the verb to berf yon are defining
Rãme ani tyo kun gãü ho? someúingor someonewith a noun, but if you are ocating hething
And which village s that? or person ou are alking aboutor describingt with an adjectiveyou
qì eàrrÈfrfl,qm$rrq<fr must use the 6 cha form. The High forms WffE hunuhuncha
Dhane tyo gãú hoina, bhaktapur Saharho. (affirmative) and W{q hunuhunna (negative), which were
That s not a village,that s BhaÍÍapur own. introduced n Unit I, are
defining,describingor the same
locating.The other orms fareas
egardless wheúer they are
ollows:
{È q riàsrflffìo,òí{r
Rãme e. Qro6aharsãnocha, hoina?
Yerbform Pronoun(s)
Oh. Thattown s small, sn't it?
q chu qma
èrì È,qfusrìo rÈìçôà ra<qm-r-<Èt5rìvq{fr d chaú Ufr nernianO rfiqs hãmiharú
Dhane ho, ali sãno cha. dherai fhülo chaina. tara bhaktâpur 6€ chas õ tii
dherai puÌãno sâhar ho. oì' chau fafr uni anoafi-a-simtaro
Yes, t is quitesmall It is not very big. ButBhaktapur s a 6 cha gú fr voeÈtvo
very old town. 6;l chatr fi uni fiffi yfui and Tfi fini
fryiandfrU
EE{Sahâr roÌr,n nó gãí viltage sfi-{€ uniharü, ufi-{€yiniharúând
t(. 6t rt|utraru
àt dh€rai very rm1< bhaktapur Bhakapur
ocha is qe Oú
nd kasto.ü&ewhat? ow? +È ali qurÍe
ïi rãmrai quite nice fi târa but Negatives
3n kun wÍlbá ? g<rì purãno o1d EachafÍrmative form of Ehas a negative orm:
Affirmaüve I Negative
q úu 0 am -lI Èq
r'{ chaina am not
oì chaú (we) are I àiì' chainaú íre not
D gXgnCSg S Answer he ollowing questionsn Nepaliabout Eq chas íyou) areG) | àd{ chainas are not
Dialogue3. If your answer o 1 s in theaffirmative,wdte
tor Yel Kathmandus brg: f your answer s negative. the
write
NeDâli
úe dr
froì chau (you)
(youl
cha is (L) arc(M)
are(M) |lËíõcÌ
rhì chainau írxenot
chaina is not
Nepali for Nq Kathmandus not big, f rs sma11,ndso on. q úan is (M)/ areG) | ÈqT thainaa is/aÍe not
r. +raqreìado r kãfhmâ{aú fhúlo cha?
1. ïmg< rrg È? bhaktapur gâú ho?
r. +raqrdi qÌ or kãthmãdaü Íãmro châ? Fêminine Íorms oÍ E cha
v 6|aqrdeô qrcrÈ I kãthmã{aú fhüo 6aharho? If you are alking úoa particularwomanor giÍl andaddressing er as
. r<q{g{|ì ol bhaktapur purano cha? Ètã or Êcfr timr-you canchooseo use he ollowing feminine orms
a. qr5 a-+Í E( Sr bhaktapur nayã Saharho? of E cha:
íq tã ches you (Í-rn) arc üt dherai very has a secondmeaning,which is many. t means ery
7/17/2019 frfr Eaì' Íirni chyau you (Middle) are 41.Teach Yourself t comesbeforean adjective,but if
whenNepali it comesbeforea noun,or
If you are alking aboura particularwornanor girl and ntend o use on its own, t meals many:
the Low pronoun or sáe(s ú), you can chooseo use he feminine Q ìqrqqr àt sE{{€ q ?nepãlmã dherai ,\e ttutenany F,wns
form of 6 châ, which is È che: óaharharúchan? inNepal?
$È ú ch e sáe Low) r's I a{.ÈïËa1 t ahã, dherai úainan. No, thereaÍe
If you are alking abouú paÍticular a,oman r girl andareusing one notmanv.
if you want to ask are hetenmy üg awns in Nepal?youhave
of the
you Middle wordsfor
canchoose o use heúefeminine
or úe (çfr
ormuni, ffi úan,
of ET p'a1,q ffi is6a1,
which @ Butproblem that Èt qrr rr{€F. dherai thülã óaharharü could be
the
chln: taken o mean lqry hig cities nsteadof manv big cities.You getover
çfr@ uúúin this problemby moving thepositionof Èf dherai in thesentence:
sáe distant,Middle) is
fufr@ yini chin súe nearby,Middle) is Q ìcrqqr qn { €q€ Èt nepãlmã thülã Ate theremmy big
fd-frk üni- hin sáe distant,Middle) is q? óaharharú dherai towns n Nepal?
chan? ('âÍe big towns
These eminine fonns are not used very consistently n everyday
spokenNepali, but úey are often usedby men to refer politely to many n Nepal?')
theiÌ wives and oúer femalerelatives,and they should alwaysbe .l cÈ,ÈtÈqt ahã, dherai chainan. No, there are
normany.
used n the written language.There are no femininenegaúve orrns
of s úa. Oneothercomnrorúy r"6 *o.6 is qft6'fr siil{,lti a smallquntity oí
whichshouldonly be used o qualify nouns:
12 qfr afi quite and,Ìt dherai very, many +ffi1}Ì dikati dúdh a üttle mik
qffi fi{â atikafi cini a üttle sugar
Nepali adjectivescan quúfied or emphâsized y putting the qFrdfr qrfr
-be alikâti pi|nr-- a itÍle wateÍ
words srfr aü gurreor Èt dherai very n froìt of then. -
"tt$q
r üalidubtochâ. He s quite hin. 13 Questioningwords (interrogatives)
<ÍqÈìÈà{ r Rõm dherai mofo chaitrf.- Rams notvery fat
e-frstfuffifu1 tuni alt hoci chin. In Nepali,manyquestioningwords (called nÍerrogaaves) eginúth
Shes nther short. a k- ândbelong o agroupoÌ wordsúat follows a setpattem.Those
qÈiqrôq I ma rlherai aglo úL I am very tall. beginningwith tI y- are this-words', hosebeginningwiú g W- or s
A secondway to quali or emphasize n adjecúves to change ts u- are that-words',and hosebeginningúth ç k- are words hat ask
endingf ito ends
word -q -ai nif airconsonant:
ends n a vowel or to add È-si to úe end of the aquestron.
'this-word' 'thaïword' interrogatives
dublo thin dublai quite thin s i he/she +ì Bo who?
qrel moto fat qre moÍâi quite at ã yo iíthis d tyo iÍltha.t à he what?
Qr9 hoco shoÍ in stâtuÌe Qt r hocai ÍatheÍshoÍt àyo it/this iò tyo iÍ/that Sï ktm which?
in statuÍe qfr yati this much <=qft tyati that mach fid k^ti how much?
*Ì tall qÊ fabty ta q<Ì yasto r?e rftrs gd tyasto ,rte túz qã k'F,to ikc what?
TTcÌ "go
râmno good, nice ïÌ "d-
famrai nice enough qd yanã nere q{ tya\á thcre qú kstnãwhere?
{IfrTÌ s5no small qFÌ sãnai Íathersmall
(tFI saphã cieaa qÈ saphai cleanenough
sfr uti and3€ò ustoarealtemativeorms ïor that much and.likehat I lnlessthere is some good reason for it not to, a Nepali sentencewill
7/17/2019
rcspectively. ulwaysbegin
41.Teach Yourself Nepali with a subjectand end wiú a verb: everythingelsewill
Because { 1ga meanswhich?,an enquiry that nvolves t}e use of come in between. If a change is made to this word order it has an
{ï kun mayuseeiúer úe verb $ ho or tlÌe verb t cha: cftect on the meaning of a sentence; t may emphasize something, oí
cxpresshesitationor doubt:
S. S, È:
Ìqï<s[ïq|qü yo kun de3ho? Wich countrys this?
| yo desnepãlho. ïcFi'f Ë c I nepãli hú ma. I'm a Nepali. I am
Thiscouniy is Nepat. AÍe you a student,
ffiü{úo aqr{ r vidyãrthi
qttsqr T-{ flT{ pasalmãkun sâbun In theshop which hunuhuncha tapãi? úen?
mia-mfu gr {tr kãfhmãCaümãkun In Kathmandu, hich
Becausec(ì kasto meansike wlraÍ?,a question n which it is used

Cl4 Nearand ar
usually sks ora describing'eply.So.anenquiryúat involveshe Salilhas ust arrived n town and he needs o visit the bank and he
useof trlÌ ;€s1gusually ses e verb6 cha: postoffìce.He asks passer-byor directions.
yo deókastocha? Whatis s camayike? cfrq g trrq, TR t +Ei 6<r+ w<o r

ÌÌ"frTÌ"r
qÌEsr{ITf| Salil ebbã mnr* yahãhulãkÈtlarúa?
yo deS ãmro cha. Thiscountrys good-
Oh (ltounger)brother,hello Is thereapost office here?
d crft FRÌ ot yo pãnr- asto cha? Whats thiswaterüke?
{{
qTq]-{T$FfE I yopâm saphãcha. Táis wateÍ s clean. Rane cha dãi.
However, t is also possible o ask whatkind of counw is this?. n Yes, elder)brother.
whichcase ou areasking or a ,defining'shrement ni calling or
Fô-{ qÉlqt4 ÉÊltcn i(. ênt( dt6t t r
theuseof ãÌ ho:
Salil yÀabajç" n tfaL ghar kâti tãChãcha?
fr *à Èvr l yo kastodeí ho? What kindof country How far s thepostoffrce rom here?
is this? FT _è_-.
a( 4t6t ú.t-. q.n t, qt5 |
à Èf trfr ìlr È I yo dlrcmidlwri &Átn This.isa very
Rane dherai âdhãúâinâ, Iqiil€i clta dãi,
nch counfry.
It's not vay far, it'squiE neal (e|&r) brother.
à 6RÌ sffr È? yo kasto ptuú ho? Whatkind of wateÍ
t|"1lol stimqÈot
is this?
àÈrr'ftfr r yo maito pãni ho. This s üÍty water. SaEl Is
tyâhã bâikbank
therea paniheÍe
cha?oo?
14 The simple sentênce o,*+vÈo qào
You haveno doubtrealizedby now thatNepali hasa different word Rane cha,baik pani cha. thüai cha.
order rom English. n Nepali,the naturalplace or the verb s at the Yes, here's bank oo. h's quitebig.
end_ofa sentence.Sirnply, an English speakersays am English, (ô-{ 6qr+q<Èfu+ Èì arer t
while a Nepali speaker ays: Salil hrilãkghaÌddüi baik dheÍaiEütâ dta?
qìcrôõ t ma nepãli hú. .I Nepaliam,. Is the bnk very ar fÍom thepost office?
ilqrà t€FtÌ ËTË;6 tapãi üdyãúhi ,you studen aÍe.
hunuhuncha.
({
+{,d vfr lÈà o r r <6cmw a-qi<e ìcrrfi nepãlmã in Nepal
efõI6Tl on the table
Íebulmã
7/17/2019 Rane ahã, úyo pani najikai cha. baik ra hutãk ghar yatãtep -*E*
baikmã at the bank
lã{hã chcina.
No, that's quitc neaÍ oo. Thebank and ürepostoffice arc not Two other postpositionshat are used n Dialogue 4 are -"Irã-bâlâ
fu ftom here. l?omand Èfu -dekhi -&om, rnce.Boú of úesemeânÊom, but only
.àfu -dekhi canalsobe usedwith expressions f time:
vfi-{ qrq È+ r Ëqr+qcsr fre 6 ?
Salil {ia baik ra hulãk gharmã bhi{ cha? frrõ.qTcfiflz kãthmã4aübãÍâ from Kathmandu
{ -€qàfu la+{andekhl [rom London
Are thewcà+<qcr+T{{<q
rh<r< bankand ihe postoffice cïowded oday?
tqM r.{rfrÈ<rE I crqèfu ãJadekhi ftom todây
lQqlqr€l hiiodekhi since esterday
Rane chaina dãi. {ia baik ra hulãk ghar banda chan. {ia
sârkâri bidã cha. If you need to âsk how far away someúing is, you will use the
No, (elder) brother. Toilay the bank and the wst ofrìce adjective è-rdr ãdhâ úsÍanÍ with one or other of these two
are closed.There'sagovemmenthoüday oday. postpositions.When stating or discussingdistances,he word eldÍ
{ã{hã mustusuallybe rctained,even whenyou alsomentionsome
tn bhãi_younger) rother units or measures f distance.
+{ baik ban&
<tVa$ 49ry gcr+r'àtuhutãkghantekhi rìR$-dfd fi.6qÌ-d {f{ bhaktâpurbâta How üstant is
E{IFT' hulãk qhÍr po$ omce ftom thepostiffice ãtõTE ? kãfhmã{aú katt Kathmmdu from
<Rdü (elderl brother tw aja today p{hãcha? Bhaktapur?
{Ëkrãyahãbãtâfiromúere
qfu kati how much? fe bÍiC house,
u, gfrai c;wd ome, buildinp rìR-Taffc
qÍí{ ef6rif6.cÈí 3í|6bhaktspurbãta Katlmandus eight
éÍét ã4hã far, distant *< banda súut c,losed p{hâcha, BhaktapuÍ-
rÈànqiikai gutrenear {.Tr+ sar.kãrÍgoyernmerfal
sdtyahã ÍáeÍe la-{rbidãúoüdãy If you wish to say úat somethinghas been he case or a certain
periodof time, and still is the case, ou shoulduse ìfu -dekhi with
the presentenseof theverb:
r @àfu ìvrcmEr maüijodekhi I un in Nepal shrce
Grammar nepãlmã chu. yesteÍday.
rqàfu q ìqr{Tr sr abadekhi ma Ftom now onI ant
15 Postpositions: qr I|tã, qra-bãla, -àfu dekhi nepãlmã chu. in Nepal.
In English here s a categoryof wordscalledprepositions:o, a4ü, Units oÍ distance
\o-, tor, etc. Theseare calledprepositionsbecause ey come n Nepalis thiú in tenns of both miles and kilometres, úough the
fronf ofthe nounor pronoun hey areacringqlon: to theman,at the metric systems graduallybecomingprevalent:
house,rom London,etc.TheNepali equivalents f thesewordsare 3rl-õ Err
calledpostpositions ecauseley comeaãerúe noun heyareacting ãth mãil eight miles
upon:the man to, thehouse l Londonfrom- ln wnting they musi
qÌffifuã( naü kilomitâr nine kilometÍes
alwaysbe oined to the end of úe nounor pronoun. In thehills of Nepal,a üaditionâlmeasuÌe f distances thefrq ko6,
Thepostposition rfi rnã means n, aÍ or on.. which s usually nterpretedo Íìean fivo niles, or sometimes alfaÍl
hour's walk Foreignerswalking in Nepaloften 1n6 ths fre km an
elusiveconcep peúaps becauset measures istânce arüy n teÍns
of tlrc time taken
o travel t, andbecause epalisaxenaturallymuch
Tore-adept at n:gotiating úe steepupsanddownsof theiÍ landscape írfr nãti grandson
7/17/2019 than oreignvisitors. 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
'l I t(l.t I nãtini granddaughter
ïrfr-ilffi nãti-nãtini grandchiJdren
16 Using relationship erms to addresspeople *When referring o a known ndiüdual, úe foreign speaker
shoulduse he Èonorific erms rm1Én-nan and-ffi irimati.
It is commonpractice n Nepalifor people o address thers,wheúer qFiT ogne andRfFÍÌ svãsniaÍe used o refer to husbands nd
they aÍestrangers,riends,oÍ acquaintânces,y usinga relationship wivesmore^generally.n ruralareas, ome eople-u-se he words
term.Obviously,you need o udge whichterm s appropriateor the vfi joi or 1aÌ bü{hi ('old woman'1 or wrfeand ÌÈ poi or {6r
personyou
maleyounger areaddressing,ut
hanyourselfas itÌf{isbhâi
perfectlyacceptableo address bü{hã ('old man') for áusband
yo ungerbrother,or a Íemale
who s older úan you asÈâ didi eldersisrer-Elderlypeoplemaybe
addressed s ET ã fafáeror qlqÌ õmã moúe4 no stigma s attached EXERCISE 6 Translate úe following sentencesnto Nepali,
to age in Nepal. These terÍns are often also added to oeoole,s referring o úe box above or the correct evels of politenesswhen
personalnames n conversation:3Ìfu{r ffi Amiúã diOr-.qÌq'lIrs choosingwhich form of the verbto use.
Salil bhãi-A chartofkinship terminology s given n theÁppendices 1 Youngerbroúer is at school.
at úe backof úis book. 2 Elder brother s in Darjeeling.
3 Elder sister s at MahendraMúãvidyãlay.
ffi cR-{R nepãtipariyãÌ A Nepali tam y 4 Tomorrow motherand aúer areat home.
5 Therearemanybrothersandsisters n thefamily.
1 To beaddresseil ndbuvã
S{r,qr efeíredto
orbã withHigh pronouns
father EXERCISE 7 Convert he affirmaüveNepali sentencesou hâve
ficï, {Ì ãmã or mã mother completed or Exercise6 into negaúvestatements, y changing he
FT-firIT,;lT-fiqÌ buvã-ãmâ or bã-ãmã nnther and forms of the veús.
father
flT{r, {rÈ . hqiurbà or bqie granüather E)(ERCISE I Overleafúere is a simplemapof thepartof Nepal
Ë{-e{Íqr,-çE hqiuãmã or bqiyai grandmother in which you ârestâying,showing:
2 .To beaddressed ith High pmnounsandusually eferrcd to
wth High (male)or Middle (female)pronouas I qrqfl qfi{{ sarasVãü-mândir Saraswatiemple
sIFTÌ,-,'ïtq{t svãsnior S1imati * wife {fl. bCiq _ marketplace
qÌt"Í, logne or órimãnn ?3 pasalharii shops
',ÌÌqq husband Tffi{o
T{<l' didi eldeÍ sistaÍ 4 õrfi baft bank
<r{, <rx, il ï dãi or deiyü or dãju elderbrother t6 ry
rË'frTrq- hul?kch_ t _
prahaÌi thânã posr ffice
policestation
3 .To adúessedwith Middle pronouns ndusually efened. o 7 6ÍTi hotel hotel
wth Low-be (male)andMiddle (female)ponouns S gt^ÈTs CãirneUj Danphe -odge
bhãt youngeÍ 9 €rÌ qÌ{r seti- holã Seti K}rola(a river)
brother 10 trsr sadak road
q.lÉr bahrl youngeÍ ster
6r{T chorã son
bÌfr choú' daughtcr
ffiô chorSchori sonsand
daughors
Refening to úe
nap, and
7/17/2019 assuming at 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
you arcstaying
in the odge,
answerhe
following
questionsn
Nepú:
I r6tcr.rrfu+ar prahan- lqãnã nqiik chÀ? {1 Ir

ì ËqrFERãrdT ?
1 rwqre e-dRãfr eraT r
hulãk ghar lãdhâ cha?
l4ihâts bqiãr kati
âl/ J
cha?
o
e-qrafiàìor bajãnnã ke ke cha? Íãdhn '\)
I r6frw+r+-qÌor pranan- tìãnã kahã cha?
rr<erfr Ê<t Efa{rafr arcr r sarasvaf mrndir bqiãÌ'bãtâ
kâti Fdhã cha? É
3qt
=
rü
In this unit you will learn

. how to count and enumerate
p€ople, hings ând units
. possê6sions
horìf o talk âbout poÍtâblè
Cls Studentsatthe language chool Grammar
7/17/2019 The MinisteÍ for Fducation s visiting a school and is asking the t7 The Nepali numerals
teacher ow many students Íe studyingeach anguage.
{á The Nepú numeralsare very similar to the Hindi numerals,wiú
ffirorqrfriff{rffigcs-t r only a few exceptions. he system s complex,and t is necessaryo
nepãli kakçãmã katiianã vidyãrtbiharü chan? leameachnumber rom one o 100 as a sepaÍatetem of vocâbulary,
How many studentsre there n the Nepali ctass? though each group of ten has its olvn intemal logic and it is
fsÍrrr Ecq+rÊ*erf 6{ rqÍq-{íÌ àa r qtqqqr àâ r occasionally ossible o guesslThe fust tennumbersaÍe giv€n here,
Silqak dasjanãüdyãrthi
Thercarc ten students.
chan.ive
pãcjanâ kef5rvegirls.
boysand ra pãcjanãkef. bothon
take úeir own and wiú You
(as explainedbelow). theclassifiersuffrxes
areadvised hey
o leam often
the need no
numbers
q r3lfr qÌS {ffqï tfd-fir ffiq€ q r setsof ten (see heâppendices).
mantÌi e. ani ãgrejt kakçãmãkaúijanã vidyãrthihârü chan?
Oh.And howmany stuibn$üe thercn tfu Eagüsh lass? umbêrs and numeÍal classiÍieÌs: summary
frrs-fi r+Ìnm *fu^qfro rqÌfir ì-dr1<es{r fi Ea qqr namber + humüclassifrer + non-humanlassifret
eqregq-.rifirs o-rr I r s{ek qrs{r ekjanã ç+a eufã
óil$ak $o kalqã ali fhúlo cha.nauj.nã k€Íã ra dasjenãketi 2 t g€dur g€-r{r.luiianã gr=rduitÀ
chan, ammii pnnõisjanõ üdyãrthiharü ch^n. 3 r fi-{fin frff{rtinjanã fiT|TëTnvatã
Thatclass s quitc big. Therearenine boys and en girls. 4 I qR câr qrrq{r cãrjanÀ qr.qa cãrvalâ
All together heÍeâre19 students. 5 r lti pic qi?ídÌ úcjanã ciï{ãï pãcvalã
ìcrfr{friqrÊèn-{€qÈq I 6 r s cha
7 ,t srdsãt
oqír chajanã
fffitïr sãljanõ
sldr úavalã
{r(r.r.Isãtvafã
mantri nepãli kakçãmõ üdesiharú natrai chan? qrõâth qro-wrãthjanã qr5{ãrãÍbvatã
Ate thereo y foreigoers n theNepati ciass? 8.
9 r cÌ nau ïÌs{r naúanã ïÌ{ër nauvatã
f{T{ È<fi-{F JÌì E{ q-dq rfi-{s{r ÈÊrqÌ, qtq-t+r dÌ.q, r 10 r. <s das <s-firdasjanã <r+ar asvafã
€FErÍÌ mr6 |
6ilqak videóiharü mãtrai úan mantnjyü. tibjanã cintyã,
pãcjanã ãgrej, ra duüanã arman chan. í8 Numbersof people
Therc are only foreigners,Minister. Tfuee Chinese.ive
Bngüshand two GeÍmans. Whenyou areusingnumberso enumerate umannouns i.e. words
thatrepresent eople you shouldadd heclassifier tFÍIianã to the
rfá mantú class
sríÍ kakçâ miruster gtls end of the
Tnnon: úe oumber. 1 is incorrect
coÍrect form to say
is çiõEFÍT rÈ ('F n;È ek
e\ianã mãncbe
manche. If one
the
TÌ mã rn qqr jamnâ all togetheÍ, in nurnber s plural, there s no need o addúe plural suffix -{5 -harü
nfus{r kaEianã how many? total to the noun,bebausehenumberalready ells you that there s more
({q{r d-sjanâ Íen rqr{sq{r nnnãisjanã 19 thanone personând herefoÍe {€ -harú is superfluous:
qfïr{ràaT pãcjìne kep t?ve t{àn€F vide3iharü foreigterc qfq-{r qFò e\ianã manc}€ one rErson
boys ttl mâtrai ody $-q-{r ffi-ql;È duiianã logne-mãnche wo men (liuÍally ,
Cfqrtràâ pãcjanã kef lÍve ráq mantriiyú formof husban&person)
giÍls addressor aministÊr frfií-{r grá-qrfr{ &ianã svdsni-mãnis three women
dru-+rìzr aujanã kelã nrne (litera y,
boys wife-Derson)
The words qrè mãnche and qrF{s nãnis are inúerchangeabte, Íìï ô+o r+-cq +rre{r vÍì &+ e1t
though úe first is usedmore commonly. Both mean persãn,but Rsmesh Íhr-kcha. kalam ra kãgathaú pani fht-lt chan?
7/17/2019 unlessqualified by the additionof qr* svãsú (womaríwife) útey thepens andpapeÍsOK too?
41.Teach Yourself NepaliOK. Are
canusuallybe taken o rcpresent male,
fÌc"T qtd€dqr \rscr+lrc <6FKn€( |
Cf exencse 9 Answere following questions n Nepali on Poehan harek febulmã eufã kalam ra kãgat cha hajur.
Dialogue : On each able here s apen andpaper,sir.
ffifttrqr: nepãJikâlqãmã:
r. ;nfrqrr Ê+qnfEsw r katiianâ vidyãúhiharü chan? rÈarkofhã room qdarko oÍ,er, next
rr t[T
rkq+r dì-qs rr{ r
Cr-rÌTqq{{F E( ?
kat[ianã ãgrejharü chan? rt€ër kâtivâlã how many?
èT{ lebul Íáb1e
S-sr(€ròi<ãvf fio o|furÇ'aÈy/)
€ra hik fine, conect
kaQianâ armanharü chan?
qq ï"HFIT: ãgreji kalqãmã; w{dr dâsvâtã Íen {irq kâlam pen
s. 6fr-s{r f{flrfE€ E( ? ka(ianã üdyãúhiharii chan? Ès Ìnec cüât ãFì( kãgat paper
k. rRÍs{r {-drë€E( e l(aúiianãkelãharü chan? q'5q?]ãthvalã eight È{ hâr€k each,every
E. +ft-q-nàâts el r qli mâtrai only qs.Í euÍã oneor a
katijanã kefharii chen?
CfO Setting up the examroom

Poshan,a junior teacher, s settingup a room for an examination. Grammar
Ramesh, e principal, comes o check hat all is
üsr fr +ìorqr frft-{crìE-ií 6{ r well. 19 NumbersoÍ things
Ramesh yo kofhãmã kativalã lebul chãn? lVhenyou are usingnumbers o enumerate on-human ouns i,e.
How many tablesare therc n this oom? animalsand nanirnateobjects you must alwaysadd he classifier
-iÍãrvatã o theendof úe number.t is inconect o saygI' fõõlìÍ cãÍ
Èsur rsìrarol{çR I kitãb four boots: the correct orn is sTa{ãIcãrvatã kiüib. Again,
Poshan dasyaÍã chanhajur. -{€ -hârú is superfluouswhen he number s plural.
ThereaÍe ten, siÍ.
Theclassifier .tãI vatã is not pronounced s t is spelled: he correct
€rr *È+ft-+aÈo1r pronunciations 'autã'. It is added o the numbers n a raúer less
Ramesh ani kativafã mec chan? regularway úarÌ the classifier q;TTjanã.When t is added o gfi ek
And how manychain are there? onq the combination producesqgãI eulã, pronouncedand often
Ès"r qra+aqrìs{
Poshan ãthvalã mãtrair chan. spelled tÌa produces
combinaúon {a when
yaufã, and duilã, itpronounced
is added to (â dut
dwitã'. Forrwo the
obvious
Thereare only eight. practicalreasons,hese wo are usedvery commonly n everyday
<Èsr gr+rrrrcev-+rffiq, spoken epali.
È{-{? eufã ('yautã') kitâb one book
Ramesh e. kakçãmã dâsjanã üdyãrün* chan, hoina?
Oh. Thereare enstudentsn the class, ren't there? ç{árÌq duitã ('dwitã') nec two chails
S* qg<, cu-rro1 wff+Ì6r{r S€-qrc{a 6{ | PerhapsbecauseNepali does not have an indefinite article a çgèT
Poshan hqiur, daqianâ hnn-arko koÍhãnú dúdrvalÀ mec harÌ eutã is oftenusedwiú humannouns, .g. ríeT1TI;ò utã mãnche
Yes, heÍeare ten-Thereare a few chain n the next onemanoÍ a man o refer to a personúout whom úe speakereels
room- no need o be especia[ypolite.
ã) How many? Íqq qrqffiiiÌr È{r E r
Whenyou areasking he questionhow many?you mustadd one of Kamal qia timisãga paisã châ?
7/17/2019 the classifiers o the interrogative+fr tati, ttre choiceof classifier 41.Teach Yourself NepaliDo you haveany money on you nday?
depen.ling ponwhetheryou areaskingaboutpeopleor oüer things. {rd qiiïr qfimÍào rç+ Èa< rÍràs t
Because $ïT janã can only be used o enumerate eople and _+a Amrit masãga?alikati cha, ek nohar mâtrai cha.
valã can only be used to enumerate hings and animals, úe On me? havea ittle. I have ust onehalf-rupee.
combinationof a numberplusa classifiercanalsobeusedon ts own:
qlqr 6fufir qrÈEa ?gharmã katijanã rqìT àfr rh rqrt qfu(et {frqÍ6 |
Howmanypople are Ksmal kehi chainâ. {ia masita d-e rupiyã cha.
(awTI E{ I mãnchechan?
dâsjqnã ghan- in thehouse?
TheÍeare àn. It doesn'tmatteL 've got En Íupees oday.
Ì({T {fçrdr ã$164 ? gharmã kativafã {( qÈ,r È{rsrl+e6 rdcrtiiïTfraE?
How many oomsarc
kothã chan? therc n thehouse? Amrit masãgana paisãcha na cumf cha. tapãisãgacurol châ?
fi-i-{ërq I ünvaÍã chan. Thereare hrce. I haveneithermoneynoÍ cigâÍetÍes.Do you havea
cigaÍette?
However, when the questionconcemsunits of measurement, fr
kati can be usedwithout â classifiersuffix (seeGrarnmar 22). trg E, Tfrr Sr {ÈTcrd TÌd E I
Kamal cha, masãgaek baftã yãk cürof cha.
Yes, have apacketof Yak cigarcttes.
D7 KamalandAmrit qTd qr{r,qr+1Ìc<rÈ s r
Kamal bumps nto ArnÍit on tlìe street. Amrit ãhã, yãk curot Ìãmro cha
alwayshasmoney o spare,while Amrit, aKamal,
youngan office worker,
student,s always Oh, Yak cigaÍetlÊs regood
penniless. rrrqqÍí<Rr{E I
6qq Èí{, ffifl-ì+dT(Ì
6qq {È{Tdrrr{ Ksmal hoina, timi sãnoketâ hau. dhümrapãn khaÍãb cha.
Kamal aho Amgt bhãi No,you are a small boy. Smoking s bad.
Oh, it's AmÍit
qrd ;Ft€fiR frtìI <fË r$ aho (an exclamationof {M ãja today
AmÌit namaskãr Kamal dãi pleasure r su4)rise) ^ {frd masita wiú me
HeL|o,Katnal qf{ì ahile nov <vfnÌ das rupiyã ten utrEes
IFIIiT rqwR qRìfdrfu{?
ar ka'tã where, n which 1Ìe curof clgareffe
direction rT......nâ...na neither... ot.
Kâmd namaskãr úile kaüitira?
Hello Whereare ou off to now? ffi
q<ta<tirahaúira
Íorvards +r5rãhã baflã
towaÍdshome s-ã{Ërek onepacket
(anotherexclamation
.r.{d qqfr< Ërqqfl hâlkhabar news of pleasure r surprise)
AmÌitghaúira. tÍfrÈrr timisãga viú yorl qçqÌï dhümrapãn smoking a
Home. trr paisã money ratherhighflown Sanskrit
qd,n masãga? wiú me? term)
Fqr- sÍÈ {|{q{rã'dE r ç+ È6<ek mohar one mohar l{{|E kharãb lrad
Kamd ani hÃlkhabsr kâsto çtrar (a halÍ-npee)
And how arethings? à$a kehi chaina it doesn't
qF tàs r ÌnaneÍ
Amlit râmrai cha.
Fine.
Grammar plural suffix -{€ -harú. NoÍ is it coÍect to use he plwal form of a
verüwhen ts subjects aplural numericalquantity.
7/17/2019
21 Possessionof portable items 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
Nepali doesnot have â verb that s the equivalentof the English Ío
haveor to own, brot stúlishesowneÍshipând rnssessionn different
ways.The first way is used n relation to things that someone an
carDr around on hiíher person. Often, úese aÍe things that arc
disposable r acquired emporarily:money, or instance, omesand
goes,and temssuchaspensgenerally un out of inï
discarded. andhave o be
Possessions indicatedby using eitherone of two postpositionshat
both haveexactly úe samemeaning:with. T\e two words are -d-rt
sãga (someúmes pelt {f, saiga) and -fuí sita. Theseare added
directly on to nouns,namesandpronouns: Currency
ì"q keFsãga TheNepú {tnï rupiyã rupeeconsistsof 100Ètr paisã.There are
or ffia kpsita with the boy alsospecialwords for a quaÌter-rupe€ $iF,I ükã) and a half-rupee
t'fr-€rr Kumãrsãgâ or Tcr'fud Kumersita with Kimar (fr6 mohar or ÈÈ< mohor), though these tenns are gradually
qürr masãga or ,+kd m?sjltawith me falling into disuse, artly as a result of inflation. Theabbreviationor
Havingaddedoneor oúer of thesewords o thepossesser,ll that s Íupee s Rs. in Roman script, anda. ru. in DevanâgaÌi.The Nepali
left to createa
possessed simple statement
ndendwith f possessions
úe verb,which s always6 to
chastâte he thing
(because ou rupeenepal
tfirnï s sometimes
rupryã),eferred o as úe ì.it fiom
to distinguish ç. ne.the
ru- ïr.
(shortfor
{. bhâ.ìrrfr
ru.
are ocating hepossession n thepersonof úe possessor): (ìÌR-fr{ ïfi[qÌ bhãrati?a rupiyã) or Indian rupee.
afrqrlNrr€{frqÍÌt I tyo mãnchesãga Thatman has wo hices andsumsof moneycanbeexpressedn threedifferent ways:
dú rupiyã cha. rapeescn his . by usingnumberswith the ermsqÈ sãdheprusonehal4{r4T avã
person). plus one quarteÍ and IIì-ì paune minus one guarter.There are
ãgrTKçãT+õrqA I .. kalam
iisõga€uF úta. HehasaTnn specialwords or oneaml a half and.wo anda half:
(on his person).
çd {ÍÌqÍ ek ruptyã {" t Rs.l
If the statementor question is úout someone noú possessing *fiq{qfrqÌ savãek rup_iyã {. t.1t( {s.1.25
someúing,use he negative orm of 6 cha. È6 firqÌ {e{h rupiyã . _ ì. .k. Ils.1.50
.-G,,-:- l- . cfrìËâ{ÊqÌ pauneour_ruprya ï. r.rr. Rs.1.75
q|(í qqt g;1 | masita paisã chaina. I don't haveany
money (onmy qÊ nRÌ òrirupM a. 1 Rs.2
+{r<€{fiHi savõdü ruBiyã ï. ì.Rt(Rs.2.25
person). qõÉ"õfr{i a{hãi rupiyã ì. i.r.. Rs.2.50
rÈerÈrrlT{ Êq r Gitiisãga ãbunchaina,Gita doesnot have
arynq(wiúlur). by expressing mall sumsn tennsof *({ mobar and$iFrsukii:
ç+ ffiqÌ {.lfi,r ek rupiyã sukã t r.rr. Rs.1.25
fi-{ ì-f{ tin mohar q. t.t Rs.l .50
22 Using numberswithout classifiers fr-ott s+I fu mohar sukã {. ?.uk s.1.75
When you arc talking aboutsumsof money,weightsandmeasures, crsqr6{ nic mohar {. ì.k" Rs.2.50
units of time,distânces, r any other kind of measure r unit, úere is qtsìà{str põcmohar ukã {" ì.úr Rs.2.75
no need o add a classifier o the numerâls nvolved. or to use the o by exprcssing ums n termsof {frrlï rupiyã andÈqï paisã:
\r45 fc{i Fáq È{Ir ek rupiyã paccis paisâ T. t.RriRs. .25 J Thereare en men, hreewotnenand ive boys n thepostofftce.
ST l{ c-^l- T{rr ek rupiyã pacãspaisã r" r.v" Rs.l.50 4 How muchmoneydo you havewiú you?
7/17/2019
gEãFwr qËT[Ít.rw dú rupiyã paciÍspaisã ã. q.re Rs.2.25 5 That
41.Teach Yourself Nepalindian rnanhasno money,but the Nepali boy has en rupees.
(g õÏcdf {qr{ Eqr dui rupiyã pacãspaisã õ. ?.v" Rs.2.50 6 The rich farmer has ten pãthis of rice and ten kilogrammesof
Weights and capacities pomtoes.
Therca.rewo systems fmeasuringweightsandquantities urrent n 7 Thereare wo cups of tea on each able.
Nepal. One is úe metric Europeansystemof kilogrammes ffi ll The eacher asno booksand he students aveno pens.
kilo), the other is a more complicated raditional systembâsedon EXEBCISE 1 Write six Nepali sentenceshat define eachof the
capacity,
gain: which is particúarly súted to measuringquantities of peoplen
of theverbthe eft-handcolumn
úobe as eachers,
rom úe righrhand singanappropriateorm
column.Thendo úe same ing
fu cauthãi onequrter of a mãnâ for eachonceagain,but this time locating hemât home.
3ÌTur Fn âdhã mãnã half ã mdnã rT|{ bhãi F{f;6 hunuhuncha
çfr qì;Ir ek manã orp rnãnã =0.7 üues r 20ounces) kâ didi Ql ho
q{ gEÊr ek kuruvã (= two mãnâs) ì{r{{€ bhãiharú f{TeÍr silqak q chan
qd crqf ek pãthi (= eightmãnãs) q?+rl gharmã fl
cr"ï oalyu hun
çd58 ek muIi (= 20 pâthis) qTfi ãmã cha
Neitherkind of unit requires he useof classifiersor plural suffixes: gm â It9.1 chin
ek kilo âlu onekilo of potatoes ã hú
çdfifô3il{
crq chu
a{ qr;Ír ff{ dú mãnâ cãmal Íwo rnânãs of rrce ntoNepati:
D exenctse e Translate
I one week
Note úat words suchas cupandpoÍ arealso reâtedâs measures f 2 two men
quantity n phmses uchas úe following, and hereforeúe numbers 3 threebooks
do not takea classifrer: 4 four boys
5 five rupees
gÊ*Eqr dúkapciyã two cups f tea 6 six chairs
Çfi qfa rqqr ek pãÍ ciyã onepot of tea 7 sevenwomen
UnÍts of time 8 eight classes
ç{ È{ìre ek seka4{ onesecond 9 nine kilos
t<Ì lt9.r eK cll|n o,le momenl
$ frÍ{c dui minel two minutes Il0I tenforeigners
two kilos
ft'c slrdr tin gha4Íã three hours 12 sevenand a half kilos
l3 tbreepãtluis
crS 14 two and a half mânãs
Ìt qÈ{r cha mahinã six months l5 th-reeupees ndseventy-fiveaisã
__-J
.flq qq sât varça sevenyeaÍs 16 nineanda halfrupees.
EXERCISE 10 Translate the following sentences nto Nepali:
I I have ten rupeesând a packet of cigarettes.
2 lVe have been in Nepal for three weeks.
EB Jyoti'shouses
Anil ând Büay âre compaÍingnoteson Jyoú, â new acquaintânce.
qtr{ dfu+rtfc+aqqsq ravrãwtvrqo r
Antl Jyotikã ativatà harharütant tapalai namcnaf
How many houses oesyui have?Do you btow?
Èqq sr{r s rËÈfrfiTg5eTq<61: \rõãrsrì { wa qò t
B{lay thãhã cha" Jyotikã duiÍ5 ghar chan: euF sãno a
Ieutã thülo.
know. Iyoti has wo houses: nebig andonesmall.
qÊ-d grdffivrìwrgot
Anil e. Jyotlko sãnoghar kahã úa?
I see.Wherc s lyoti's small house?
ft-qc dffiqfà T{{Errqrs rsdÍ dfrr+ì *qr+ìqserec vft r t
Bliay Jyotiko sãno ghar bajãnnã cha, tyahã Jyoúikobüvãko
eufã pasal pani cha.
{J yoti's fatherhasa
Iyoti's small houses in the markery,Lace.
{J shop here oo.
:f É
e'.\)
oo
qifi
Anil qfrçfrffiqfre<frt
ani Jyotiko fhúlo ghar ni?
-r And whatabout yoti's big house?
Èqc çòffia-ôq<frqtrcre3Ê+Ìe arar r
Biiay Jyotif,ohüloghârPokhâÌãbâtaui f,oc {fhã cha.
o
II
Anil
Iyoti's big houses twokx away rom Pokhara.
cf{d frq1f,ffi6fr6t .
tyo ghar nikkai lhülo cha?
Is that housevery arge?
t{Ec f,,ffiçôo 1ç4q1q1qq-{ãr
r6r E1 r
a
Büây ho, nlkkai thElo cha. tyo gbarnõ da,svatã ofhã chan
II Yes, t's vety arge.Therearc ten rooms n that house.
.r+ qf{q dfuôqf.{RcÊ{{*or
Anil Jyotiko arivãrpani hüo úa?
'ì ) Is lyoü's family largemo?
Ê-{q Eôà, ms{-tr rfi q rqf6rr6qr"-àft-àg{r+TS-qrr{cr
tRtìïqI
In thls unit you will leam B{iay thüo cnama, tara nnih'Ìt dhani chan harek 6ahalmã
. howto talk aboú ownsíship Jyotiko buvãkã dur--cãrvafãpasalchan.
. how to exDÍêssand ask
aboutknowledgè
. how to ask furthêÍ quèsüons
It's not lfige, but they are rich. Jyoti's father has several thc ownednounsareplural:
shops n eveql town. rffiB{rqT Ratnesh'smother
RameSkiãmã
3lfrsàft-+ÌEr{-qrsËq ? ìcwsr rrri{F Nepõlk5 gãüharú Nepal'svillages
Anil ani Jyotikodãju-bhâichainan? As in statementsof possessionusing -Èt -sãga or -fu{ -sita,
Anddoesyoti nothaveanybrothersT ltâlementsof ownership nvolve the useof theveÍb 6 cha:
tq-qq Èc1 sqÌftrfr sâ qÈfr s,fifr r@qrq rfr
<furr g€-w+r q o1 lRameskãduúânã Ralnesh as wo
çscrq{filql dãju chan. elderbrctherc-
Biiav chainan Jyotiki eüF bahini cha, Kãnti. hijoãja um- f*qâ <q & t Bindiiko dãju chaina. Bindudns nothave
Darjeelingko eufã
No. He has one skiilmâ
sister, Kanti.chin.
Nowadays she s at a school an elder brothet
in Darjeeling. However, f something s being identified as a belonging then it
bccomes ecessaryo useÈ ho insteadof 6 cha:
Qftrnr Jyoh-kã lyoti's, belonging o Jyod (pluralpossessions) àeÈv<aÈf66qÌ | yo sãno ghar Jyotiko This small house
c16 thãhã knowledge,nformaüon ho, is Jyoti's-
dftrd Jyoh-lro lyoü's, belonging o "Iyon-(single ossesslon) uÊ*<à<q{c-< r ü Bindiiko d{iu He is notBindu's
tr* dkkâi very (usedonly with adjectives) hoina" elderbrother.
<q-mt dãju-bhfi broúers
çòtdff Jyotiki Jyoti's, belonging o Jyoa (femalepossession) It is possibleo use-â -ko in a string of ownerships:
çsâ eu$ one feminineending) çfrffiqFfr Jyotiko sãthi Iyoti's friend
hij.âjr nowadays
@qM
Erffeq Dãrjiling D arjeeling cfrlìr+ì${ãÈ
vfrffi flffi S{Í Jyotikosãthikobuvâ
JyotikosãthikobuvãkoJyoti'srid's fafw
yoti's friend's
q< skü scúoo.l ghar father'shouse
ç+r+ìw
ümffi (lrffi Sqrrì Jyotikosãthiko Iyai'sM'sffids
Grammar Ta{rgTd{F buvõkogharkã
jhyãlharü.
house'swindows
23 Ownership: à -ko, -â -kÍ, -+r ká with nouns

and names 24 Words ior and:. rã, 3Ìfrani
Unlessyouareusing út -sãgaor -fuc -sitâ to tâlk úout possessions So far you have met two different Nepú words that arc both
that are wiú' an owner at thetime, úe particle +Ì -ko mustbe used translated sard. { ra is used o link paiÍsor the members f a group
to linkunction,
same an owner to â thingnthat
andoccurs thessaÍìe
owned. The
place n particle performs
â sentence he
r phÌase, of nouns,pronouns,
Íà, qktr<<rq r names:
Jyo6 Ambikã ra Rãm lyoti, Ambka and
(
as the 'apostrophe ' 's) in English,and can be attachedo nouns &arl
andnamesn úe sameway: *r r 6er+ -< baftrahufãkghar thebankand he
{r{+Ìfu"drq Rãmko kitãb Ram'sbook Dostoffice
Setikobuvâ Setì's ather cfr ani, on úe oúer hand, s used o meanaad when we wish to
However, -fr -ko behaves ike an inÍlected adjective n that the introduceanotheÍ opic oÍ to âsk anadditionalquestion:t can often
vowel mustchangeaccording o the numbeÍandgenderof whatever meanandÍhen. n spokenNepali, a sentence an neverbegin with t
is owned to -i whena femalehumannoun s owned,and o -ã when ra, but it is possible o begina sentencevirh qfr ant.
atfr i+; qÌ o t
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali
qfr{ 35/169
ani baik kahã cha? Anil where s the à,.à<aqÈ r
bank? Subir ho, tyo Ratan ho.
qfrr ani? And then? Yes, that's Ratan.
anythingelse? {rrr< d{ÈÈã{{-d-{fi-+ìqrdÈ-{È?
+ftftrfrfrqÈ r ani timi ko hau? And whoarcyqy,? Ãnand tyo rãto mofar RatâDjfto Ephnomotâr ho?
A third word for azd hat s usedonly in scholarly, ormal or official Is that cd caÍRatanji's own caÍ?
contextsas â substituteor { ra is úe SanskÍit oan fqT âthã.
rma Affi , <-ri-+ìsrdi+ì *ã{ È |
25 I know,you know, Subir hoina, Ratanko sãthilo mogar ho.
ï@ thâhâ, oftenpronouncedhã, etc, using
means W thãhâ
nowledge or inÍormation. No, t's Ratan's riend's caÍ.
qFr< aqrffi cfr qÌã{e t
The mostcommonway to state hat you know somethings to say
that the knowledgeexists or you or royo4 using the postposition Ãnand tapãíro pani mo{ar cha?
{fg ìãr-, which means o or for: Do you too have a caÍ ?
T{r{ qrËT smr ar{,R Èr< ol rm È <Iç1à çea mem
Èa< o t
d{iyüko eulã motar
úere is
Sub-rr ahã,mem mofar úaina" tara
cha-
acfffiqrErËq I râpãíãi hãhã No, don't have a car.But my eldeÍ brother hasa car.
r*r";j"i"*;;,,
"h"i"r. ('to you here s {tr{< <crqòq--{+Èe-i{'dor
Ãnand tapãfuo dãjy'üko molar kasto cha?
t{<-{rârffir *ETE?Bindúlãi akkãhâ* ;::Hïf*:} What'syouÍ eldetbÍother's car ike?
cha? for sue? (w {-ô-{ il"{+Ì+.{3ífr crcfì8, ï{<rfr 6,\rd-<qttfr tícrffi È-{
Bindu is 6FõWrt.r?
úere certain Subir dãjyüko molâr ali pürãno cha, tara rãmro cha' ekdam
knowledge?') rãmro. tapaí<o mola" 5i çfiaina ni?
Thesequestions nd statementsre requentlyabbreviated: "tra
Elder brother's cn is rutherold, but it's nice, really nice.
qrër6 | thãhâ cha. So doyou havea caÍ oÍ not?
I know.
cïü6? thãhã cha? Do you know? 3TF{< ràar ì qser qr{{-dÍ qrà o t
qrü ràr r thãhã chaina. I don'tknow. Ãnand chaina mero eutã sãikal mãtrai cha.
No haveonlv a bicvcle.
Cl9 Ratan'smotorcar <rò rãto red srfr sâtlü fn'end
Subir andAnandhave ust spotted heir friendRatandriving past n Ìer molar car \rr{tT ekdam really, very
a redcar. qrÊ ãphno own q|{{-d sãikal brbyc,fe
Sfrt rrò+ã{qrd+ÌÈ?
Subir rãto motsrmã tyo ko ho? EXERCISE13 Answer hefollowing questions boutDialogue 9:
Wo is that n the reilcar? r rc+ffi qrffi Èrqo t Rataqifto ãphno molâr cha?
ffi,Èe+r q {ÈqÌfi?.-fr{dÈ t rãto molar ratanko ho?
ïi-<
Anand Râtân, hoina? I cffiqrd+ã{o r Subirko ãphno motâr úa?
It's Ratan,sn't t?
r Vffia"{+ìÈr<at+oc
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali r Subirko ãjyükomoJar ha Ncpal.Nepalidoesnot havea etteÍ to represent e Tibetansound s, 36/169
ki chaina? ro it uses ch nstead.
7/17/2019
EXERCISE 4 Create entenceshat stateownership, sing he
Grammar clements rovided:
Owner Quantity Possession
26 Ownershipusing -à -ko, -& -kí, -sïrkã with F.s.I 2 houses
unchanged tdirectcase')pronouns = Ì{rlíúfERq merã duifã I have wo houses
The postposition fÌ -ko can be added o two kinds of oronouns n ghar chan
exactlyhesameway hat t is addedo nouns ndnames,.e.wiúout I DhanBahãdur's ife 2 elder sisters
requiing any change to be made to these pronouns. The two 2I 0 mother and father
categories re: 3 My mother 4 glandchildren
i Themostpolitepronouns<cÉ tapãr',rd yúã, *6ï vatrã,q< tralury, 4 They 0 sons and daughters
ii Plural pronouns hat end n -Ë€. 5 He (High) 9 cows (rl Égau
óWe 5 far buffaloes (È6 bhâisD
aqf*ìewrm àS r yahãko 6ubhanãm what is this
ke ho? Derson'same?* 28 One's own: emphasizingownership using
+sÊ qrrqà à : vahãko kãm ke ho? lihar is his ob? |rÍc++hno
rfi-*-+ìTnrÈo unihârúko ugã Their lorhìngs
anaufho cha slÍange Theword qrd ãphno meansown and can be usedwith any of úe
*Using snFTFI6ubhatfamauspicious ame o askapersonal ame s possessiveronouns. t doesnot matter\ühetheÌ t is beingused o
mearrmy owt oï your or",nor anyoneelse's own; úe word remains
morepoliteúan using ÌrÌ nãm. the same. t is an adjective,however, so its ending must change
rccording o úe numberand genderof the thing or úings owned:
27 [trlyr,our, our
È qrnÌ fffr mero âphno sãthi my ownfriend
-d -ko cannotbe added o úe pronouns ma d d tã you, trfr Umi your own children
you and qr{Ì hãmi we. Instead,úese four pronounshave special aqÉõr fiFr úìrràô tapafoa aphna
ownership'genitive') orms: chorãchon
3Íffi 3ilffi qÈfr Amiiãkl ãphni bahifr Amita's own
qmal becomes R mero my, mine youngeÍ ster
í la you becomes È tero your, yows
f.fqr lrmt you becomes ffi tinro yow, yours To emphasizehat the thing that is owned s úe owner's very own
8l+r nâml we becomes qtÈ hãrnro our, ours possession nd doesnot belong o anyonee1se, e endingof wwÌ
q-I -:-5
:-5. . ãphno s changedo -ai:
{|II Tfl -5-
ËT mero nãm Jeni ho. My name s Jenny.
1Ìsrà qrd qtEr({ | Râme6ko phnâisãikal Ramesfi'svery
ffi +rq qÌqrq àí{. timro nãm Sonam Yournane is not
fuÈf È r hoina, Chiring ho. own bicycle.
Sonam,t is 3TFrflfr ld EEfr | Amitriki ãphrai .-Dahim---.
Amita's veryown
Tsering.* youngeÍ sisteÍ.
qrÈ q-<qfir+rtà r hãmro thar Our nnily name
Arlhikãri ho. is Adhikxi. fu"fi-{€È<rfld' yiniharú merã ãphnai Thesearemy own
* Theseare both Tibetan names,current amongpeople who live bÌ{rbÌô Ë11 chordchorfhun. childrcn.
alongNepal's norúem border,and alsoamongTibetan efugeesn
29 Asking questions: he use offrki

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali IXERCISE 16 Write â simpleaccountof the members f your 37/169
The word llmily, alongúe following ines:
order of a question n Nepali is exactly the sameas the
word order of a statement:when spoken, he difference ies in the My names...My home s in...
7/17/2019 intonation; when written, the only difference betweena statement 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
tn my family we are...people:(list the membersof your family,
and a question is úe absenceor presenceof a question-mark. using elationship erms).
However, Nepali-speakers requently end a question with the Next,give thefollowing informationúout eachmemberof your
quesüo-ning ord ftF ?ki? which literally meansor...? r f+ r ho ki ? family:
and f+ ?cha ki ? means it or ...?and s thereor...? My eldersister's ames...
d-acr+ôqrffiqrff{
ür* ? yo tapãho
sãikal <oãphno
ki? Isücycle,or...7
thisyour own She s n...(give
Repeathis hename
nformaúon f the own whercshe
or eachmember ives).
of your family.
ffifffi q"-Frq|g-6,q tapãíro gharmã Is therca bicycle n If any of your siblings s married,stateúe nameof their husband
EÌ{? sâikalcha ki? yout house, t...? or wife.
The questionmight also include the negaüveform of the verb, to
mean s it or isn't it? or is ütereor isn,t there?
D tO Wtrose ook s this?
F*tt ?- ciyã o? is it tÊa? rfrc àriffiìf{dwÈ?
F*qI ciyã oki? is it teaor...? Raómi yo kaskokitiib ho?
sq[ ËÌ1-4 1{{ r ciyã ho ki hoina? is it tea or not? Whosenok is this?
F*" i ciyâ ha? is ÍheÍe any tea? frfr È ÈqRqr.ò süfi aÌffi tr+rs ò r
ÌÈFITEFõ? ciyã cha ki? is theÍeanyEaoÍ...? PÍiti mero vicãÌmã tyo Súryaki chon-kokitiib ho.
fuqr o f{ th I ciyã cha ki chaina? is thercany aa I think that s Surya'sdaughtÊÍ'sbook.
oÍ.not?
ftq qffr oÌfr s ( ? crq qr{rÈq
Theseast hreequesúons arry he mplication hat f úere is any ea RâÍmi Súryaki choú cha ra? rnalãi thãhã chaina.
the speakerwould like to drink it. Similarly, a sentence uchas: Does Suryahave a daughteÍ hen? don't know.
ffiÉ+ì q(qr r{ 6 fd ?tapãfuoghannã Is theresalt n frfr q'Í FF 'qT T{õr q;6-jrírEi|{r r q-:finFÌÌ@Írr61 r
nún cha ki? yout house? PÍiti mero vicãrmã unkâ'rkianã chorã ra e\ianã chori chan'
suggestshat úe personasking he question s in needof salt. I think he hasonesonmd one daughter.
EXERCISE õ Translate nto Nepali: c|w oìffiilqààa'r
1 You (Middle) aremy son's riend, aÍen't you? s youÍ name Ra6mi chon-konãm ke ho ta?
What's the daughteÍ'sname hen?
Gautam gautâm)? qrüÈ{ |
2Is youÍ (Middle) friend's faúer,s name GaneshMan (ga4eÍ frfr
rnãn)?Do you know or don't you? Pnli thâhâ úaina.
3 His (High) name s Laksmi Nath Qakçminãth). I know úat. I don'tknow.
4 My home s not far from here.Where s your (Middle) home? tfrq oÌtrdqrqàÈr
5 Your (High) father s at thebank.Doesyour motherknow? RaÉmi chorãko ndm ke ho?
6 Their (Middle) cowsare n our field. Don,t úev know? What's he son's arne?
7 Our amily name s Pokharclpkharel). We areBrahmins.
8 This is not your (Middle) watch. t is my moúer,s.
ftfr ssfrflq ÊrêsTà

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali change epends n what úe word s. Generally,nounsdonot chânge 38/169
Pn-ti usko nãm GiIÍí ho. in the oblique case,but certainpronounsdo.When -+ì -ko is added
Hisname s Girish. to pronouns except i) the mostpolite forms, (ii) plurals ending n
7/17/2019 <f{q +frvr+ÌvÌ<+frfr vr5ro Nepali ancl (iii) q ma, È tã, ffi
"fF -hârú
41.Teach Yourself timi, and qrfi hãmi - see
Rúmi ani usko umer kati ho? thãhã cha? Grammar 26 and 2il), úe pronounshave o be modified slightly,
And how old is he?Do you btow? andâÍe said then to have changednto úe obliquecase, rom their
frfr es+Ì sÈ 6td È qrüÌ Èa r original,unchanged irectcase:
Priti usko umer kati ho thãhã chaina.
direct ase oblique ase ++ì-ko
I don'tknowhow oldhe is. s ü 3rI us 3cqì usko üs/her
{frq sâ+oÊ{ rfu-{r*qrFr{.sf+rrqs
àf{õr*sÈ+à I yo q{I yas *q yâsko üs/her/its
Ra{mi e Íhikai úa ni kitjibmã Girtíko nãm cha, yo kitã-b Ì gqà
aÈ tyo .{q tyas tyasko Ns/her/ìts
usaikoho. ïfr u|n- 3{ utr ï{+Ì unko ár'Mrerpotite)
Oh, t's OK. Girish'sname s on the book Thisbook s his. firfr yini fqï yitr ffi yinto li,s/her(polite)
Êc-fi tini t.rí dn ffi dDko lÌr'slher{poüte)
ncà kaslç6 wá6ss2 sq- umer age
Ê-qr. Icãr thought,opinion ll,È usaiko áls landno_one Theoblique orms of the pronouns r yo rúr's ndefr tyo fáaú renot
<z ra? indeed?hen? elre'g pronounced xactlyas hey aÌe spelled:
üÍect foÍm oblique orm pronunciation
EXERCISE17 Answer he ollowing questions boutDialogue 0: qr yo q{ yas
a{q tyâs 'es'
r qftr{Êcw+roMfrqr Süryakã katiianâ ï* tyo 'tes'
chorãchor.t- han? When he postposition (IÉ -lãi is âdded o the obliqueforms of fr
t fricÈtrqnqrTrífrrjrÌo f+Èc Pnïko vicãrmã Siiryako yo, eò tyo, ands i the word is often pronouncedas f the 's' has
choÌi cha hi châine? been ost ând he 'l' hasbeendoubled:
I gr:ÈoMrràfrr Süryakochorâkonãm ke ho? spelling pronuÀciaüon
c qÍì fs-{r{qr rfl,ÈÌïrq e r ani kitãbmã kasLonãm cha? ,Ífi{É yaslãi 'ellãi'
çqï11tt tyaslãi tellãi-'
uslãi
Grammar í("1 tE
All of the pronouns

'ultãi'
n the box abovemustchange o úeir oblique
30 Ownershipusing -mr ko, -ã -kt', +r kã with forms wheneverapostpositions added o úem. Theexamples iven
in the box show what happenswhen úe postposition s -fr -ko, but
changed ('oblique case') pronouns
exactly he same hânges re necessary henoúer postpositions re
Nepali grammarhasonly two cases.A nounor pronoun s always n involved:
eitherúe 'direct' case,which meanshat t remainsas t appearsn a
dictionary,or úe 'oblique, case,which means hat ts endiìg might r+qrâ crüËf, r unlái thãhâ chaina- S/IÊdoes ot know.
need o change. 4qq1fffi 5r yasmã cini cha? Is thae (any)sugar
in tbis?
A word will always akethe ,obliquecase'when a postpositionhas
beenadded o it; whether his means hat its eníting actuallyhas o An exception o this rule s the postposition dtt -sãgawiú, which is
alwaysaddedo the unchanged'dircct case') orm of a pronoun:
i
s*iqÈsr ì'c
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali úsãga paisã chaine. He hasno money i'Ì klr who? + -à -ko 's n*rfrlçlsko wúose? 39/169
(on his person).
kasko kitiib whosebook?
When* yo andefr tyo arebeingusedbeforea noun o rneandúsand t,*t+t ?rt'tE- kaskã chorãharú whosesons?
7/17/2019 fla4 they should ake heir oblique orm if a postpositions added o 41.Teach Yourself Nepali 8'11
q,+lÌìl kaski bahin- whose ister?
thenoun.
l\4ostother nterrogaúvese.g.à ke wnarZ {Í kahã where\ do not
fr vqr yo Sahar this town huvcan oblique orm. so úey do not changewhen à -ko is added
becomes l() them:
{q rr{{{T yas Sahannã in thistown yo keko mâsuho? what kild of meat
dtu{
becomes
tyo din thatday 'ìì4ìrrgqtt
eì gg<r+ì ig fr | tyokukhurâko
is this?
That is chicken's
(q tl tq Íq l{E tyas dindekhi since hatday mãsu o. meat.
However,úis is a rule úat is ofien ignored n everyday poken In Englisht is said hata persons 'from' a paÍticular lace, f that
Nepali. t is particutarlyikely to be gnored f È yo and à tio ur" is wherehatperson esides r hashis/her rigin. n Nepali, hesâme
separated rom úe noun they describe by another adjective or cxpression ses he genitive fr -ko, instead f any word meaning
adjectives.The longer the following phrase becomes,úe more from:
permissiblet is to use hedirect orm ì yo ffus nsteadof its oblique
form rtIT as: s a-6tfi vrò $ t ú kahãko mãnche no? Were is he fromT
(literally, 'he s
In thistown: qq sr{{qr yas óaharmã apersonf u4rcre?')
oÍ àrrqlr yo óaharÌnã s iÈ{r{tEìÌqì"È à | ii Gorkhãkonúnche ut" He is from
In thisbig town: 4iÌ qfr rr{{{r yas fhüto íaharmã Gorkha.
oÍ qI õ-dÌS1{{{r yo thüIo óaharmã (literally, he s a
In thisbig old town: 4q q* g{Tfr srflqr
yas thúlo purãno penonof fudìâ')
óâharmã qÌtú+ìqrqqÈt yo kahãkocãrnalho? Wheres this ice
or Ì õ-qìgrrì ar{<qT yo fhúto purãno from?
6aharmã çàfn*r+ì qrqqÈ | tyo Ppkharãko It is rice from
fi yi úeseand r ti úose do not takeoblioue orms: cãmal ho. Pokhara.
fr116€€ yi S{úârharú these owns EXERCISE 18 Createsentenceshat state ownership,observing
fi rr6<qsm yisaharharümã in theseowns grammatical es to the etter ândusing be elements rovided:
íl qr8è fi gharharü thosehouses
fr qcEr-qra Owner Qüantlty Possession
ti gharharübãÍâ from thosehouses E.g.he 2 house
= 3({r<{dr ÍRE1 uskã duiÍã ghff chan he has two houses
31 Interrogatives: cà kasko whose,ffi keko
of what, rctÈ kahãko of I f,om wherc? I That boy 2 houses
2 This big village only 1 teashop
The Nepali word for wúo? s * z ko? WÌren ìe -fr -ko úar links 3 He (-ow) 8 daughters
ownerto owned s added o úe +ì ko that meanswho?, the latteÍ 4 SheMddle) 4 sons
must changeo its oblique orm, whichis rF{Ikas: 5 This man many friends
6 \{ho 0 friend?
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali Ett ne cook and he pilot 40/169

Rovi s soon o marry Shailendra's oungersister,and he two men
|tl meeting or úe first tirne. Ravi's job 1alçss im all over South
Aoia, while Shailendra s tied down to his work in a KathÍnandu
hotcl. Ravi, who is very much Shailendra'selder, feels he knows
moÍe úout the world than Shailendra, ut Shailendrahas the last
word.
rft fcfrÈà<,ÈEqìz
ÍtÈ< et, q,üàq ravr{<F*w ç;o, {ça 7
<fi È,q{È r
lÌÈ< aqÍ{ -d {rq rrrfi;;o,Êst t
tâ cER.F. g. ú.wtrrq r+frftrfrfrt
ítÈa q{Ìfu{rÈ{qrsrcr€ r
ft ffi{Èì{Ê;ìcrc*rfe<qfrqFoÌt
al ftÈ< qã rc ãFà qÈ qrÈ{ qifï-{ r eÈ fr gq, * uo.q Èqrlq{
-ì
rn+ì wggo, {rtr
{
ft *, +fe rgrE rÈóiíF€., ìFiFfiÌïTsF€,6FrTqr.E,
dfrqF€ |
*l/ IrJ +f6ì+rôç*€qfrqFq
0t
-:í
úu^
6r)', ÍÌtfq aqÉ à fi{qr qrÈ{ ErTC€ ?
1l
€l
'\)
F+ rÈ c Ë{ÌÊ -{rq-+ìnce { fr t
íÌÈ< qrgí qríËq "
CL <fr qÍfer rÈìqdqrn<aqrÌqfõ rÈì Èèfi qìfitr{s qÌ* f{qri-dtz
o ìqrq qÍ58{ t
tÈ< q cf{Ëm òàrr Êèfr rrerr{F+ì rFrqr{r {frr56 r |
<fr q,ffiqrR€Ìt
oc
{t+q
rF{ È,q
ií, dqfqqÈtu oe {M vrà { r
<rÈ {qèfuq(ÈFqrR-{Rffi@crrolfttffivnr
q|Ql
{ttfq a<q q-ErËfuq qr (Krqfo q $rs{ qrru te-d q çsa q-df\rÌ
n this unit you wlll leam deor
. how to talk aboutwhat you
CL and otheÍs do no]mally,
o
.ì)
habituallyor in the near
ftrture
. ho ìr o usèsimplêadverbs
. how to discuss imes,days,
andt€quency
{r{{if fo work qt-snLondon llhllllendra Yes, I've been hat hotel's cook for five years.
q'c. RoyalNepal ir Cotpomcion Èì +dt usual.ty Rlvl There, how splendid From now on I will come to your
T. 1.
€Err hotet iÌRr /ndra hotel every Saturday and eat good food.
qrT ro go qfa+ fourisr fihullendra But I shan't be here After a week I go to London.
7/17/2019 al6ì nrô someÍ.imes 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
tuqrï Ílight There I will open a new restaurant.
*116ouÍsrde 3{I€ìT O Corne
n@ cfr never crËírgÌÌesr
Qi right here
tú always
-ì qrtr for Grammar
sr'rT ood
€T o be qsrnT o coo.k 32 The dictionaryform of verbs
qfrqfu a lifile qrì coo.k A verb is a word that indicates úe performance or occurrence of an
lE'È o tÍavel $t{cr{ SaÍurday uction, or lhe existence of a state or condition. English verbs are
Èd De,lúi ffi úasry
ftr-ff CalcuÍÍâ gtï to eat words like see, un, do, eat ar,dheaÍ. So far, you have encountered
arqr Dhaka (he various forms of Ít and È that mean am, ts, and are. These are all
6wr week lbrms of the Nepali verb €l hunu Ío be.
+tt* Karacár cf6 afteÍ
3t Dubar R(Ì resfauranf The dictionary form of a Nepali verb always ends in -1 -nu. This -1
6t{ v-6rwaeroplane da 1eo*, cnding is attached to úe 'verb base' - the part of the verb that
qrfiE pilot
distinguishes t ftom all other verbs.
Ravi You'reShailenúa, ren'tyou? For instance,
Shailendra
Ravi Yes, 'rn Ravi.
Yes, 'm Shailendra.ou areRavijyu,aren'tyou? tti
formgarnu to -{do consists of verb base \- gâr- + the dictionary
ending -nur
Shailendra Wheredo you work, Ravijyu? dE basnu to sit, to rcside coÍrsists of verb base d{- bas' + the
Raü I workât RNAC (theRoyalNepalAir Corporation). nd dicúonary form ending -{ -nu;
you? Èq bohu to speak consists of verb base dq- trol- + the
Shailendra I work at úe Shangdla Hotel. dictionary form ending -{ -nu
Ravi Do you go outsideNepalsometimesoo? and so on.
Shailendra No. I nevergo outside. am alwayshere.But you
always o outside, on'tyou? 33 The habitual prìesent ense
Ravi Yes, travela ittle. I go to Delhi, I go to Calcutta, go
to Dhaka, go to KaÍachi. Sometimes qo to Dubaias A tense is a set of forms of a verb which indicates what the
Shailendra well. relationship is between úe place.

time the verb is spoken or written and úe
On what work do you go outside? time when its action takes That is: are you speaking or wriüng
Ravi I am an aeroplane ilot, you know the verb after it has taken place, while it is taking place, or before it
Shailendra Don't you go to London? takes place? Most Nepali verbs have a full set of pâst, present and
Ravi No I don't. Usually I go only to India. Many foreign future tenses.The habituâl pÍesenÍ tense is used to make stalements
tourists ome o Nepalby our lighr. about habits or regular occurrences such as I do, he lives, they eat,
Shailendra I too cookfood for the foreign guestsn our hotel, you she takes,eÍc.It can also beused to refer to the fuÍvÍe:. I go tomonow,
Know. they come next year, she atrives on Thursday, etc.
Raú Oh,you'rea cook?
The habitualgesenf tenseof all Nepali verbs consistsof the verb {{ lffnu Ío do
base+ a verbending.
The verbbasesntroducedhereaÍe heDresent 42/169
Affinaative Negaüve
tenseveÍb bases.As wilJ be explained
ater on, theÍe are also oast rlngulrr
úenseases.) asalizations added etweenhe baseandendinsof qq TT .rÈ
7/17/2019 cenainverbs. f úe veú is affirmative( da / go fcorre). its enãing {
írft,úfi-{€ .reï q + -õT = I|<TT
is one of theo forms of fl to áe asset out in Grammar 11.If th; rrcq{
verb s negaúveI do not, don't go. I don't come).ts endingwill rt qq\ + -FRT=
hffi,ffi{€ IÍ6T llI + -(;TI = rfF
be -ë1dain + úe sameending akenby E in úe affirmativeform of
the verb.The only exceptiono this rule is theform of the verb aken s,qÌ,eÈ m.l 116 rlI + -{jT = rr€t
.tq lr\ TTq
by {, where Q n theaffirmaúvebecomesÈrr dina in úe nesative: sff,fufr.tnfr
fr,fr
Afrrmative Negative sn-tr,m-tt,mqs
-E -cha --{ -daina (witho, È, efr)
-q -chu -È{ -dina (withq ) In V-veús, a 'half n' (; ) is infixed between hebâseand heending
-W -úas -ÍiS -dainas iwitr ã i in the affirmative form, and the vowel is nasalizedn the negative
-q -chau -5T -dainau twith ffi) form. This is an important spelling convention, though boú
-EÌ -chaú -sìì -{*inaú (with ãrfr. ãrfi-f€ ì affirmativeandnegative orms arepronounced s f therc s an n' in
-q -chan Eìl -dainan (ültl fr. fi. Tfi. h. fiÍfr, themiddle of úe word:
andheolural ormsof ÍÍtJãnu togo
sfr,foÍÌanoÊcfi) AffÍmative Neqative
alngulrr
Íï gT+.i-q = qt++tqÍ = q q.
There are hÌeecategories f verb: C-verbs,V-verbsând Vv-verbs. .ì-l
If thebase f a verbeuds n a consonant.t is a C-verb; f if ends n üm, üfi-{s "fT+; + -6ì = gfõI t+ +-qit = --
qlqíl4-+
it qr+;+-t'(= gr.bÌT l+ +qí*-
:-
= qlc'1'1
---iê--
a vowel it is a V-verb and f it ends n two vowels t is a W_veÍb: -ql+ r +qÍl
:--s-
fr+, fdfi-ËF sT+; + -d' = = qrqil
g;, Ì,cfr gT+.+-E = qt+ +qÍ
-
g :-
= --qtqí
ì-
Dictionaryform Base Carcgory sT+; r -Eq = qFba - è---
l+ - +Cn1 --::ì-
qlc'1'l
ífr,firfr,ffi =
"t
grrnu b do \- gaÌ- C-verb fr,fr
Eq basnu Ío srl rcside {{T- bâs- C-verô e.ff-{€.fr-fr-{F,ftfr-{€
fl hunu tobe Ë- hu- V_verb
qT- In W-veÍbs, the second of úe two vowels is nasalized before the
9ì1 khãnu to eat khã- V-veò ending is added:
ÌqT ünu to take fr- ü- V_verb qlì{ ãunu Ío come
1l-gf ãuru to come qfs- ãu- W_veÍb
]rc1 piunu to drink ft-g- piu- W_veú AfÍfunative Negatìve
slngular
IT qtg + +-ú =qÉ qrs+'+ È;r= 3Trft:í
The way in which úe verb baseand the endingare oined together Ërfr,{rf€s l =qr$fr
-.itg + + -a-È. qrs+** àfr = ql€ô
depends n whicb category he verb belongs o. Alt C-verbsúhave d qts + +-t tl = qrfriq qrs +'+ -Èi{ = fltiàiq
in the sameway as he verb Q to do in whichthe final consonant f frfr.fdfrEF 3lÌif + + -Et = fiioÌ qrs +-+ -idÌ = qÍtÈqì
úe base orms a conjunctwiú theending: s,à,d 3lÌiI + r- -6 =qrfu qrs+"+ -èï = qrÈà{
:rrg +o+ -ççÍ = qrËq qrs +"+ -à;r{ = srÈeì1
fr,fr
sflE€,fufr-6s,frfiq€
With úe High pronouns dcrq, +*Í.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali +*Í. egr úe verbsbehave Again, this is a simple statement of fact and therefore it needs 43/169
differently. The base s simply the dictionary orm ending n -{, and nothing more than the simple present tense q.
the affrrmative and negative endings aÌe -ü.6 huncha and -€.ï 3rMq{{úE I I am here today-
7/17/2019
hunna respectively.The verbs remain exactly the same in the implies
This Nepali
41.Teach Yourself that I am regularly here on this paÍticulaÍ day: Íúis is
singularand heplural. where am on this day of the weekor that this is a statement bout
High orms the utuÍe: I shall beherenday.
..-:
rí garnu to do A|ly sentence at is in tl)epresent enseandusesan adverbsuchas
Aptmative Negative usually,always,every clay,monthly, oflen,etc. qU use his tense:
rtl ãunu
3[Tg;[ + -ü;6Ío cone .|1E.t,ll.I+-É..1
" qÈ{È{qf5ffiIüql I am n the office every day-
AffiÍmative Negative
s srÌi{dú6 r He is always here.
3ìT31+-g.E = 3rrc1go qT3{ + -gq 3T|gTilq
35 Èfwfr usually
34 Using he habitual present tense Èì qeÌ is a combinaúonof ÈÌ mucá, many with qÈ srmilarly.
Thehabitualpresent ense s used Therefore he phrasemeans,iterally, 1iftemuchor like many, and s
used o meanmosÍly or usually:
for habitualacúons n úe present:
q fre-amr 6rq qd r oÈf wÈttìe"-dnrTkTqri6? o*" u"
I work n Pokhara. û:f;,|:ïF**t
sfi-{F ìq|dqrqrq I They ive in Nepal. ffitsÈqÈtqÚof r Nepalisaremostly Hindus
to describe actsor situations hatareregularlyor generally rue; * tÌrÌr nce is virtually a synonym or food in Nepali.
ertrffi Èm fi ge r DaÍjeeling tÊa s good-tasting.
ìq6{r È} fuqFrais rrtq 6'o1 r Many of Nepal's Íarmers # nì only, vfr also, too, even
arepooí ffi 16d occasionallyts non-emphasizedorm rTì1[)s used o mean
for âctions hat arc going to occur at a specific time, usually in the much he samehing as heEnglish word only, but t comesafter he
near uture: nounor pronount qualifiesn a sentence;
*k q eusqqtrc t Tomorrow (shall)go q cÈ rÌl(d EFE I OnlyI go to India (I am theonly one
to London. who goes o India).
q qqtq'-rqfu rqfm T;6 r After an houÍ I shall tell you. q ìT|{d qrí | I go only n India (India is the onÌy
"6
The habitualpresent ense g{ place I go to).
forms, in order to cÍeateofan can be useddifference
important n placeofofthefr ando
meâning. g TTTì T|{ €Fb I Only he eats ce (he is the only one
Compareúe following four sentences: who eâts rice).
g rrm qrì eT;tt t He eatsonly ice (Íjlce s the only thing
q{{ÌE I I am here. he eâts).
This is a simple statementof fact and therefore it needsnothins more The first meanineof qÌí is too or also;
than the simple present tense E.
q cfr ìÍÍa( qF€ I I to<tgo to Inüa (as well as other peoplQ.
qrdÈ€ | I am here. q rrnaqÈ qF6 t I go to India t@ (âs vrcll as to other
This means l am áere (on a regular basis) or I shall be here. countries).
qrq q T{íq I I am herc today. s qi{ rÌrõ €F6 r He too eats ce (as velT asother people).
s rne qÍì eF6 r He eats rice too (as well as other foods).
The secondmeaningof rfr is even,especiallywhen t is used n ìÌfr{Fc until tomorÍow

negativestatements:
frrl-<rgq as ar asPokhara 44/169
T(qf ìTTõqÈÈï | There sn'teven any ie in üE house. '(Frt is often used n pbÌasesúat also containeiúer -{Ì.c .&omor
rnh\rdsfrqiqfrà | I don,r ave r", ío.- *p"r. (do not forget that only -èfa can be used with
7/17/2019 41.Teach Yourself Nepali súrce
'tfrr fom,
trâ qrqr r{r cfr ffi W I In your house vena mouse oxpressionsf time to meânsrnce):
is hungry.
e-fi ffiàfu fia.qrcÌ{q qqÉ shegoes rom Delhi to
37 +FËà? han?, +Èà+rôsornetimes, rÈFàcfreyer w6ru-*rato-q r Kathmanduby plane.
c-dÍ5â {ìàfu s dÈ{q ErarIT6{g;o lFrom fwo o'clock until
+ftì is primarily an nterrogaÍiveword meaningwhen? icfi-Es ìì wqEq qrì {rÈs-t t six o'clock he s atarhome.
TIreyorúycomeas as
ffir€ qrcd õÍEà qr{Ë;6 ? l./'.}Ien o yotíw t you go to Inüa?
ç{fË€ ilqf. õfËFÍCF6{ I Wen do they/wü theygo to themarket? my nouse.
.nÌ qTfir s one of a small number of two-word postpositions hat
Two very useful two-word phÌases that include tf{à and its
emphasizedorm n@ are: +@ t@ sometimes, nd n@ qÈ bcginwith the ownershipsuffix -fr. It means or, in the sense f for
never.T}le first is usually only used n affrrmativestatements,he üp sake f or intended or:
second an be usedonly in negativestatements; oth can form part
lÈgeIIXTTtr" , Hecooksoodormv arher.
of a question: qf fÌrofq s(rìr -rrrr 6r r ?his book is for him.
O fifi+|{È1rqìcÌqEFbÌ? Doyougo a Nepat orrettrcs? fffi Ìì qrfir à '16ï ì wnat do you do for me?
A qÈ.{ EXERCISE19 TÍanslatento Nepali:
a r6t +@ vft er6Ì wrç6q 1 Dtnshe never o ürcre? I We won't go to úe market oday.There sn't even onerupee n
A flõ"-q CFÍqFÍiõ í{ õf{q He nevergoes,but sometimes
{rôrvr;o r the house.
I go.
2 Whatwork doesRãju do?He works n úe NepalRãsÍa Bank' His
38 Modes oÍ transport elderbrotherworks there oo.
3 Wheredo you (High) live? Nowadays live in Kathnandu.
The posçosition -{rc, despite ts primary meaningof _ôom,s also 4 DoesyouÌ (High) yo.nger brothergo to úe off,rce y taxi? No, he
used o meânby in connectionwiú modesof trânspoÍ: goesby bus.
utÌ *r=-fnr 5 Peoplerom DarjeelingusuallyspeakgoodNepali.
-ír zqn4Ì+ra"qr üÌÈq.+e*ra Sweshdoesn'tgo homeby EXERCISE20 Constructsentences long he following lines:
Subject Time Place Yetu
3.Olew postpositionsi -qf@ften -qqup to, until; I q everyday Katbmandu go.
-dilfir for , ífi-ë€ usually in Pokhara üve.
The single-word postpositions -cf6 aner and -qrq up tu. until J ffi always in faúer's shop speaKÈ;ONepalì.
(rronounced samma) arc used n exacdy úe sameway as other 4 ët{€F nowadays in Ram's office work.
irnpleposposiüons: 5 s never in school speakEnglish.
6 afrqrè afterone week London goes-
irwfu after that
sÊq'ffi afrer2 o'clock
qÈsrcfr-qTF{tr{F rrdqr,rsot fo t
Cl tZ Womenn the vittages
r{í
mffi rrn qqrgl qrÌ €rffi-qÍfr{QF-à õrq ËF6 45/169
Anne, a Nepali-speaking British woman who works in Kathmandu,
is múing her first visit to rural Nepal. She s now on farniliar terms
qÍ ffi{Fs@qF{rrmr*rÊq1 t
7/17/2019 with Shanti, who lives in the village where she s staying. Unusually srm 6-ÉÌ fi{s
r{K Tsr$q 7 ç6p$iaq,üfr wtcr õfr qÈ
for a Nepali woman of her age, Shanti is unmarried. qÍs-.{à firq€;Í'
qï ffiàìwd"nfr+ìe"aerÌ r c{ frqÌqsìctrqfrqrcereÌ t
snffi rÈìwÈo+ìeqq 161ifr rÍssq q-R ìtd{ Téfuq mfr $ rqrfq€fd{rlsn-rrfi<â.ré{ ìTrcuFoì
c{ fdï.qtd fuqrì s{h r qn e-ì|il{ iÈiqrè ú@,òi{ ? ç{ ffiqrcqfrìfq<'fr+fr.rrâe t
snô ,ÈtqÈq*, qrà cfr ü.8 ìnn.q sEfu1{ ïp{rfu{ ErÊEq I w* @grd-mFrcEcdrfuqfrt@go t
ir{qfu rfr q{fl qÈqrffi qrfir Èqr cfrrtfuõ I q{ qfrftfrÊ*6r{ffirat
ffffi qã,q6@cF{t{üqÊ ì
ÃfuEì at what time? rffi easy

s4 toget up an ta üve, Íeside
vtd at six o'clock rÌrq úaÍe
crs"\ eldeÍ brother'svife gq ro s.leep
-tfi abouÍ qrc-reúandsand ace
iqfu so, hatmuch ìII to wash
Èqfr enly aloming È< wet or inigated íield
dtqrò dar& ç€ á1one, n one's own
i emphasizingword s{T to renm
qfd cold ìrÈcqR{ì at half pasteleven
ura sprfug,watÊÍsouÍce së time,tüm
úscfu aft that, hen ffi.tife
c* aÌl (emphasized) qrâ úard
ÈqT Íeâ @ maÍiage
Anno At what time do you usually get up?

c{ il{ fdffiqffiE rÈtrr rrq É-{, fi r Shanti I usuallygetup at ó o'clock. But my sister-inlaw getsup at
q q-{Í r-qrqnìÌ {qr about o'clock.
c{
srr€ qÈ ffi srcf sÍà{Èft-<
+ts Íì, R rnrmr{+Ì
q6-.o rr ort Èt{àt r Anne Why doessheget up so early n the moming?At about4
o'clock it is very darh isn't it?
sn€ e-6Ì m *ìvrÊ roa;o recscfu €ú8, 6ra_re 6.o, Èw
qpa5;s1ffinqpag-g I Shanti It certainly s daÍk, and t's cold too. Sister-in-lawgetsup
andgoes o the spring.Then shemakes ea or everyonen
s{ ÈrfiftrÈfl.q\rdqrgü.o ? the house.
1rfá {fl , <qï$r ( ìÌr€d,rEr1-ü6 Anne But it's easy or you. n themomingyou've no work, s
c{ ç{Ì-qsqgrrttïs,Èqfd I that so?
{rfr òe-t,qqr<aìqfu rnfdr {È qffie-< ac+rewÈ.saIqg *l; Shanti I live here n my paÍents'homeyou see, don't havemuch
qqR {ÈFd{ ìr|í1qF6q I housework o do.
Anne And whendoesyour (elder)brothergetup then? tt is fairly uncommon or speúers of Nepali to use hese oÍns in
Shanti He sleepsuntil 7 o'clock. Then he getsup, rvashes is face
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali conversation,and in many contexts they would sound almost 46/169
and hands, driús tea and goes to úe frelds. pôdanticallyover-correct.They are encounteredmuch more
Anne Does your brother go to the fields on his oum? commonlyn literary, offìcial, and oumústic language.
7/17/2019
Shanti No, he goes wiú Faúer and younger brother. 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
Anne Do úey only retum in the evening? 41 Times of day
Shanti No, after I I o'clock all úe men of the village return from
the fields. And at about half past 1 they eat rice. The word Eì is derived from the verb orq which means o nng
Anne Is it always the women who cook the rice? slÍite. It tÍanslâtes s at... o'clock:
g$.{ I
Shanti Do
Anne Cooking thenever
the men rice iscook
always
úe the women's job.
rice? 1E q"r
at
at 21 o'clock
o'clock
Shanti Where do men ever cook rice?* They do not, in our house at i o'clock
that s âlwayssister-in-law's ob. Three further words are of use nere: +if6 p.rusa nafi: <1ctpIUs a
Anne Do you eat n the evening oo? quaÍreÍ;vtn ,llJnusa quaner:
Shanti Yes. Weeat n themoming and he evening, wice a day.
Anne How hard your sister-in-law's ife is €-{r -{ ì at a quaÍter past 3
qìÈ qÊ{ì . at half past 5
Shanti After marriagewomen's ife is hard.
Anne And will you not marrythen? cÌì qK {ì ataquarterb4
Shanti No, I will nevermarry. This s thegeneralpattem,but thereaÌe wo exceptions o it:
*No/e.'This s sarcastic, ndshouldnot be taken iterally. . Insteadof qÈ çf *ì, it is customary o express alfpast I asÈ6
qq :
. Insteadof qÈ <Êeì, it is custornaryo express alfpasr 2 as+fi€
Grammar
40 The habitual pnesent ense: feminine orms To make t clear whetherone s talking abouta.m. or p.m. (because
The 6 formsof fl havespecial eminine orms (seeGrammar 11). mostNepús do not use he 24-hourclock), t is sometiles necessary
Thesemay be usedas eminineendings n thehabitualpresent ense: to specifyúe time of day when using+ì. by usiogone of tìe
following terms:
Èqr$òs r You Q-ow) come.
ktql iqr I frErt rnoming (from dawn o late moming)
g qì"È |
Íou (Middle) do.
Súe (Low) goes.
ÈsÈ dayrime from late moming to dus$;
also used o meana.fÍemoon
Sfte (Middle) sleeps. iIìFFT
efrgftq
Eachof r affirmativeendingshas a negativecounterpart. he
the four (rfr everxingaftersunset, eforcnightbegins)
night
differencebetween heseand themasculinenegativeendings s úat
the -È- -dai of úe masculinebecomes È- -di. in ttr" f".iúo", f*Erq reqì at I o'clock in themoming
fdd gâ{ì at 2 o'clock in the aftemoon
ã qrãÈ+C You (I-ow) do not come. ìc+loqì at 6 o'clock in the evening
ktqT rÌ<ïr I Íou (Middle) do not do. qàEs{ì at 10 o'clockat niüt
s F51$foq Súe (Low) does not cook
frfÌ Èkd-{ She (Middle) does not weep.
Two further timesof day are Í{ dusftandwtq miüay.
D+2 Oaysof theweek Nopalihasseveralwords hat aÍe neaÌ synonymsof (faõ . Theseare
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali qÌÈ, qrfr and e. For the irne being,use r+ in pÌeference o these 47/169
The word for day hat s used o denotea day-longperiod of time is olhers.
]-*Í, but when it is necessaryo specfy one particular day of úe
7/17/2019 weelç he word used or day s +f< (pronounced âr): IXERCISE
41.Teach Yourself
21 Constmctsentenceslong he following lines:
Nepali
qrq + Er( È? I4that day (of the week) is it today? Subject Time Place Verb
I íqTÊ at 7 o'clock at home eat rice.
Accordingly, each day of the week has a Nepali name that ends in a efrqFò
Eì-t, ust as úe names of English weekdays end in .-day,:
in the evening in úe hotel drinkstea.
rdEs on Thursday to my house come.
unday .II{(r{R Thwsday frÈ{R 4 fufi-{€ twice a week to the temple go.
5 üÈ â on Saturday ât aftiend's house sleeps.
Monday *q-{R Friitay lI-rìK
Tuesday TÍ-.d-{r< Saarday xÌfr{R EXERCISE22 Consftuctsentences long hefollowing lines:
Wednesdav qtFÍIt
Subject from to veÍb, etc,
I 2 p.m. 6 p.m. am not at home.
In Nepal,Sundays the iÍst working dayofthe week,andoffrcesare 7 ilcÉ Wednesday Friday arenot in
closed on Saturdays. n India, both Saturday and Sundây are Birãtanagar.
holidays. sÍrQs Tuesday Thursday do not work.
ln everydayspokenNepali,úe word qfg the day betoreyesnrday 4 fffi I a.m. 10.30 "m. do not go out.
is used o denote rftì 2p.m. do not study.
to denotea dayof the
dayof theprevious
week o come: week,while oúeris used 5 ft-frEs
.tr9^"""
qìfi.T TFÍEI(
IastFÍiday
next Safrirday
4Íl Frequency: re+

The word q-4f carì be used in combination with a number to
communicate the frequency of an occurrcnce:
\r'[ Tè?F one titrE, once
5â e+ two times, twice
frcrã{ an he-n e oined to aperiodof time (a week,a day,

Thesephrases
thrce times
etc.), using either -+ì or -qÌ , to expresshow often something
happens r is donewithin thatperiod:
q{T 3|ÏqÌ \rfi QqÍ{r çd cFF My mother gof.sm the market
q ïì|{qTtË;6 I oncea week.
+tf qf{fi 6*1 o1uT.rr mii qFÈ | My younger sisteÍgoeso
school ìve timesa week.
CltS ttiringa rickshaw 48/169
lt llt a late evening n winter. Ashok, a govenmentofficiâI, needs o
lËt to his home n Múarajganj, a nortlem suburbof Kathmandu.
7/17/2019
RunBahadur. rickshawdriver, s not keen o travel out so ar at this
tlmeof night, but he s prepared o take Ashok paÌt of the wây f the
frrice s right.
wÌs qÈ{snqrfrfrr
rqa-or<<rfroõw r*g$q rr{vrggo I
{tÈ{ q*r<rs,Íq{frÈ{rffit
rq e-q$ i.ffrq, TfõtqT{Tq,re p{ Israro,fi ffi o tqewm
crkqravsqqrÌcro r.{d{ra-qfffi ft-{àqí |
q{È{ go,6.o rr<+fà roì ftz *fr {< rqqrâqfuõtnsrË
.KÈ |
wr;|-{rg{q-dr<6€E{ T, =nq{firlÍÊ1Q1
dl
{1.
':/
/H
F GIrl
c{Ètr qqrs ïffi r q a
rqr {rs{ *rff+ÍàÈggot:
lrrÈd m-{rffiò{r,
-qrff
qÍì rqrq {FmÌ H I
f.isn{ te, rvrffiào*íì@ I
o tto
4 -
et o 3
--l(.
--.+\
4)
oo
6-ll
'q
In this unit you will leaÍn
(Nrl
. howto ask
do or not toor
dotell people o
thinga
. how to use he postposition
-qrâwith the indirêctobiects
of veÍbs
. how to use he altemativê
negative oíms of the hãbituat
pÍesont ênse
. how to use he postposition
-í+{
. how to use he woÍds for but
xóy andbecajse;6xpÍèss
ag[eeÍneÍ andassent
{vr{{rs{ fiq {frqÌ f{1QqarÈEdÌs frqÍqrq {rfr {â qràqr sr Rln llahadur Give me 30 rupees,Súeb. I won't go anywhereat
night in this cold for 20 rupees. 49/169
âìs r+àrqrs qq-dfc+snÊ-.o Ârhok That's fine. Don't go anywhere 'll take anoúer
{qr{{ìs ìqÈqrffir{ {dfrflnqrsTË-ïrqqrÌosrR r rickúaw.
7/17/2019 qt=B' Fçr q"iï 1 Rln BúadurYou won't find another rickshaw in this cold.
âào rq-qrffi{r. There's nly me now.
{ur{{Ìg{ rqrffit q qOrfr iq< r*fr ++rÊc<rÍà qr+frqrs€q r Arhok OK then. 'll go by taxi. It makesno difference.
Ë;6, qÊq-$€rfiIqÌftg$q rr fuàcr=q Rrn Bahadur A taxi will be evenmore expensive,sir. Ard you
q"{Èfi í,q rwÈàflKà.Ès-drs r won't geta taxi âroundhereat night. All right, give
Arhok me 25 rupees.'ll
Right, takeyou
right. Now don't quickly.
be slow, drive quickly.
fic1rr btsúaw @,f to actqúckly, huny
qfr empty lhey / doyou hear?
qq Ío srÍ dolI4t @to gtve
qei\raítE MahaÍajganj, a suburb of r though,but, then Grammar
Kaúmandu @to setout,get going' tl4 The imperatives
ïi\to take xàanywhere
{f ro ooft crrlto get, frnd An imperatives a form of a verb úat is used o give ordersor make
ïÍlto tansPort takesomewhere vwfin makea difference rÊquests.mperatives angeftom peremptorycommands o polite
wfìwre -aampa4a part of qTeven moÍe
Kathmandu rS çt ro beexpensive rcquests.n English, the different levels of politenessare usually
.qrffi Ía-xi foi quickly distinguished y the use or omissionof a word such asplease,or a
t won'tyou? q4now phrase uchzsgÍammatical
wouldyou... ? but in Nepali levels of politenessare
ÈBa ight @rÊto act slowly, be ae hnplicit in the orms of the various mperatives.There
q-cráurry aqlslto drive, oÍEnte ue four levels of politeness,correspondingwith the Low, Middle
* È.s+meansboú to walk wtd, o begina oumey oÍ to setout. undHigh second-personronounsplus anextra Super-Politeevel.
The -ow andSuper-Politercnot oÍÍns hat a foÌeign^speaker s ükely o
urc.The our evelsaregivenbelow,using he veú Ìlt úodo.TheEnglish
Ashok Hey rickshaw s it empty? baÍìslationsrcnot meant o beJit€ral, ut to givea sense f the evelof
Ran Bahadur It's empty,sir. Sit down. Wherewill you go? noliteness.
Ashok Múarajganj. How muchmoneywill you take?
Ran Bahadur Look, I won't go to Múarujganj at night. Ìt's a ong LOW \ gâr do (used o give commands r
way, and t's cold too. I will takeyou only as ar as advice o a peÍsonyou would
Lazimpat.Pleaseakea taxi ftom theÍe,won't you? normally address só
Ashok All right, aU right. But how much will you take? MIDDLE rR gara dol (used o instÌuctaperson f
Ard look. 'm in a bit of a hurry.Go quickly. lower stâtus hanyourself,or a
Ran Bahadur In a hurry sir? Right, give me 50 rupees. familiar, whomyou would
Ashok 50 rupees?But I wouldn't even pay a taxi 50 âccress s rílirJ
rupees HICH rf$ì{ garnuhoeplease ol (usedo aska request
RanBahadur How muchwould you pay a taxi then? of soneoneyou would address
Ashok This isn't a tâxi, it's a rickshaw.Right, take 20 politely as ÌrÉ )
rupeesand get going.
SUPER-POLITE rifrcr garnuholã leasewouldyou do (tsed to Dictionary fonn Impenüve base

aska requestof someone ou lnl kc
.c_
lÍ.t
+pl -
might address eferentially) li dva tqi q-
You areadvised o use he High imperativesn all contexts,at least k, w/Jsh "à
ji 5
7/17/2019
until you are suÍeof your reasonsor usinganotherevel. Lt wcep
41.Teach Yourself Nepali {.t 1t-
.>
Negative rnperativesare exactly the sameaspositive imperatives, lo he 6Í 6r-
except hat they takea negativeprefix, ï- na-. 'l'he second vowel is dropped ftom úe basesof W-verbs:
LOW ir.i{ nagar don't lt, come
MIDDLE
HIGH nq-
ïIf{ãRf nâgara
nagarnuhos don't don't
please lo send qõrsï
SI,]PER.POLITE ìrìIËlnTTnagarnuholãpleasewouldyou notdo Eummary Í imperative orms
V-verbsand VV-veÍbs
Clearly, the more polite the imperative is, the longer úe word
becomes: n its positive form the most polite is a word of four úfirmaüve
syllables,whiÌe the eastpolite hasonly one syllable.The High and qlnP lnn it Eú<e gge)$aú 3li&f b a'tÉ CAqbsvJ
Super-Polite orms consistof the dicúonary form + a suffix (úe Low ET q fi 3ÌT rt6l
suffixes are -frq and -frcr respectively).For C-verbs,úe Low and Middle Ers *s qrg (|6tõ
Middle forms are simply the verb basewithout ând with a final -a High qrrd{ ftrrÈ{ Kd{ ffiTA{ qè-F{È{
vowel respertively. s-P qÌ-{È-qr fiìTòdr Kò{r qrs5Èdr -rsdò-dr
Summary
C-verbs oÍ imperative forms negat|e ;Ín|T
Low rà ìrÌ {3{T r6t
affirmative
---:.o ao,
tt1 dgro sif
Middle ftffs
High ilqrTd{ ïftrT€q ir{à{
ífiìÈdr qÊ5Èqr
ïqììF
í |ç{a(
ccõrç{È{r
,ÌI $P ilflÈdr
Low {{
Middle Tf( {{T Oneadditional onn of the mperative s simply the dictionary orm
FIioh iràq c *.18r.1 of a verb wiú its final vowel lengthenedtom g u to s ú. This you
Super-Polite rr$rqr c+'tQr.1i use to give specific instructions o a personof lower status han
yourself,or to a familiar. Again, thenegative orm has he prefix {-:
negafrve
Low r\ ras rtq -i] | tìítq -Yq i I Now read this book.
ftÍÌ (rn ffqmrql nÌfi | Don't wash the rcd clothes in
Middle iFR iFRT tr sF6Íì r hot water. They'l| fade,
HiCh i.rà{ .rqt'lQt*j
SupeÍ-Poüte rrr$l-qr .rc *tgtq I you know.
The Middle imperativesof all V- and W-verbs rake he suffix -g EXERCISE23 Translate he following commandsnto Nepali:
-ü, which is added o the verbbase.At Low andMiddle levels, ive
commonly used V-verbs behave rregularly by adopting special a addressinghe person oncemed s ffi:
imperativebases.Theseverbsare: I Hey, don't sit on that chaiÌ, sit on this chaiÌ.
2 SpeakNepali n Kathmandu, on't speakEnglish.
3 Read he big red book, don't read he newspaper.
4 Give the boy an apple,don't give him an orange.
il
b addressing the person concemed as d{Ié: whcn an inanimate noun is being tÍeated lilrc an animate being (a
5 Pleasedon't come at 6 o'clock, come at about g o,clock. dcvout person might bow to a book, or offer rroÍship to a sâcred
6 Please ell me bur don't tell him 51/169
rcck, for instance), in which case it will be treated as an animate
7 Please ake this cup and give
that cup to him. nounano aKe ítQi
8 Please go to Nepal. Pleasespeak Nepali there.
7/17/2019
if the subjectcarries úe subject-markingsuffu -ì linnoduced in
45 The postposition -erg /ãias object marker Grammar 59) and it is obvious what its object is, it is sometimes
unnecessa.ryo ÍÍÌark úe object with -qrÉ.
All verbs must have a subject: úe subject of a verb is the thing or
More complex sentences may include both a direct and an indh€ct
person that is performing the action of the verb. In úe sentenceúe
ohjcct. ln úese úe indirec( object carries -.rrã but the di-reclobject
man eats ce, the yerb is eals and its subject is the man. Many verbs ú)cs not, and the rules about ânimate and inanimate nouns become
(those verbs that are called 'transitive verbs,, as exolained in
inclevant:
Grammar 58y can also have an object. ln the sentencebove, the
object is nce, because Ììat is what is eaten: úe rice receives úe qffifrTrrìì"q I I say his hing oyou.
action of the verb. s qqr€ÈqrÈ.Ú | Hegivesmoney o me.
ìqrË 3ffirq ;nì |f{|q k;ràg I Pleasegive that book to hím.
Objects can be of two kinds: drrecÍ or rndrrect In Nepali. an indirect
object must always carry úe postposilion -+É. wtrictr wilÍ often be This is a complex area of Nepali gammar, and the foreign leamer
translatable as to or aÍ.. mustdevelop an intuitive senseof when to use and when not to use
q16ffir6sr1 I say@you.
-qt5.
s q-{ì€u6 | He gives to me. 46 The habitual prêsent ense: alternative

err{se-<râ@ r Please ive to him.
In sentences úat contain only one object, the general rule is that nêgative orms
personal names, human nouns and human pronouns (úe, sÌre, wq All V- and W-verbs have a second eriesof negativeendings,which
etc.) should carry -qrg when they are the object of a verb, while sound more abrupt than the standard -Èt -daina range. In úis, the à
inanimate nouns need not: dai or k di syllable is replaced by a half n (;) while the vowel of the
rI qkÍ qF6 | verb base s no lonper nasalized
I eat ice,
{FrT eT" ÌÌ. Ë6I I Wewatch elevision.
çfi-ËÈ ri-d rnS6{ I standaÍdending altemative ending
Theysing a song. g, qÌ, aqÌ)
He wÍitesa etÍeÍ. -f{ -daina -q -nna (with
-tq.l -orna -nna (with c)
q {éfur€sÌÈE I'11askhim. -l'rs -oünas -q{r -nnas (with õ)
ç{E€qqri {E{ | They watchme. -(;TT -dainau -*n -nnau (with f(ift)
However, tlere are certain situations in which this rule is broken: -dainaú --TT -nnâú (wlü Er+j.Er+llE-)
- ..5 ql. -â- gí1, ç..--ã
EnI -dainan -qï -rman (wrln í1. ---5, lq'11,
. rn contexts in which a human being is being treated as a tíir, ano tne pluÍÍu
commodity úat can be bought or given away (giving a daughter lorÍns oÌ 3'l , lqíl
in mariage, for example), in which case it will be treated as an anda'iÌ ;
inanimate noun and witl not take -orâ:
These endings are commonly used with the verbs qt1 and qÌ{: ttfr<rffftrtfr"<qrfq t Elder siser goeso Düjeeling.
q{26-{F T{rgkr<vrol I TouÍistsso to the hills.
S/hedoesnot ll lf no verbof movements involved n tlte phraseor sentence,liR
wiII notgo wilI Doteã mconsn táe vicinity of trc p\aceoÍ locationto which it is added:
Idonot/ qqf.í ldonot/
7/17/2019 will notgo will not eat
qrúmvf,f<<ql;ÈF
41.Teach Yourself Nepali ffi nr6{ | AroundDarjeeting,people
You do not (l rlr .íí You do not speakNepali.
will not go will not eaÍ r6reFa<ì-et <R kÈ go t In thehill aÍeas he weather
frfr EFiì Youdo not ffiqriÌ youdonü/ is rathercold.
will notgo will noteat
{rfiqr-iÌ Wedo not
will not go
üfi{s trt;lì lyedo or,/ flf -fm can
mcacure be âdded ostâtements
f vaguenesso the word qìf time:
at... o'clock to introduce a
will noteaÍ
ffiqrfi S/hedoesnoí çfi-Es ìCï-ìI meydonot/ t qlf qìÊd{ flft I lll comeat about1 o'clock
will notgo will Dot eat qrff Eq {ìFfi tÌrd qF6Ì | We eat at about10 o'clock.
Theuseof thealtemativenegativeending s obligatory n thephrases 48 The negativeparticle í
I do not/will not give and, do not/will not ake:
qdcrftÉÈìqrffi{Èdt ï n means o not befoÍean imperative,brot won't you? lM ü\
I shallnotgiveyou my bicycle. lmpcrâtive:
qffirffiQRid|eÈ{rffir I will not ak money rom
yatr hand ìTr(nql1Èq Ì Pleasedon't eat the Íice.
q{tq-{rn-dÈ{ Please don't come here
Otherwise, these
interchangeúle wiú alternative negative endings are generally
the standardorms, but tìey aremostoftenused rT|-{ |1òq{ | Pleaseeat the rice, won't you?
e-qïqregòqr Please come here, won't you?
wiú úe first personpronoun c 4 to convey he serise f I shall not
or I will not Íather than f do noÍ. That is, úey are often used to It elsomeans oth neither andnor:
expressefusalo do something: r{ t r+c o I we I HeÍe there s neithera shop
q rÌmsÌÈí r I do not eat ice. noÍ a school, '
q rrreqrd t I will not eat rìce. r$rrcÈ{rocTèë _ I haveneìtheraaymoneynor
qqd qÍÈ{ | I do not go to schooL any cigaÍettes.
q gq srrd t I will not go to sch(nL.
49 a-<ut, d hough
47
-Êc<The postposition -fr{Íowards
tira is a postpositionused with words that denotea place or
Thereare wo wâysof sayingbuún Nepali. Í{ is prettywelì an exact
tÍ0nslâtionof but andcan be used n much he sâmeway as bütât úe
location. t meanseither(i) in thedircction ofthat placeor location, bcginningof or in the middle of a sentence:
ot (ii) in the vicinity ofúat placeor location. t is alsoused iii) with fu'+rqrrfro, a<qfuoìs t Thebook s gooil,but t's
úmesof day o meanaboutoÍ appÍoximately. mtheÍ shoÍt.
i When the phraseor sentencenvolves a verb of movement Êd( Èfr q f<re+.r-<qr=o l{ {rfr {|t{í | TomoÍow I shall go to
meansüterally in the dirertion of (thoughoften it cânbe translated BiÍatrragarbut I shall not
as o): stay henight.
iï canneverbe the fust word n a sentence.t can ollow a time, or a ['E meânssomething tke it is good or OK; it has much the same
subject,or someúing else, which it qualifies. When used in mcttningas q\ , but is rather essdeferential.
stâtements,t meansas or, though,but oÍ howeveL
IXERCISE 24 Translatento Nepali:
q ( qTõr{rfr È | q qtq qïÈ{ | I am a vegetadan.do not
eatmeat. I Thosewomen never come o üe bazaaron Thursday.When do
theycome,úen? They usually comeon Tuesday.
+ .roqrd'affi{rsèrrfiÈ, But Kathmaaclus thecapital
rIRr+ì1-trqÌIrfrAìF{ | 2 Foreigners ofrom Kathmanduo Lukla by plane.Nepalisusually
of Nepal,not thecapital goby busup to Jiri. From Jiri úey walk to Lukla.
oÍ India. 3 At what time do úose men go to the fields? They go at about8
ìqffr tncr t qfqà o, fra Eg6q r Bú the Nepali anguages 4 o'clock andinhey
| will stay comehome
Nepal âftertomorrow.
only until hrcehours.
At 10.30 tomorrow
quiteeasy,why don't you
understand? go
moming go to Delhi. After thatI to London.
d may also enda questionor a command, n which case t translates After 8 o'clock at night all úìe shopsaÍe shut. won't go to the
as thenot in that case: market or you now. I will go tomorrowmoming.
What work will you (Middle) do for me? 'll go to úe market or
acrlfr qrqr ql-{qr ú{ú6 r Is your mother n NepalT you(lligh), OK?
No. My younger sister never cooks food for úe family. Sometimes
õ-ÜËTd;6 ? WheÍe s she hen? eldeÌ sistercooks,sometimesmoúer cooks.
ìïrcdrn 1Ë;E She's n India. She tow) goes o schooleveryday, and so doeshe (Low). But
aqr{ fi-r qÈft-< Ì q< 3rs$.6 ? WilI you come o my house their ittle broúeÍ doesn'tgo.
at about hrceo'clock?
+t,S*r5traË" I No, don'thave he ime then.
{l-d {S qï91€;6 d ? At what timewill you come,
then?
frffieì-vr{t Is thatyour bag?
Ètc-t- No .
R€rSmÌ | My triend's.
50 6qand ú@:OK, all right

If a Nepali-speakers askedor told to do sometÌring, nd s/heagrees
to do it, the response iven is commonly either Q{q havas or ü.8
huncha. Thesewords are both derived rom úe veÍb ËT o be. {ï{{
hanslatesas may t be so,and s a polite word that ndicatesassent.
The middle E of {s{ is pronouncedas f it were a vowel, and the
word s pronouncedhaus':
Sg{, ffiqr{flAtãÌqrfiT Hey Dhane,make ea or the
TrFn (FSïSõ | guests
F{È{< | Certainly,sir.
Cl + Townsandvillages
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali lllrrrl is doing her homework. She has to write an essayabout the 54/169
rlillcrcnccs between ife in a city and life ir a village. Her younger
lrrÍhcl and her parentsare helping her out.
7/17/2019 lqq'.r jnq qm 6d+ì +rqo rqcrl q{frq,rfdS è {sr t
.r{4 il6,qFEfi_rrwil
l.t t,l dqrcìqàìr<Tã+sr{<T<È, qro o t
qro o r+qqrdi ËÌ r
lqt{,{r{qr'+ì qqìr<r çì w r .ramd' Ì ' rÈÌ+ì {racrcÌ Ëï '
'ltll
6rõ{r€ìrr.qrrffi qào, qr{qarmr
llqÌ à, ffi, q-çc, ÈFqÌiivrc;rgrrr6r6<q1 r
qt{ rr *qâ"r"<r a-àsr{<Èq * É{rlcr taHffi qììr-<r Efr
{rË{Ër
l.tq"Ír&fi o raqrffi d_dÌe{ q{ qíi r qqÊ r m diq r
'N
d t+
It
rlì:qr Í-{-{qí q"ir r
lqrrqr iç+m sr*,sì +ÌE-í f-{ úo rrri+ì "ír+c Êrì çz r
1l
JU J 'lìÌr
qi{iâ qm 6 t rrq{fr fi-{ir<r in.iÈì i-fi {áÌ TEÌ €F6 ì |
cot
--l
'^1
-{ rntqr ï ë{r c{f{- ú81 ï Fr{cr-q-f5 E;El ï T TFr Trfá'
q-u< rcr{crr6rìwrór
'-.t/ l.rr,n gn <âà fl rnr rnÉqrüEr sFr q-6,qdt qft ffi €;@ ntqr
oo
fl;n cT rÌ<qt 6;5 I6fgq 4 3I|{t ?
+nr {,ffigntÌdr$ ra< r6r'wwor+n, q-sdn, qÍ, qqrqF{Í
gÊtìr úq rÈì cFà6s vrqrfrEÌfi T{ q<rÉq t
11+r Êqqqr, rs fi rnt i vrqa+ì fficr m-{õ aÌr{tE rstq tìI,
1+ ffisrË"rriqrgtmúr
iErsn rc.+ìffiqqr€rtt'à rqõrìÊri+ì fi-fi às I
lrgÌtrr r{ to assisr, relp {w complicated, difficult

4q' the world {|Er alr
(arÍ<r{Ì higgesr ssT clean
-t{qr Ílìan <<tfã tasty, Ílavoursome
ffiTokyo <1 thing, matter
x<fi to be liked sÊ true
fw why? qríIqrõ traÍrspoÍ
fìnÈ because +w<to lospiral
In this unit you will learn fi-fi .lfe \lqüI facility, convenience
. hoì,vo makecompaÍisons r<v<rs1 Ío ü&e
. howto express ikesand
dislikes
Bimala Today I have some school work. please help rne. Father. rìì qi ftÍÈ qc{<r {fr o r My houses bigger han
Father All righr. I' help. your house.
Bimala Which is the world's biggest city, do you know?
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali leÈ qcr<rR qrqà o r Than our housemy house 55/169
Suresh I know. It's Kaúmandu. is bigger.
Bimala The world's biggest city is Kathmandu? Hou/ can it be r,Ì Erq r <rqv<r ffi ë;o t Thatdãl s tasüeÍhan
7/17/2019 Kaúmandu? Delhi is bigger than Kathmandu, isn,t it 41.Teach Yourself Nepali this dãL.
Mother? Than his lãl that lãl
Mother Yes, Delhi, London, Tokyo are the world's big cities. 'Ì <rqr<r eò <m fi úo t
is tasüeÍ.
Fâth€r Bur there s no ciry bigger hanTokyo in r his w1rld. Tokyo
'I hc words 4â or ;{t(r more. or úe emphaüc ;qr'à macá more, aÍe
is the world's biggestcity.
Bimala OK. Do you like big towns? don,t like them. olìen put in front of úe adjective to make it absolutely clear that a
Suresh Why don't you liÌe úem? comparisons being made:
Bimala Because own life is complicated.Village life is easy. È'Ì lrr5 ffi rngìF<r +â qì o t My village s biggerthan youn.
Suresh How can it be easy?Village life is much harder úan town {qmr grg çqrÈ frr& Ë;tsï t Apples from Jumla are
life. In a village there are neither big shops nor cinemas, mucIl tasúer.
nor are heregood schools.The town is what I like. To expressa superlative - that is, to say that something is the besÍ or
Bimala What you say is true enough. But in a village the air is
lhe cheapest the same consÍuction is used, except that instead of
clean,and he water tastes ood too. In a village the ood is
comparingsomething o one or a number of oúer things you simply
flavoursome. sn't that so, Mother? compaÍe t to rf{. al.Lor llJ.qq, absolutelyall:
Mother Yes, \''lhat you say is true. But in a town there are the
ÈinÉas$qr6-ôo I My village s the biggest of all).
facilities
Many of transport,
people ike townhospitals,
life. schools and marketplaces. õrdffi6r {õ;n qàìI€I qÌóÌ ú61 | Oranges fÍom Tatopani are
Father Bimal4 now you know úe difference between village and the tasüest (of all).
town life. Tell me now, out of úe town and the village, Since all of these examples have been descriptive, they have used
which do you prefer? either 6 or q;6. However, it is possible to define something as Íàe
Bimala I don't like town life. Give me villase life biggest village or the cheapestrice: in üese çases he noun may be
menúoned twice (though it need not be), and the { form of úe verb
Grammar can be used:
ÈÌ q<vqr<r qì (qo È r My houses thebiggesthouse).
51 Comparativesand superlatives .È qtq vfi{qr ffi f3ìfu)È t Thatmango s the tastiest
When
bigger you compare
than oÍ úings
better fúan in English,
something you say úat something is
else.Much (mango.t.
úe sameconvention qÈftqi;TgsÈsrc+r gÈr.rqr rfr Americansare the wo d's
exists in Nepali, where the equivalent of the English preposition Íúan qÍf{q-{Ffl | ichest people.
is a postposition, -ï{;qI. But in Nepali the adjective remains the same
as t would if you impÌy describingwhat you are alking about EXERCISE25 Translatento Nepali:
- for example. rfÌ-were
good remainsas 'rfr good, and úere is no single I London s bigger hanKathmandu.
Nepali word that means beÍer. Comparative sentencescan be cast
2 Americanpeopleareusuallyricher than Englishpeople.
eìtherwav:
3 Kathmandus further from England hanDelhi.
4 Kathmandus Nepal'sbiggestown.
f Which is the world's poorestcountry? IMC|SE m ConstÍuctsentencesbout ikes and dislikesalong

6 There s no language asierúan Nepali. úto ollowing ines:
52 Likes and dislikes using r{d Pt.non Co|our ükes?
Etample:
Thesimplestwayof expressing i*e or a dislikeof someúing s to my motheÍ red x = frqrcmr€Ìïò 'rr{iiï r
7/17/2019 use he verb phÍaseqi cTwhich üterally means rd (rFÌ) to falt 1fi1 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
./ = Èt qrqmrâÈ tq rc cd r
but translates s robe ited. Thesubjectof this verbphmses not tlie
personwho is doingthe iking, but the thing that s being iked. I gÍandfather blue {
2 my eldeÍ sisters black X
If no person s
personwho is doing
mentionedn a stâtementhat
he iking usesw
is mosrprobably { , thenúe
heperion who s 43 his
you(High)
youngerbroúers gÍeen
yellow {X
making he stâtement: 5 they purple /
.à,fl-arccd r Thatwtg s ükd. (,llfterh* song,).
dÌrs{qcqã | London s not iked. t9 ta why, fuqrÌìbecause
ÈqÊ*rqiiiï ;;,y##Hy:,il;",* iFt r wlry?can be usedon its own to aska question:
A crrqq aTfuqEF6 | Today shallgo to the offrce.
('I
donot ike hisnmgazirrctall').
I fwt whv?
If no person s mentioned n a quesúon hat uses FI rd, úen the
personwho s doing he iking s mostprobably heperson o *ho- A s$qrâ à csq r{ c6 r He ükes that shop.
the question s beingaddressed: B fç-q whv?
ftÈ t r {í cd I Is blue colouriked? More commonly,however, dï ? wúy? s part of a longerquesúon:
qrq aqÉ ffi fuà qfsq qq-d-F t why will you go to the
.-àtï*qrirdr{Èr ;'itt":;:#"i#:),,,, office aflynday?
('do you ike redor dont you?') s{-qrâd c{|"í {{ q-{qd r Whv does he üke that shop?
If it is necessaryo stateby wúoma thing is liked oÍ distiked, úen ln suchquestions,hepositionof f+< r depends n what he question
thepersonwho ikes,or tltepronounúat standsor that person.must âskedactually ocuseson. In"Íheseexamples,t focusesoÍr going to
take heposposition -orrâ theoffice ufl on üking, so t is positionedmmediâtelybefore hem
ry$ Q-<ì t ar wi t - I üke the cotour ellow. in the sentence. epali quesúons ery rarely begin úth f*":. lt
gfi-+crâ qH t r fiwi r Sushi| ikes he colourgreen. Írplies to suchquestions enerally,however,do begin wiú FFiFìï'
qq
eqfffi fl+ t{r
se-{É È fr {Tsr q-{ diïdiïI r Doyou
He not üke
doesnot ke he
ihiscoláurblack?
whiv ctoth. tncause:.
fraraiqfoqqrÈìryq6 1 Becausehere s a ot of
I-esscomrnonly, he liker of somethingcan become he subjectof work at the office-
this kind of sentence y usingthe verb rfi q{Bï, in which caseúe fr-{ì{ìç_Èqrq3{fr(dúE I Becausehat shop s
postposi(ionqÉ is sometimesdded o úe úinÀ rhat s tiked. quitecheap.
q Èòtlr r{ TtrÈ6 I like the colour brown. fì-{rTì becauseânof coursebe usedn a sentenceo link a cause nd
acÉ'{rfr ffi T{ qrsggo ? Doyouüke thecolour urple? its effect:
q fl-ifr fl{ qit-{ td-dì{ì t fq{ r I do ror eat beefbecause
am a Hindu.
GÈr.ft ìFÈ,q fm{ì o @+rfi { r He doesnot speakNepali

because is a Híndi-
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali .he 57/169
EXERCTSE
7 cà{ ffiâ{ (Readand undeÍstand)
7/17/2019 The following is your first encounterwith a passage f connected 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
prose.Look up anyunfamiliar words n theNepali-Englishglossary
at theback of thebook, and henanswer hequestions at follow in
Nepali.
üfr +{TrqÌ r qïfÌ T{ çs-r qrì ee-<.-rr | rrqï+ìru efu $ r
ã'réql+ifla *rÈ q' :rft araro rc' qr *-+ f+q dr{qrEì qr+*;o r+gf+r
oftv r+qÍo r+@ +rS r *rftr vr;o tqËitrfõEfd rfrfuq+rãrr
qroft++ì*È Èìffiqs rq q1qÊ .{d nârqr Fì qfr {r6qr$
wrg6< t e-qÌ ì qçÍüs r tr<qì sTq rç6.o rqFi-{F+ì TrFr {Ì ìTrd
.rtrsgqo rm+r€g€-w+rqfA.ftr{dÊ rOÈ açafus recrHï{T 16ì{
fìì Wír {r;Ìtr qÉ rrgÍï fi ì ar"r ï;È |Tú lTd'q< --qr.iò I
qÉÌqr F{R 6, a< ãrfidt {@ qf{ í{r.+ì crift qldi I qaï rÌË1sT
qFEEã ìTm futfr Coq 16iìÈ FirÈ' í{ìì=È crrÍÌ€T€1 r
ClildF (questions) .H
Ì üir fdÌ .rFEï ' ì
4r.
oto o
q)
q frfu q a|-sq uq qE{ EFb 1
ì rn frïd,qreÌ EüE ?
8 qaqÍqt {rFtË;6 t 3o
CL
k Èqfi+ì ïr{I qFE r
a erdq|6orn=à6sÈ-{ Èìqfr ffi Ë;6ï ?
qt
-
In this unit you will lêarn

. how o use he simplêpast
tense oÍ veÍbs
. how to usê he agerÌtive
suÍÍix -le
. how to name he parts oÍ
the body
Cf tS SanOhya rops by frúì yesteÍday í{cf'{ buÍ evenso

Ã anywhere qtfur m ráeend
Sândhya ascome o call on her friend Asha.Shehadalsocalledat q\ at home
the housethe morning before, but had been surprised o find it ln<rpÍwithoúthope 58/169
qfr my place,my home frqqrà{r on Íáe way
deserted. shaexolains. wrÊr{ your place,your home qì rrfr leaqy rarn
7/17/2019 ìFàqT Rqì acrÊ ËÍ flfq* z rÌfr someoae
à< ime (aquantity o0
3ÌFTt qtgl ç9 emember €q tree
@166rraf,rvì+Èr qÏR day befoÍeyesteÍday *c súe.lter
vê,qI e<@Ê+6mrilrf+qi3fiE rqÌqr +ìÉÌqfr fuq{ | W a few, some fuq to get wet
qT{TÌ avt€ cEÌ +fr +ì qrs-ct{È ltryffi tkÌ Pashupatinathemple qmÊ n forgive
(rgqT tvra,
q1qràrw,rÈwacìft-rqrE
rqr rrtqs q3rfrffiìTE
rv frFrffi qk< BajÍa ogini temple wr'n umbella
3TÌSn I qfu
Sqr, < àô ffi crfir crq,rE,TS ct{ rRrc'r CáanguNaraya, (a temple) qrdnr sky
qrfu{Rftà,àí{? È* (ï-dì rogeúer,eachwith the other fficrfi figfit rain
rrwà enjoyable Èë ro meeú p
ìt;Ë.qT $,vÊ-+nffir ç[t
frÈ dtuectly, faight
3ÌXItt qIÊ++Rd{rc {s qk( ur;Er+fr
qìfrl c{qffi @.È{Tï Ërfr-{F È qì.s. qw half tfie{ 'evs
ta tell, relate
qfr{ *nì qrqr+O È,- rd1 to warr
(l;F ecÉ Èfi srffirt q{cfur'q qr{ü.6 I
T * Nepalihas wo words oÍ shelter: 4 rneans helt from the
fi$I ãÌí{ tqÌR srt{{r' c {q frffiqì qkr rrq ro@wfrr*J rain,while srqtmeansshelér fÍom the sun
apçrqúrfr qF6 I
Fèqr @iÌõrrqn$à.l Sandhya Wheredid you go yesterday?
qrçn q àÌ q* \'€ qr=em qfe Ìfr Èâ {rgqqrã qre{ tffiàÉÌ Asha I didn't go any$,here esterday. stayedat home.
È+qFq rfr tr{cr afur | Ërfr d'r-È,Ìqk{'rÌqü rA"+ rqrEql Sandhya But I came o youÍ placeyesterdaymoming. Therewas
wn rr I no one n the house.
vaqr qktqrìfrqfirÈ r Asha Wïat time did you come o my place?
qrsn fu\r{ rsrk{K qrd {m qrï eq-tÍ -s Sandhya I cameat seven,no, at abouthalf past7. I yas a bit late.
qfr f-c fEç{ r ú6 rqrs-{sa@ÌrqÌ Asha Now I've remembered he day beforeyesterdây ather,
s+qr il acrif* c{qtffra f1Èçftqqq. òrq r q dsrffiàfi1qr {rsr Moúer and my youngerbrotherswent to Nepalganj or
q0-erçrqÈ lr qh ïqffuF qr:ìrrrrq rqrfq' q íT,reÌ {g qÍì {. a few days.YesterdaywasSatuÌday,wasn't t?
Sandhya Yes, t was SatuÌday.
qrsn fi-ffràqr-ôsrficrcÌ r{rfi-Ë€.Srrrcr Eç{ tqrfr à{Ì Ì{qrq Asha On Saturdaymoming I always go to the temple. And
yesteÍdaymoming we went to Pashupatinâthemple at
çsa se+ì +Ìarr *e+rrmr{ ftqrr* r rrn n{Èqr A I úout half past5. Therewas no one at home.
t;aw frq, àfr Èn rrd,r srm firfr rq-arfu<mrqr;ìiqrò rà r Sondhya Do you go to Pâshupatinaü verySaturday?
ffiqr'ftqrìc-ìrr Asha No. Last Saturday I went to Bajra Jogini temple.
srsn Ës{d kfr rqMrÈ ràÈ tqq-à{,Êcr fr@q,vàr++< Sometimes go to ChanguNâÌayan emple oo.
g{regftl Sandhya Who did you go with yesterday?
Asha I.usuallygo alels lut úe daybeforeyesterdaymy elder 'l'honc bur verbs ake he sameendingsas all otheÍ verbs. t should
sistercame rom Baglung.Now shewill stayà few days [lro lx noted hat thefinal -a of úe presentensebaseof theV-verb
in ourhouse.We went o the emple ogether. t wasvery t(d1 to tbrget s droppedbefore hepast enseending s added:
enjoyúle, you know. 59/169
Sandhya Was Vclb PÍesentensebase Past ensebase
herea crowd at thetemDle?
Asha No. There's a crowd there ònty ut"r 7 o'clock on a Itilto forget ffi- birsa- Êd- nirs-
7/17/2019 Saturday,We wentvery early, so therewasn,t a crowd. 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
'lhc basesof W-verbs in past tensesare shortened orms of the
Sandhya But you didn't come straightback from pashuDati.did pÌtl|€nt tenseverb bases seeGrammar 33). The secondvowel of
you? waitedat your door for half anhour but evenso lh0 presentensebase s dropped o form thepast ensebase:
you did not come. n the end lost
home. hopeand wentback VV-verb
qÌS{ Ío come PÍesentensebase
3{Tii- Past
3TT- ensebase
Asha On the way back it rained heavily. We didn't havean Ìn;ì3{ to cooft FFTit- qì6I-
umbrella.We sat n the shelterof a tree or a while. Did Íw1Ío úmk ft-s- fr-
you get rvet?Will you forgive me?
Sandhya No, it doesn't matter. had an umbrella. Over here he Pa tenseverb endings
sky became a.rkandonly light rain fell. ï'hc simple ast enses formedby taking hepast ense aseof a
Asha riChj tlrcn sister. Today we have met up anyway. vorb and adding an ending to it. As always, he choice of ending
l*l
Please dopcnds ponwhat or who the subjectof theverb s, and heendings
it down,havesome ea, ell me all the news.
mustbe eamedby heart.They aÍe:
Grammar AffiÌmaüve Negative
íl The simple past tensê slngular
q -E -õ -€{ -inã
T\e simplepast tense efers o acúonsand events hat happenedn nff, {rfi-{s -qÌ -yaü \'iÈ -enaú
thepast,oÍ describes ituationsand conditions hat weretnìe in the t -ã{ -is sìS -ina6
pasl It usually correspondswith úe English I went,you came, ffi, Êffi-6r -yâu -çir -enau
he T
said, hey were,t was,etc.,but canalsosomeúmes e similarto the 3ã.rÌ. aqÌ (m.) -qÌ -yo -S{ -ena
Englishpresentperfect: 've gone, he rain hascome. s. fr, d (i) -€ ^ -i -í{ -ina
gff, ffi, ffi 111.; -g -e -qn1 -enan
Past tense verb bases rfr, firfi, fafr tr.t -EI -i -EìI -inan
Thepast ensebases f all C-verbsandmostV-verbs are he sameas ff, fr, efi-q-s tc. -g -e -(ì1 -enan
the present tense bases(úat is, úey are forÌned by taking
dictionary form and droppingthe ending _1_ seeGrammJ 33). the 'l'he boxes that follow contain úe simple past tense forms of the W-
Howwer, the:e are four particular V-verbs-which form their past
tensebases ifferently. Theseare: vcrb qÌ t{ fo come and úe irregular V-verb q]1 Ío go.
Verb qIAï_ o come
Present tensebase past tensebase
to wasà AfriÍmative Negative
ëT *- (I came,you caÌÌe, etc.) (I did not come, you did not
\ to weep come, etc.)
gFI togo gï- rT- ,ils qr+-€i = qrsi
fi* -q-
€1 to be fu- or r- flfr,üfi-{s 3TT -qr qRÌ fi +-qdÌ = {siì'
í qr + -E\ qTÊq fi+ -Eì{ = qlrq{
ffi,frfrdF
o, *, çft <m.l
qr + -qÌ
rn t -*
= qrqÌ 3ïT -çdÌ
= qrqÌ qr + -qt = qr\r{
66 The simple past forms of fl fo be: firqìand ì{ò
s, qÌ, .à (i) qr + -Ê = qÉ 3ïT+ -Fi = qÌa{
sfi, ffi. fafÌtm.r fi+ -(
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali = 3frS qT + -qTf = qr\'ì|ï Affïmative Negative 60/169
AffiÍmative Negattve
çô.frfr,ffirrr rn+ í{ = qffi fi+ -ETï = qIEì1 ì{g ì{fÍ
qÌ, dÌ, gfi{s 3{T+ -g = 3IrS 3ÌT+ _qa4
ri ftq fc-si
erc.
tlr{Ì, {-{€ Fffi FìrrÌ ïIITT
7/17/2019 qq to go í
41.Teach Yourself Nepali tu'< tq 5 íí ,ïS |Éis
-ïç.ü
Affrrmative Negative tí{Ì, fidfi-{F ffif ÊìcìÌ IIITT lTç{r
(I went,you went,etc.) Q üd rÌot J,,'Ì,.* (m.) ffiÌ fEcí q-{Ì rTs{
.go, ou didnotgo, etc.)
rt+ -l{ = rfaÌ j,, 4Ì, .Ì (f.) tuq fufi t€{
(üqr, rfr-{F rr + -grÌ = rr(ìÈ ì,{Ì,tufr,ÍÈfr(m.) r{g ì{cìI

r'fÌ.Íffi,ft,ft(r.)Íìc
l-qqr1
{+-Ëq tu"{ï FnI trq qEìI
ì{cr{
tdfr,fiÌm€F ,||, r. srtE* e[c. f.{c Iqcrl lTg
s,t,Qt-.i rr+-dÌ
g, qÌ,.q'l (f.) rr+-€ Hlgh orms
sfr.ffi.lTfrtrnrq+-( .fiÉ, Tt{F etc. üi€qd üÌâ {dl{sï
rfi.frfr. frfr (f.) Tr -81
qÌ, dÌ. :rIËÂ erc Ir + -g Thc simplepasÌ enseof úe verb €1 fo be has wo forms.The ftrà
Íìn'm Ìanslates s wasor were,and his form of the verb is used o
The High forms of the simple past tense consist of the dictionarv t lk about ituationsndconditionsn thepast:
form of a verb (úï. 3rFín. Fr etc. . combinedwiú: ffi q ìqmqr Flsi, qÈfr+rsr fuq I Yesterday wasnot in Nepal,
- the suffix I was n America.
-ìIfr inin the
- the suffix -ïrgt theaffirmative
negative. rrr+qà fqçq. fiirà t The ood was*not olluted,
It WASpqÍe.
These forms are always the sâme, regardless of ihe number and Yesterday'seather as
genderof úeir subject. ffi ÈtTt rerra rtrfr M t
verybad.
High orms ${ {{r{CCTT firúÌ{rÊÌq I Dhan Bahadur had two sons.
i4Ìgï Ío com€
Affirmaüve Negaüve * The word Eà is loosely ünslated zs Polluted. Any food that
qrel +-ì{fr iìTs-cììÌ 3rc{ r -ìÌç{ = srtstìTç{ has come inÍo contact with someone's mouú - either directly, or
ETl Íogo indirectly via a hand or a utensil is considered & and therefore
Affhmative Negaüve may not be eaten by any other person. This everyday concern
qX + -tr* qÌ--r.ì* urd+-vçq = qr$T\r{ about cleanliness and hygiene is given a deeper meaning by
Note the following examples in which the Nepali simple past tense notions of caste and ritual purity. The observance of úis rule is
must be translâted wiú the English presentperfect tense: traditionally strict€r among higher Hindu castes such as the
Búuns than among, for instance, úe various Tibet(FBurman-
crff indf r It has begun to nin speaking ethnic groups, and it also varies between families and
ttfrqre-_íì*r Has Gunii arrived? social classes. While parents and elder siblings may share food
*fr trqÌ Power cuÍ* with úe younger children of a family, âs an outsider you should
Nofe.'*Power cuts ffe an unfortunate eatureof daily life in Nepal. obseÍve these rules unless and until you know for sure that the
{fr meansamp butby extensiont is alsoused o meanelecrrr.c .islìt people wiú whom you are eating do not observe úem so stricdy
Whenpower s restored ftera powercut. hecry is +fr qrÈ : - themselves. Food should be touched only wiú the right hand,
because he left hand is used for toilet ablutions.
I ïhe rrâ form refers to changes, ventsând transformations n the

pastandmay oftenbe translated súappen doÍ became: \(,1 heÍe, in this place qÌïr oveÍ heÍe, in this ürection, hither
a|íÌ there, in that place 3ìrT over íhere, in that diÌection, thtther
o qrà firà, qfu a cfusd ìr* r He was stupid,but aterhe r|J wheÍe, in which place in which direction? whither?
became Pandit- {,dÌ somewheÍe, in any place fd to somewherq ìn any diÌection
qr{rffifirÈ, qfu6ffirrfr
r The food was hot, but then it
became cold.
7/17/2019 u96ffi,rfuag:eÌrd r He washappy, but IaEÍ he 67 Someoneand something:he uses of €
becamesad. lnd *fr

ãÌóÌsÌÈÌ{m, cfucfr nrrc{ I The rcom was üny, and
An un adjective,ÈS meanssomeor a few.'
Iatü it didn't become ÈôÈ{ a few days Èô È€T somemoney
cleaneither.
m'ÈaÈÊEm, dqrdqÌ€ rrà I qcr{ oho GovindajÌ,what +fr qF6Ë- somepeople ffi c àâ som.ething r
q êhõf qi
*:.--5.-
I happened rc you? Nothing omef
hashappened o me. Ar an adjective,ÈS also meanssome,but can only be used with
The following pairs of statements illustrate the difference in the humannouns,andusually n úe singular:
meaningof the two forms:
"À-ôcFÈ somemaa (whom do not know)
Ttqtqfrtfffrfq-i{ | My sisterwas 11. *€Ìq +Ìü someone r other
ÈersÈfrffiq-t1l My sisterbecameJl. Much more commonly,these wo words are used as thiÌd-person
frÌorqr rfffqd I It washot in the oom. pronouns, and they can be understoodto have the following
Èarqr trf rr* r It became ot in ürc oom. rneanings, epending n úe kind of sentencehey occur n:
cTd{F{< fug I me shops @ shut. Affrtmaüve statement Negative tatement Quesüon
qTdQ€ {q rÌg I The shops ecameshut. àô something nothing nYthing
i ìI.ÍÌ aÍìd ìTg;I arc comrnonly used on tleir own to tell someone
tàat
sÌ€Ì someone no-one anyone
something has or has not been done or completed, when boú qcqr +Ìô o I qrqr +Ìô Ìàí t Is theremyone in'the house?
speakers now what it i s thal úey are ta.lkingabout. For instance.A çfi-{€qÈqrqr"" | There s no-onen the house.
and B, who are boú staying in the samehotel, had previouslv been - They are n thegarden.
discussingB's diflÌculty in getting an air ticket. A seesB comins
ffiËrmnào tÈOen ÈÊ whatdoyat haven yur had?
back to the hotel. and he knows that he has been o úe airline office.
dà{fi{r ì I don't haveant'thing n my
Instead of asking him did you succeed n booking your ticket? allhe
hand,motheÍ.
needs o say s:
A rrâ? Did it happen?/Any tuck?
In negaúvesentences fr even,also can be added o 6e6 ft-$ and
çÌfr to heighten henegativity of theserrtence:oüÌingat all, nobody
to which B will give one of the following replies: whatsoever:
B ìrfr yes, t'sdone or B rÌç{ No,no huck R qrr+rfr vfì Èn I don't have anything at all
in my hand.
56 Location and movement q-fir+Ì€Ì qfrròï | There is no-one at aII in
the house.
Nepali has two sets of words that mean úere, there, and where, The
first, ending in -QÍ, efers mainly to static locations, while úe second.
ending n -dT. s most commonly usedwith verbs of motion:
EXERCISE28 Translatento Nepali: (, õnrÈìE rqcdq rccÈqr uqraqn rì€ fr r dcr€€s

I Please pen he window, t hasbecome ery hot in this room. {Fà{TI
2 Yesterdaymoming the childrenwere all here.But todavno_one rÍì6-{rd È Fâ R rrÈ qrq rÈì{ffiqrqrN r{ëÍ erarqre
came o school t all.
3{r3rÍìI4r. í' FÍITFÏGIríÌ q-6rqïr I 62/169
3 Last Wednesdayt rainedheavily. I didn'f
I got soaked.
havean umbrella,and rÌ{ g$q r{qrâ rdÌq.r&{ rqrqr{€qÍìÈÌmrqffi r
qÌfi-qm fr{ 6,âr o, qs sÍè rn | ... qgrifr, qrç .r'trÌcr rqlEcr
7/17/2019 4 Grandfatherhad two sons.One was called Sanju and one was 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
calledNiroj. Sanjubecame ery ichbut Niroj *ã, u.ry poor. Èqrft-i-Ë€f{?
_ {t lìry f| tq
_ .:-__â,l_ .
5 The peopleof that countrywere very poor and herewas nothins É.u. É.ú ì.n Qt ú .t I
al all in theirhouses. qÌfi-{rt se fi{qrqfr trsSâ tÊrta qÍì fuEg'oft t

6 Yesterdaymany people went to pa6upatinãthtemple, because w;'<rvr<o rçeaffirr r
yesterdaywasa full moon day (pürgmâ).
crsrt.ifi a respectful itle for q.sï Íecently, ustnow
â religious eacher r a eamedman ìfitl to calL,nvite
Cl te n visit rom Shankarprasad alrqi in goodhea.ltlÌ polite)
ì thatwhich
,rÃú to teüoff. abuse
q< other, ddiüonaj
Shankarprasad charya s a priest and teacherof high socialstatus. s& drat anreerdrasizedmn ofd dra) zÍè,fi a do mndiately
Motilal phonedShanka4rasadAcharyaa little eartier, o invite him
Çà ust one c'"-ú to foÍgive
to his house.He is anxious o cultivate good relationswith sucha rr*r 'ri to lnform rfrct frstly
man. Shankarprasad charya has just arrived, but the domestic frr1 roast qrËTríúoarive
rrangementsrenot running mooúly. ezr<cady frr1e biscuiÍ
qÌâ-fiq qRrÈüil.6i?
3rrqdfr, ïrreFrcl Motilal Acharyaji, greetings.Are you well?
sFfi{Ttrr<sr{rq tffiÉ Ê{ ? Shankarprasad am well. And you?
I
Èá-dre rcÊ rr* s r Motilal I am well. Please sit dorvn, whaÍ would you
sqÈ(, àÊ{deE like?*'
{qrq? Shankarprasad I will havewhateveryou aregoingto have.
rFF<csrEsÉ ì fugg.o MotiÌal That's fine tlìen. Just one moment. will tell my
wife. I don't know what+'? hehâs cooked oday.
cu-Sìfu"ot r I'11ask her, all right? ... Oh, Anju, Anju, where
Èô-qrq ü+(a rsàfuï rq have ou gone, uh?*3sn't the ood eady?
sfrrffi r*+<.qf Aqi,t What? I have only just come from the market.
3rrq s{ì à à Wïat to do. indeed. here's ots of work. I am all
v+re1 <r€ m6r alone. 'll prepareea ust, for sure.You people
ìTç{ rqdÈE-, ?... please it down.
S, .ì{, .Ì{, f(fr Motilal Oho, how late úings are today I invited him to
{ilrrEÌÈ?qnT our home.He came rom faÍ away,but you didn't
fl.r|{ rT(r{ ? cook any food.
3r{ ËT{ ? q T(qt aqiu Listen. Don't tell me off. Therewas a ot of other
rqrcqra r{ rà,Ìi work n úe house.
Motilal OK, OK, now do it imm ediately .. Acharyaji,
pleaseorgive (me). Will you first take ea?
Shankarprasad Yes, yes. t doesn'tmatter.

Motilal nbllrtuccasewhen à is added o it. q andõ take special orms when
There now, the tea has arriyed too. Would you .il h udded o them:
like a biscuit as well?
Shankarprasad Yes. Please give me one, would you? { becomes Ì producing qà
*' à fuTúo ?whatwi you take? s a more polite d becomes à producing àà
way of asking
someonewhat they would like to eat or drink úan à ufggo wfur All of theoúer pronouns hange n exacúy he sameway asúey do
7/17/2019 will you eat? wlth oúer
41.Teach Yourself Nepali postpositions:
*'?à is repeated ecauseMotilal expectshis wife s beromes ss poducing wà (oftenpronouncedlle)
to havecooked a
numberof differentthings. fr becomes qÌI pducing rr<rà (oftenpronouncedlle)
x' Motilal
of pronounsandhis wife Anju area
s asymmetical: tradiúonalcouple
eaddresses eras rfr, nwhile
úat theü
she use
alls diÌ becomes lFq
-{tl Foducing
prducing iq'{à
rgà (oftenpronounced
(offenFonouncedell€)
ale)
F* u*q. Less raditional couplesnowadays address neanoúer as gfi becomes sÍ producing rtì
krql frft becomes fui prooucing frmì
c.--.:-
trff becomes r(.r pKnucmg líÍrí
tè+rqrÈ I worked.
Grammar wfàfqkq
g{È{qr{TqÈÌÌìï | He did not greet me.
58 Transitiveand intransitiveverbs ì _
3-{{E-{ -çscr c----â.
-ô-:- F|6r -c-crn d€ì1 | Theydid not writeeven
All Nepali verbs are either transitive or inÍansitive. When usins the one etÍÊf,
simple pasr enseof any verb it is irnportant o klow which caregory mrtà s+qrâ r{K IìTrà t Did you give her apresent?
the
verb belongs to.
A transitive verb is a verb that must have an object. For instance, we Somecommonlyusedverbsare a combinationof a nounwith either
thë verb{t úodo or úe verb fl úobe.Such a verb s nansitive wiú
cÍìnnot see without seeing something, and that something is the q{ but ntransitivewith Ë{:
object of our seeing: it receives the action of our seeinq. Wã cannot _ _{< Ìr'
eat, or do, or ma&e or look- without something ben{ eaten, done,
---À--.--.:..'-:_
4tË€q rFrqr-q' -; I' mey shutthe cinema.
made oÍ looked at therefore, all of theseverbs, plus many others, are frÌqr-q{ {< trÌ | The cinemaclosed.
said to be 'transitive' because hey act upon something, which is their 6r@om5.eÌ | We staÍtedwoÍk.
oDJecr. çrq{ ,{r{Ì t ^ Theworkbegan.
-----:-: - -..--.:
{T{dTrq€EdFTqÌÍqrpn ,I Thegovemment topped
An intransitive verb is a verb that cannot have an obiect. For the strike-
instance,all verbs oÍ molion are intransitive: we may go Ío a place. qfi ltà | The strike ended.
{çffq
or come 1?om
of moüon, theya place, but these
are simply places aÌe
destinations or not receivers of úe action
sources. EXERCISE 29 Put the following sentencesnto the simple past
tcnse,beginningeachnew sentence iú úe word Èfr yesteÍdal and
59 Transitiveverbs and the suffix -ì rcmovingúe word fir foday
The subjectof a transitiveverb n thesimplepast ensemust ake he Ì fiq ffir€ kcrqr{ëq ?
agentive or 'subject-marking') súfix -à.Lingústically, _à s a reüc 1 qFÍ q \rseÍ f{-{rE ffr6 |
of an old p-assive onstruction, nd t has he original meaningof óy. l crwqrfi-6serg eÌàrÌ |
Because à is a postposition, he subjectwordìust ctraogJ o ttre r qrqçfi-ësrr|{eÊn1 rsfi-ës+ÌqcqrqÍ[{ Èï t
{|EfTfrìHfd-{R;ÈìÌ ?qrqsrq{T€f,rft<rrrs{ú6
( 3Íftr i{f 36451 ra-qÌfi g6.o r
60 Further uses oÍ-ì ü Wth nouns o mark a causal t[ction

a With thesubject ofa transitive verb in tens€s ther thap the past tÍ( |õ,Í{íÍ'è becauseof this
-à must alwaysbe affixed to the subjectof a transiüveverb in the FRÌ fi'RVÌ"ò becauseof that
simplepast ense,but it canalsobe used o emphasizehe subjectof ì nr<qì t becauseof what? 64/169
a
transitive verb in the habitual present tense in the following lbo phrases e tf<vrà and RT{ï{qfì meandue o thatcauseaJld ue
c[cumstances: causeespectively, nd hey arccommonlyused o meansooÍ
7/17/2019 41.Teach ío úis Nepali
Yourself
. if the sentence aysúat it is paÍ of the nâtuÍalorder of thinss tâus;
for
the subject o perform the verb.and thereforcstates hat thi-ss a gmffisM+aÈ lrtv{r<Urà He s a boy of a tender ge.
role hat s specifico the subject: | ptease o notgive him a
1g<rìgcwir A chicken ays eggs. 3GìÉ TÌf'á ïffiqÌ So
aSarelÍe.
4fTq {rqT q"r;6 | A üger eats oats. È-òr qrc tq qrfr q-+ r tre rRqrà Last yeaÍ little Íain felL.
qrqì;qrì È;E I Sunshine ives wannth. q-qt({r qrrq ffè q-üÌ ìíà t Therefore ice became ery
rffirq|Ë-{à.ffiqÍàl A proper BÍahmin doesnot expensiven themarket.
drink alcohol. Thc abbreviatedorms of this phrase,a{€ ;Fror and {ÈÈ, are very
if the sentences aquestionaskingwho or what s the subiectof a commonlyused.
transitiveverb: Other nounscan take -ì when they areúe causeof an eventor a
wàefrSarr;ar Wo says hat? condition, regardlessof whether he main veó of the sentences
qrE .€ì fq{r firs6 ? Whowill make the ea oday? tÌansitiveor not:
iffocuses
thesentences
n anyway a responseo a questionsuchas hoseabove.or
uponúe subject qfiflqà
rrfu r à-{rqr ÈÌ crtff{s ffi Inpeople
timeofdie
Íanine, mmy
of hunger.
f úe verb:
qrqRÌ rì-;ïË.6 Ê{ | Èàgmvrfràfrrd I My cloüEs weÍemadewet
Mother saysso,you know Dy Íatn.
3{rE r€ì È{r fiÈ6 r Tod.ay oungerbrother will
make hetea. EXERCTSE0 .Èl{ETft
b To denot€ the use of faculties or instruments qk rrfu{rr fqrÌ | ìqÍ{qr qrÊ-{|. q{r 6;5 r qfusi qlt{ r qfur*r *<
fuq rdìffidcÉqfrq-S r srar t\r{. o qríËr rqr t sqì\rícr
qrfrrnà g.EÌ r Wehear with (ow) eaII. -friÌq
Fn-crerdìrÈfrqrrr-{Rftàrìqmqrqrff{Rffi tccÊ{t@cÊ
üfrEìiràffir We bite with (ow) teeth. Èr r<rq qfu{.fô r<rr+ÌEclcfrqfu{qTt{à r<rrfrfiqrfq{Èqk{
qrfraffifuÌr We ook with (our) eyes. qr{irò r qÊ{rcr +6iì qqr .irrà ' qrs qìft-t q. ç,Í+rà t crq rrw$r
qrfrrrtè @ r
Ofrqcìffir Wespeakwith
We (our)noses.
smell with (our) mouths. rfr+
rràqrqrqr là6|dr
q qscr e s-ìu :nsìcS*-+
" <rqàq-dAqrt . -nircrg r "à q cfir{ Er€ '
ffiËF<rÈìdràrïkïqF6ï | Nepalis at ice with (tlre)
Íight hnd.
rrf,dF
ffiqsàà6rcìrmeìÈ+r r Nepalisdo not eat ice with
r qfuà{RM? I @<rq rdrrfd r
(the) eft hand. r qffiqÌcqrôM t Â @{Frfrqmrr{Ìqr-iÌ{Ì ?
I qfu {-rà à rr* t u {rq r qrar rfr {+sq {à ?
r @à+nÊ+àr
14
t;l
61 Parts of the body
ol HEAD ARMS
lol ar+ì
head cï{iï upper iìün 65/169
to l Tq,q-$R face {rd hand/
7/17/2019 tët
ll
3ïtqr
ïTfi
Tq
eye
nose
mouth
3ìì-{r
? tã íl
{rr
forearm
finger
elbow
fingernail
tl sFi eaÍ $qì-dÌ thumb

lltol q{ITTõI
t(l hair
tooth LEGS
E9l ffi
siâ
tongue
necvthroat
cËr
qír foot
chin knee
beard gqÌ heel
3ÌTqT toe
BODY
sÉï body OTHER q-I
ffi back {rRi blood
stomach 6FiÌ skin
6r€Ì reasVchest Ëre bone
,ïoto
ïd=
õÌ:I
frEI|{ shoulder
watst
roo
heaÍ
lung
9=
o+
ro
--
ã
In this unii you will learn
. how o use wo vêós in one
sentencê
. how o Íeport nfoÍmation
Írom othersouÍces
. how o use he continuous
tensesof veÍbs
. how o discusspeople's ges
Cl tz R day ofÍ work ícEr<rvt*È<ar@ü.it

Rajiv has ust completedhis fust weekat úe office. He andKeshav r dlq íqrtfrrqrpi€€@Ì ur.q : erftaar o,{tr r
discuss lans or their dayoff. ftfl{ à, er,à Içf165 as Sq qF6q ì t t<r+ôFr er{F qrãr-qo-arqr
qt-a ìTg{qFEm 1
rr,fl { rffi qìT{sfi-{Fà TEfu
7/17/2019 41.Teach Yourself çfi-{F {údra +ô qÈ W fqq{sFs{ì ràô Awr qfu qrfi-As
ì{r Nepali
Ír6fr{ fqç T<i-fi qfì qqÌ |T<ftd{ Tl'' Ërìngì ò{sÈr
qrr,qr q-È qrryarqì ït{ 'qr*iÌ .rqì, +EÌ {Iaitr{r-;r EqqÈr
orqÍqr {È{ ilqr Èà 3Ìsgr fi R r Ìô il*{€ gt+r rè< Ê<rq t
.-+€ úo t*k <qr€qÈ.M qrgús f+ t
rÌR't€rïcg-{rôrrf+do rtts +r<vràì-tdÈE tefi-esofu
dÈft{Qqq?
ìrÍ{ rÈ a qÈìsrq qffir ìÌ\'{ r g+rtd{ q Eì{f,ffi nÌc .È rdr
qrtlõb I
ïÍfi-{ srü crqr qiil{ qÍì çìï,r'i{K, ft a rqÌ {frr q sì ú€ r
ìqs feq rrliÈfi1 q fffffi $Ì{ú r3ì-ct+.vfr r:rr*çr+ì k<
65t, qrFrq {slq{ üffi .rffi .r€.6 r
r$ dayoff, holiday FrnÊ+ plcru'c
çã t how? n whatmanner? dqr nver
trersl ro sperd trme fi< bank of a Íiver
ffi-* mfüq*Efrft+rr frtufi all day <rçò rri to e47oy oneself
qrÈ long srd shade
àsr< È | *fr ( srffi È Íì r qrkeRËì{ 3rÈq-+ìrFÌq-ár+Ì fi Èfr-l-àS someúfugor oúer st cards
go rarr{u_9fuE6+f65fr {rFfi or ,Èn toplay
f.dt-q-íÃt somewhere ot other .m.r,i ro cüat
{tüs fr=E r r <cÉÈì qïÌ E_ÉÊer +rt Êeregü6r Èdì{R
Èfl Ío meeÍ n€ ground
{q€.E ? gr.ri ro a1t, conrerse q@X o lie down
à{r+ f{nrfr qrfr trrqÃq pÍogÍamme Í4<87 to fall sieep
+1S ÈSÈdïy+r uqfr
q61-tm.rqr
.qfà @ Èàï rmRè
gjh;rÈ+6sÈì
Ê q 3lfu€-rr
wÈàg- ô ì a woÍd maÌking information se<rfr úe lrome of a man's
gatheredelseivhere parents-in-Iaw
T* qqr"-"tT-r4rf.*qF61açqfdËrn ìffiiiïr f.r rì rììíq nìlnn 'ri to try R invitation
qm qnmq g <t q\zrì dÍfficulg awkwaÍd
ictè ÍúerefoÍe
{rfi-{ *frqì 6nirq 16Ìofr r rft small child nÌrrr{ ropúone
ÍÈÈi on fooÍ q#t decìded
ìrqm sfi-{€ M ErE(ì | {€ sq fo board a bus {ír flìrsd Ío trnd ouú
{É-{ dcr€cÈ rr{ú6fs ? cr.{ the second argest city of the qrü qr31 o find ouÍ
ìvn r +ìÊrvrqi rÈfu t*En Èft +ffi rqr qrÊ;bï reqeÈfì Kathmandu valley l< OK then?
ìTqÌ IAA rtì\r tfusevenrng N(,tcn r A populaÍ picnicking spot n the south of the Katbmandu
yt1 to reach, arrive üf<iq 6or" Vllley where hereare botanicalgardens.
qiì3;rr úings to eaú; ood Farel to becomeangry +' A beautyspot o thenoÍtheastof Kathmandu.
+fv ago
ÈÌfl iq adàtu
Rajiv Tomonow's our day off, isn,t it? ffi arem èõr 6Ì |
7/17/2019 Keshay Yes. Tomorrow is Saturday, you know Saturday is a day 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
off for every office. Won,t you take úe day off, or what?
Rajiv I certainly will, you know How do you usually spenda
day off? Do you sleep all day?
Keshav I do not sleepall day. Life isn't that ong I usually spend
my days off doing something or other or going somewhere
or other. Sometimes I meet up with some office friends
and go out. This moming I talked to Daulatii. He savs
úere is ust sucha programme omorrow too.
Rajiv Where is tomorrow's programrne úen?
Keshav He says hey will go to Godavar.i.*,
Rajiv Will you go too?
Keshav I shâll try. My wife says she will go to úe market
tomorrow morning. So tomorrorü Sãlhàus etwo*map,N epal
home and look after the children. moming I will stay at
Rajiv Will your friends go on foot? It's quite far; ish'r it?
Keshav Yes, it is rather far. They say they will go by bus.
Apparently busesfor Godavari go every hour, via patan. Grammar
Rajiv What will they do when they have reached Godavari?
Keshav They say úey will take some food from here. A few weeks
62 Two verbs with the same subject: thê -q{
ago we took a picnic to Sundarijal too.'r, When we reached
participle
Sundarijal we sat on the riverbank and ate and enioved ln English, if a sentenceoÍ a part of a sentence a clause) contains two
ourselves. Some friends sat in úe shade of a tre; and verbs performed by the sameperson, both of the verbs take tlrc sarne
played cards or chatted. Some fiiends lay down on the tenseand the word 'and' is used to link tltem, e.g. I came and (I) sat
the rice and wert out In Nepali, the fiÍst of the two verbs
ground
Godavariand went to sleep.Thafs
tomorrow too? how it is. Will you go to down, Ialìvays
almost ate takesa special orm (called the 'conjunctive participle'),
Rajiv Tomorrow morning we are invited to my inJaws, house. und the üteral translation of the same sentences n Nepali becomes
So t's difficút. At about what time will thev leave? having come in I sat down and having eaten the Íìce I went out
Keshav Thar has not been decided yet. This evening I.ll phone A participle is a form of a verb úat may be used adjectivally (to
Daulatji and find out. dcscribe nouns) or as one pa.rt of a verb phrase il certain tenses.
Rajiv When you find out pleasephone me too, OK? I'll be at Nepali has a variety of different participles, each with a different
home this evening. cnding and its own technical name. In this book, eâch paÍiciple will
Keshav Sure. 'll phoneyou this evening.But now it's late.Today be referred to by the ending that distinguishes it ftom all the others.
isn't a day ofï. úe boss will get angry and teli us off.
The conjunctive participle of a Nepali verb is most commonly rsô çqrdì{ EÈTre.r à{Í qrà t He satnear the window and
formed by taking its past tense base and adding the ending -g{ ate a banana.
-era
to it. Therefore, we will call it the '-era participle': { ':r+ì gm *q{ dcr€{Íâ E;€ r I shall wash his clothes and
Vetu Past ense ase
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali +n pmiciple give them to you.
68/169
,t1 TR- .È{ having done lü-uÌfiàqrfrqs{qr qrc{ qd Yes erday Ki shanj came
t65'l Ais- fô"< having walkd fr<g-rrf+
-avà
into ow shop and bought a
7/17/2019
íÈ- Ê\'t having taken 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
pair of shoes-
qÌ1 rT- Ìrg{ havinggone c'i-õ qq rr\r{ rKqrfiqà | They went m Khumbu and
ff_ 3nS{ hauing conre cümbed Mount Everest.
F{ ì{- }TC{
hauingfuune,
hauing un' ì|qT, he-era participleof Ë1 Ío be is alsoused o meanvia.'
Note *The baseof Ét is always {- for a participle.FÌ- is neverused r* Ê+qrcÈd ìT\-{qì=E t mat flight goesvia Delhi.
as he base or a participle. {-Ë€{Ì {g ÈìT{r ìÌC{ fs-qrd ÍÈ t TheiÍ buswent o
Kathmanduvia Pokhara.
The -era participle refers to an action that takesplace before tIrc
actionof the main verbthat s, the final verbof thesentence. ut
other han hât t doesnot really havea tenseof its own; the tenseof ül The nêportedspeech-marker
tlìe sentence s the tense that is given by the verb at úe end. ï can only be used as an appendageto a sentence, and never on its
Therefore, he actiondescribedby úe -era participle can be in any own. When it is addedto úe end of a statement,the word ì indicates
tense:past,presentor future: lhüt the person speaking has been told what s/he has just said by
qNepali
qrç{ {È | English lumeone
murce else.information
of the It is usually possible
is, but to asceÍtain
sometimes it is left who
quiteoÍvague,
what ust
the
I came and sat down.
q 3nq{ RE I I come and sit down. ur in English one reports a rumour by begirning 'I hear that... or '
qrÌfr qrqr q*o r I shall come and sit down 'they say hat...
tomonow. lf someone ays:
t trm cr\r{ arflq1 rE I I ate riçe and went out. tcfffiÉMìTÌfiiiltfrì t Your son is hungry
q rrm qrç< qrflË< ro r I eat rice and go out, (+ reportedsPeech-marker)
-
Èfu r vmerç< 116<r;q r Tomonow I shall eat rice thc Dresenceof dgTíiFÌ SfrT vour son ln the sentencemeans that the
and go out. pcrson speaking has probúly been told by your son that he is hungry,
In the English sentences,both verbs are in the sâme tense; in úe in which case the sentence could be translated your son says he's
Nepali versions only the main final verb has a tense. The subiect it could also mean that someone else has informed
the Nepali senrence s usua.llysrated at úe very beginning of ttre of hungry,
the Houtevel
speakerof this fact: one can only be sure f one knows the context
sentence, as in thes€ examples, but sometimes it is not mentioned in which the statement s made.
until after the -era participle:
Similady, sentenceuchas:
r{raqrq< q qrÈ{qFE t Having eaten rice I go out. 3nq 3Ìfuq EÍà{ ì | (He) won't go to the office
The -era participle is formed in exactly the sÍrmeway, no matter what today (+ rcpofied
or who the subject of the sentence is: the level of politeness is speech-marker)
indicated by the main verb of the senrence. f úe main verb is
tÍansitive and in a past tense,úe subject must take -à. could mean he says he won't go to the office today or she says he
won't go to the office today oÍ they say he won't go to the office
Íoday. Wiúout kno\Ã/ing he context in which the statement is made

you really cannot choose between tlese translations. E tg A chanceencounter n Darjeeling
This kind of confusion should not occur during a conversation Srrbirs a resident f Da{eeling,and Ashesh ives n Kathmandu.
becauseúe meaning is always clear in its context. Sometimes, Sorìe mo nths ago the two men met while Subir was visiting
however, a speaker will add ì to the end of a statement in order to Kuthmandu. ow Subir s surprised o meetAsheshunexpectedlyn
disown responsibility for its truú or falsify. The following statements l)urjceling.
suggest that the speaker hasheard the news s/he reports on the radio. r .i J Tà dw€ {Èi + rri flq;Ì, r aqliaf i;'rs:q 6aa cr t{ :ïcfif,.
or has ead úem in a newspaper: <rfrFrí.qrfiïÍ {-Sqm+ ++rS r
srrqcfftd€qì | They say t will notnin today. qdrq ffi, t q'dËKÈfuqú+ì ++ç<eiurÌrìrrqrnrt rrÈ r ròr
ïTtir+ì eyqfr +rE ìcF{ qnÍ6 ì I The Inüan president comei qrq cfì q ìcrdqr a€ nrq {i fqq Íì r
to Nepal today, I hear. {l.ft{ qFc6Fd qE'o <rffi-f,'qÌ t tfu*n vfì ËÈo1 r
If someone said someúing but you did not hear what they said, you JÌÌq ,ffi { uì{l{F qÈlro1r< @ oèr 3rrqÌ qqrk r6ì"bì
miút wish to ask someone lsewhat was said.A quick way of doing r,H sÈ.Ìt{à à€ Ef ìì'ÌÌ, È rlÌ{r srf{ È6 +i rnÌ rw<
this is simply to say: r.É T@s.rfrÈèq r<qq Rufà çfi-{T Tdc.õà r
Whatwassaid? é1.clÈfl .ir+{rTdÍfr6- o1. + +ra nìr rar=o1ffi1 'ìlqqrfq
çfr{ qrfr qfr ìe dnffi srçdr, Èfi r m qrlEfr rÌffi trq È
EXERCISE 3Í ConveÍ the following pairs of sentences nto one
BÌ? q;T 16lq I
sentenceby changing the first verb into úe -era paÍiciple.
JruFÍ ìËA *ft nf **<rg* g r+@e*Ê <nF.r+r ìÌÌe €ÈqrÌ
Example
+â Ë q rqrqár, iú ffr r*pqr ffiq ri úc r-ffiÈ,=
q q{ SF€ | a4qqfS q q'TTrqrrE | = q q( Trq{ qTqI q.l;6 | frRfu go1 t+, rresâ-+ìqfuqtccÈ r
I shallgo home. After that I shalleat. I shatt o home and àat.
1 q frq1sq;s| e+scfuq dqÉirâ fuft ìc6 r s"nïTô-{F ììÌôèfu 1r{qrF{ qí qFq ?qÌüt frìq ?
i q Èqr<mâìqdcfffi ìFq r 3rÈc fr, òÈÈew=q rcrq qsmq rÈoì r<fÌT{r r{qrqrqï
ì çfi-Ës {{rq td;81 resqcfb qrw qrsq r sffis€rqqq {T@Èüfi-{sàsfi{€ {€ qÈ{rqEq.{{Í
v fr àâ e+-qqrò rer6 :iÌ-fr ffi r qqq r$qWqÌÊwaqrâ.nffi r
k q3rfurqrro tqffirmÈ{r€ | fffr{ &+ \irÌ ocÉà 3r+fÉ qìRq ÈÈqqEqì qrra-o f++à
( E{Ì {rrr sEì{fr t+{Ì Èt Eç+ì qrqr qsrrqì r qrfEsfï.çfrrôqfrs r
EXERCISE2 Constructentencesat tell someoneo do two 3rfrq q tqìi' q-qrã +qratTÉ-fi hq'' r qq +r'"Ê frs' fi E rlcf$
things, one after úe oúer, along úe following ünes: rm qii 61q;6;
<qrq ìTrd {|{ I (f, = ffiÉr{r+qrq{gcId{ r ïfi-i R qFned firq qiq {È ÍÈffi. e{frq o.ir È{rrfi{qr {È{
you / eat ice / sleep You please eat the rice vrfi-{FÈrrrrsÈfeÌqqfrïqfoq{vtìú tÈq<qfìeào1ì rar
and go to sleep. àEffi 3ÌÊq$Ìròs rq aqriõrrqfr qrfqsq qç<dcrffi
lr+ïerà@,9< ?.fr 4rà iqfi-fi frlì {Èc+r g.o r
r Íafr r q' fl11 +rq rÍt
1 aqrÈ7 ft ì €q 7q{ ïrq rí]'F{ ÊqqrtÊfierc{ qrs{d\q ( rÈô{dr<à{ |
r ffirg+eftì.rq "
S-ô1 ìrÈ, fqqr ffi rrfr rkqr ïqÈõ{ qrüe r3{il{ trà, "ffi
r acr€à tddd Tõ{ ïong eq 1ìqrÈfu1o,vrçfr,qN,aqwR I
r Íàftr q.sqc.{rì+{Ì,{rs{ -
{ dqì€/ Srqrqm/Èilí+ÌT{qr sq
vmfi to be surytrised g{ úoopen Arhesh Yes, they will go to Loretto College. I hear the school is
Q Ío see qfuq last, rndl extremely good. WÏen we got to know that we put úem in
*nr{vi to move úouse grlrft wlicá ? úat school. They will study there for two months. AfteÌ
íq what? qfiw exíxemely two months we will Ìetum to Kathmandu.
sq foÍest 70/169
rF< toput place llublr You did the right úing. Are you going to wâlk to the
<'I ur conservation rf+
up, above EverestHotel now? It's a long way up, you know, and t's
Èï-Íq depaÍtment eqiã steep,uphill srcep roo.
7/17/2019 uq to Ìeave, quit 1à€{ï fo comeouf 41.Teach Yourself
Afh€sh NepaliI forgot and I came out of the house wiúout any money.
qscrlq úr's tme firlal ro end That's why I'm walking. Where are you going?
frFà youngest u,ú thatone, over there Subir My offrce work finished at 5 o'clock, and was sitting in
È
fi,n e.ldesr -qÈ asindrecÍ
or that teashopover there, chatting wiú my friends. I'll go
to begin to be, End towards g{reÌ
wÍà progress ìqrcd Ío súow home n a little while. My house s in úe samedirection,
ra úere (emphasized form of em ) you know. But this path s rather ndirect. 'll comea little
T7 to circle, wandeÍ
qq to study qr.I üÍectly way up with you andshowyou anotherpath,no?That path
cr< memory ffi slowly, gently goesstraight o the hotel without any diversions.
rnRiì second eldesr ffi it's oyer Ash€sh But pleasedriú youÍ tea slorvly and then come, won't
Ê{ì Ío ôrget ffi cold you?There's o hurry.
d-ô Èq ro swr'm 3{ì{ 1aÍeness Subir Forget t,* the tea's gonecold. I'll comewithout drinking
ffiq s.fopp erqfi súopkeeper the ea. t's 6 o'clocknow, t's late.My wife will be cross.
Here,shopkeeper,'m off, goodbye.
Ohoknow
Subir you Wïat Have
are you
youdoing
movedhere? I was surprised
to Dadeeling to seeyou,
or what? Note* ÈrÌ is a colloquial expressionmeaning that'soveÍ anddone
with,or that's not something hatneed detain us uÍheL
Ashesh No, I've been working in the Forest Conservation
Depadment since one week ago. Last year too I wâs doing
the samekind of work in Nepal, you know.
Subir And how long will you stay in Darjeeling? AÌe úe family
Grammar
with you too? O4 The continuous elses in -àE
Ashesh My wife and daughters are with me but this time we came The continuous presenÍ tenserefers to actions tlìat arc occurring even
without our sons. The younger son is 13 years old now, the us he verb is being stated, and is the exact equivalent of English verb
eldeÍ is ust 14. f they don't go to school hey won't make phrasessuch as am going, they are watching, we are eating. JusÍ as
progress.So úey are studying Lhere. in English, he ensecan also be used o talk about he future, so ong
Subir Yes, you have tbree daughters, now I remember. The us someúing else in the sentence makes this clear: I am going
youngest is called Lakshmi and the eldest Sarasvaú, s that
lomoÍÍow, we are eaüng out next Sunday. This tense of a verb
not right? But what is the rniddle daughter's name? I have consists of a word that is the Nepali equi\alent oï going / watchiitg /
forgotten. catrng, followed by the appÍopriate form of@ is or arc. To form the
Ashesh The middle daughter's name s Radhika. Now Lakshmi and Íirst word, the ending -à is added to the present tensebase of the veÍb.
Radhika are swimming at the Everest Hotel. Sarasvaú and
my wife are shopping in the market. The schools open from ll the baseends n a vowel, üis vowel must be nasalized. he ending
tomorrow, you know, today is the last day of the holiday. is invariable: that is, it is always the same no matter what oÍ who the
Subir Which school will úey go to from tomorrow? Loretto rubject of the verb may be. 6 is úe verb that must change according
Collese? l() number, gender and level of politeness.
tigarnu to do fuorntically, the negative orm of úese tenses houldbe created y

m+-ào = rfE 6 I an doing ch|]lging E to Èï, firà to fuç<, andsoon.But in reâl ife these orms
ërfr,Arfi-{€ rr{+-<6t -l.-È weaÍe doing ltt vcry rarely used. For instance. f someoneasks:<crq õrc tri
ë rrí.+-st11 -rs - you arc doing
fr{frTrEõ \*'id = TK 6t you aredoing lürÍt'l ureyou workingz and n fâct you-a.reimply
q
readingabook,
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali unswer houldbe along he ines of fddr<ra.È E No, r rn 71/169
õ, qr,FTrm.) \*-sP = rI{ E he s doing ióúr
úlng a book.
{rt,
s, qÌ,a{t (t) \*-18 = rfq ft shes doing
---ê c--Â ^ ^
qt. tqit. r(1Ì (m.) .q + 5P1 = rf{ 6{ he s doing ïtrott is a specialized ontinuous resentorm ofEt Is.This is used o
7/17/2019 çfr,firfr,Êafrrrt II\*-5181 -r .-: shes doing
lly thütsomething xists n a paÍicular place,contrary o a istener's
qr. qr. .Jitgà etc. = rf< Eq
\r-<81 they ate doing tlp€ctations,or to stateor emphasizehefactof its existence lainly.
ElT jãnu Ío Ao h occursonly in the singular orm oà o:
q qr +'+ -è o = q lq t2 I An polns crÍÌí{, ftqTrqr ËrÈ q{ I'à o t Nter all, we do havea house
ãrfÌ. Fr+f6 -. s. S = qf q t9r Pokhara.
we aÍe gotng
d w +'+ -Èog = ír{cr€ïqr Ê{qrilq{ 6à E Íì r There s an airpon in
frr{Ì,dmqs qt+ +-q 91 = qrq úf you aregoing Kathmandu, ou know
S, ?rt,aqÌ (m.) qr+" +-Èo = qSY he s goins
s, fl, aqÌ (f.) qT+ +-<E = qfq6 she s Boing I (ERCISE 3íl Change úe tense of the verb in úe following
sír, r.{.t, (|. (m.) w+]+ ,.àpq = vsPl he ssoins Fntcncesnto the contiruouspresent:
çfr,ffi,ffi111 qT+ + -< TFf = qls | ffir{-*een rq1ç-1e
qr. qr, s.llE- €(c. = qfc te1 they arc going
r ìTÏE õõ|E\68 I
I q{r{<w;q I
Tlte conünuouspast tense s used to describe what was achrally going r s4-{sffi wqrâq r
on at a particular time, and is the exâct equivalent Of English verb
phrases such x I was goíng, they were watching. we were eaüng.lt
r/ rd s erô f{qìk$ ìGE I
is formed by adding úe invariableending -à to úe present ensebase IXERCISE 34 Changeúe tense of the verb in the following
of a verb to cÍeat€ the Nepali for gotag / watching / eating, jvst as n tcnlencesnto the continuous ast,andmakeany otherchangeso the
the continuous present tense. Instead of ending with E, however, the $nlences at thusbecome ecessary:
verb phrase must end with the Êf- form of úe past tense of "
ë1, r rEràfirqnqeqrd r
meaning was or were. Wiú High pronouns, these tenses end wiú
*Ë;6 in the present and €{Ë;uÈ in the past.
r êr*ìaf+-G'q-e-rtt
r ìÈ qrqrfr rsrffi r
r efi-esèâ.*.È
Continuousresent
qrrr I*6s fi-o nsào1 r Our riendsarc singinga song. I ç+rìcrfr+ràrr{rrÌt
cÈ.ft+F€rcroqëÈ r YoungeÍsisteÍ s Íeaditg out ú Which one? This onet The uses of -qG
ap@m.
3Ìrcrrqrqn c{ Ë ËgÇ-E Mother s looking at the The wordsrQ is frequentlyadded o adjectives, r to words suchas
newspapeL fr, eÌ, 1n to replacea noun. n this context t can be understoodo
Continuouspast meanone:
qr{r€r*{€ãír.r€fEq r Ourfriends weÍe oking. fiffià the allone ëìEÍTQ that one
sÈ.ftT-qr.rëÊrt ïffi the Íedone qlqìlÉ ws one
Youngersisterwas
performing puja. ?íq I18 wrucn one
3rgrfu{rq-6rÈàËt€d I Mother wasmaking
tea.
acrt+Ìq{ffiqrÈÈ rÈq<s<à Whichone s your house?My ht pt'uctice, affirmative forms almost âhvays take the -g{ ending,
qrqì-qrÈÈi r house s that tall one whllc rrcgative orms most usually take the -ÈeÍ'{ending. Because
over there. tní is the longest of the three possible endings, it is emphatic.
q{.ìEr*ÊÊr"qià?(dqrÊ Whichone did you buyT ( ltnrklcr the differences between the following pafusof sentences:
FFí I I bought hecheapone. r qld qrg{ {rÈ{TrEI I atearÌdwentouí
The secondusageof aíl is contrastive.Here it meansas or t fld ïqrldï qrRï TrE I wentorlt without auing aten
7/17/2019 trrô *qcrqo q=s l<f€qGqq I go n RatoBangala School. ï'hc Íiìrmendingn
41.Teach Yourself Nepali -i is less ommonly sed, hought is obligatory
qF|ë*r,3Ìf5qsTtË-.E As fu elderbother, @e) does lRccrlain diomatic xpressions:
not go to schooL he goes to

the ofÍice. ícÍtürrïÈâËÈ{ I ('having
sinply have o neet you
notmetyou t will
Èqì"òqrü{ò,.ìM+{r<ò r This man is a Brahmin, but notbealldght').
that one is a Newar. qfr 'Ìffi fficÍ r,rÊ qq Èq I My daughter imply has o
go to the cinema li:terally,
66 Other Íorms of the coniunctive participle if my daughterdoesnotgo
to the cinema heïe s no
There are two other forms of conjunctive participle which mean
happiness).
much the sameas,but are used ess fÌequently than the -q{ participle. ÍFÌ q-{ ò{ {Erâ, .rà ïÈ fa{ Dasaincamebeating he
These forms end in -Ê -i and -È+c -Ìkana:
ffi t drum, Dasain eft, having
given us debts o beaÍ.*
rFI
Veú to do cl. ota. 1 ÌÉÌ
rf{{ cj.W.2 cj.ptc.3 doing, having done Notc* A proverb.ào qqÍg..to play a drurn;ìmrâ is from the verb
ìr,rgc, which is the causativeof dst ro carry Dasain s Nepal's
F**
c:-
tËs.l to walk tÉE' rEEl walkin , Iìaving walkd
to take tq F Ìir*F;r taking, having taken n'rostmpoÍant annualHindu fesúval.
gFt to 80 qc{ Eoing, having gone Incidentally,Nepali poetsareblessed y this wealthof choice,which
to be rTs{ rid{ being, having becone nrokest mucheasier or them o adjust he numberof beats n a ine
0f verse.
The negative forms of all participles are formed simply by adding the rl{1 oìlTderqF {rd:ìq( ìíRÍ |FE{ | My cúi.l&er wash heir
prefix ï- na- to the affimative form. un <tÌ€'+c rrrd qÌt #fi Ëà{ t hands efoÍe heyeat.It's
not good to eatwithout
cJ.ptc. I cj.ptc.2 cj.ptc.3 washing our hands.
iFfa{
.ÍrE5r <Fï
ïI1^ 4p notdoing. not havingdone fWc'{ SfEï li{ËÊdï s@ cF{ she takesa showerbefore
7IdÈ1{,4 not walking.nor having watked $Gqf shegoes o bed. Shenever
.r Ìq ' fl1g +l4rr+4 not taking,not having ta*en goes o bed without
rïrç{ ï,T1 +1Tï6í notgoing,not havingEone showering r$t.
iïq{ ï1{{ íYliffi ap1}d;g, 2ot havingbecome
EXERCISE 35 Construct sentences hat state thât each of the
pcople n column 1performedeachof úe verbs n column3 wìthout
pcrforming the verb in column 2, úus producing 12 different
tcntences:
I 2 3
emrÚÌrqs ìtí (9 .l Bmthersr sons SistÊÍsrdaughters
Ìfr qrqr qÈq(qrT d iâ eldest
ffi qrffi qrt{fr second ldest
{È
qTkô sri{fr tltirdeldest 73/169
{ÈfrÈfr ÌTÍÈô rrt{trr fourtheldest
q fFd {'r;ô youngest
67 ExplessionsoÍ age Thcse eÍns areprimarily adjectives:
q{rrq
There
Nepâli.are
Theseveralways in which a person's age is expressedn
most straightforward È tdrrr àâ
+èd,FÌ Êd{Eïrrcqr My eldest on
BiÍafrtagar oÍstayeiln
some ears.
s simply to definea person'sage yss1el4sy
usrngü : H 3efr ttÈô bÌffi f4q1qfr 1 his second
daughtcrwasmanied.
ràoffivì<áv ef {1 My son's ge s 20 years. aqr{ qq-<r fr{ Ef ìrâ g{úto r You areúree yearsolder
cqq-à S{rfr dìr rtffi Ef È r Sanjay'sattw's ages B0 ears. thânme.
More commonly,however,apersons described sbeingofa certain Alúough wà is used o meanolder or senior o.bolt 5p6l416 crì
age,using he possessived :
mall canbe used o Ínea'l youngeroÍ unior to.
Èfr ìâ aÌfr qrt{ ïffr ËÌ r My eldest aughters ffi qìr<r fi-{ fli iFF6ì EÌ | Youme Ìre years ounger
qqrfrq^+i+ì€'Ë"ffi frfi qr.sr fi-{ af {fì 6ì r thannE.
,tilff|,"'lÍ,,0
ô -, Íf;gr andÈat areoften used ather üe nicknamesor refer
children. fiã6l
to young
and+t ô youngestcan also be used o addÍessor
In all of úe above examples, the veÍb at the end of thè sentence s
childrenwhosenamesone doesnot knolü:
equally likely to be the past tense rtò, indicating that this is the age
that has been attained or reached by the person concemed: grr;ô, q+ u;r+er+r*r Hey giÍL, come here a minuE
g ftF6r, fïqra{rg Hey boy, bring the tea
ÌìsMvÈ<fiqafràr
cqq-+ì +rÈqÈ< €sf rrd r
ÈôÈ&aÌfrErqsEffrìr€
qqrfr{a$nÌlrEr Èt 4ffisçqffisaffirl-qq 1
68 Further relationship terms

The variousoffspring of a family eachhas a title that indicates he
relative status n terms of age. As average amily size decreases,
someof tlese titles are falling into disuse,but five are still qúte
cotÌmon:
E tg out shopping
&l II
gl
'ì
4+{ =
'ì
.+ Anjali and her younger sister have gone to the vegetable maÍket to
buy food for the evening meal. Dil Búadur, who has a stall at úe
o
-r
-
market, sells them some of the items they need.
er6fi rrà r
Èd+qr<{ tqÈÈârffiridÉàqr@r
3 rqï ecrrfrvrto t "

fq-d qrg{ crí*6Èâ, ÊdïqrËà r * ac+rfr-wwr Íì rqtdÈ+
t+ffiac*rt
qrgdErqtÍàòt
çfrqr qr*6 r
qt
F
kd*qrg< d.rà qg ffi qro $rt 6 6 R :ng ffi
tFrqÌÈ acÉdrt+.dq{qr@r
o
o+
-
In this unit you will learn

trqGffiúofrr
kq{dE( rrò q{ ffi úsì m 'Me cfr âà o rgr*rtq fd{ü6
Èfrt
{rffifi-{ffiÌròqtÊ1fr{rqrqor
. howto discuss he prices
and availabilityof vaÍious È{+qÌg{ srffiEq{FrqÌr
foods srqô ç+ffi@qr<rffivmgor+ì+fr{r
.
howto declaÍeneêdsand
wants
fc<*qrg{ g6È qÍ-q ffi rdqrffi ofà qr@ r Arúali How much are he potâtoes?
q-qfr qdTsrm'ìÊ1QqlffiqSs1 qq1ErqcÊ{s Dll Bahadur Thesered potatoesare eight rupees a kilo, those
Èr e-qr qÈ, ràq r* ei-+rfr-qfi{ È frt qrrq r Ercd qrÊr r*ï white potatoesare six rupeesa kilo. Which kind of
qcdqr qr1È\ r potatoeswould you like?
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali Aqlali Well, which one astesgood? 75/169
qÊoq{ r Dll Bahadur They say the red potatoesare tasty, but úe white
rcq qQrql ttgcf{ qAÌcrËï rqrs ffiqr crt.6 1çaqÌnor vfr onesare ine as well. Which will you take,sister?
7/17/2019
qFE"6 Aqlali
Give us hreekilos of redpotatoes.Do youhaveany
onions?
6;o twqrfrsàw-d rsÍàrrà ? Dll Bahadur Yes.Ten upees kilo.
ç+
qÈ{fuc,q
rqq qQIq(.
vrì Êffs fi.i 1tsrnlï
*e qrìe ,í{qfá'q
6 ? {ffi ìrô r
Aqlâli Give me onekiìo. How muchareúe mustardgreens
per bunch?
Ède-{g< 5. ;fr qqql 615q Ì awffi qqifi qlf6Èï " Dll Dahadur Five rupeesa bunch.How much do you want?
€ srf(iÈï +rwcrlfr { r Aqlali Justgiveme onebunch. t's a bit expensive. o you
have ice and entils too?
ÈcÍ*qlg{ 6d {dÈ +rr r và ffiEsqr€ qqifr q-{ cd, òí{ ? Dll Bahadur No, I don't. This is a vegetable hop,you know
aqrffiÊÈqfirffi*rrà< I Please o to anoúer shop or rice and entils.
ffi r qns, ar qr* rwr qrqttt 3ìÌE mfi6s o1 r Aqlali And meat?
s;Nfiròqnrqì€qr DII Bahadur You can't get meathereeither.You cangetmeat n
Khichapokhari.You can getfish there oo.
AnJâli All right. \Ve'll go úere now. How much do I owe
|Ë1 Íoyegefables
dafifr be wanted, needed qK meat Klrclrapoklrari
fir+rffi you?
crçI to be available (an area of Kathmandu) Dll Bahadur One moment, 'll add it up. Right, it comes o 39
latuc rype,kind qror rsú mpees,
rd cúeap Ílxra'fi to addup,calculats Ar{sli I have only a 100 upeenote. Do you havechange?
q\ potato(es) Ìa nore (of cunency) Dll Bahadur Yes, úat's not â problem.B ut don't you wantany
a1q price nFFl change chilli peppersl
ccrs onior(s) qrecr problem
Aqlali No, we don't. This is enough or today.
rrd mustard ffi chillipepper(s) Dll Bahadur What a strange hing All Nepalis ike chilli, don't
ffq Sreens qfr tfusmucú
3rriâ strange they?Don't you ike spicy ood?
Xa bunch Aqlall Yes we do, but nowadayswe have someEnglish
aÍqq uncooked rice frì spr'ry
sÌ{ .lenü.ls trrtn nowadays friends
all. at our house.They don't like spicy food at
Anjali Shopkeeper,ello
Dil Bahadur Hello sister.Whatdo you want? Grammar
AÌ\iali Arc vegetables vailablehere?
Dil Bahadur Yes úey are, sister,why wouldn't they be?This is a 00 Âleeded and availablei qrÊ{ and crËt
vegetable hop,you know In my shopeverykind of The passive verbs tIÍfiï to be obtained/be availabte md qrfft ro be
vegetables availablecheaply. oôcdedbe wantedbelong to â category of verbs called 'i-stem veós'
l h
because short vowel (O is added o the veÍb base o create ìem. ss qrFrrqrt ffir ça*fi qrtà r A healthypeÍson as
It is a featureof Nepali,andoúer related anguages,hatverbs such absolutelyo need f
as to want, neeü get aÍe expressedn passive erms: raúer than 1 medicine.
teed, Nepali-speakers ay s necessaryo/foÍ ne; insteadof f got, qr[T
they will often say wasobtained a/foÍ me.The thing that s wanted,
needed r obtained s made he subjectof thepassive erb,while the Thepassive erb qT{f, rcans o be obtaineübeavailable,and t is the 76/169
qq get/obtain Its mostcommonusehas
wanter,neederoÍ obtainerbecomests indirectobject,ma*ed by the paosiveorm of thev srb b
postposition {rÊ. the sense f to be available:
q Èâ, +d qrq crE ?T{Ì $ãà{ €1 Hey elder sister,s lodging
"ri€
qTfq ro be needed wanad is the passiveorm of the verbqr(í ,o availablehere sir,go and
wisú. f{;ï is usedmostlywith other verbï I wish to leave, want tí) askover there.
leam Engüsh seeGrammar ll0), whereasrfu{ is usedwhensome ìqmqr rrâqtrr w{à{í{{riì+ì Yoücannotgetbeef n Nepal,
Íárng s needed r wanted.
Thehabitual present enseof qTk is used o denoteneeds hat âre Sometimeshe active and the passive orm of the verb are equally
regular or húitual: 0ppropriate. or instance,f you wish to inform someonehât you
Ê-.*t* T@ à qrtro r Whatdo people eed n lífe? rcceivedthe letter they sent you, you can choose between the
c]-.EáF-n? fíÍ qrlúE I peopleneedwateÍ. following:
rrÈ6tcrâ rs à vrl6o ? qfrìàffifffifficÍEl I Íeceived yoü letteÍ the
What elsedo peopteneed?
qÌ;ÈF-flÊ people otha day.
€lì T{Tct{ stÈ6 |
ffi{F-drâàïrle6? also eed.ood. qkac|-ffifficrrdr YoüÍ letteÍ was Íeceìved the
Whatdo sick peopleneed.? other day.
ffies-eÊqffirqrlesr Sickpeopleneedmeilicine.
To express-he sense wantsomething,Nepali uses he simple past If thepassiveorm is used,t is normal o leaveout a mentionof who
tense TÈà, e.g.: rcceived he etter. This will be understoodo be he personspeaking
unlesst is statedoúerwise.
q-{ÉffiqrR+l I wantsugn.
ss-{ÊÈ{rqrH r He wantsnoney. EXERCISE ô Answer e followingquestionsboutDialogue19:
Such sentences enotea need or desire that is very much in the r Èq {{rc<ftÌq€qqr -c*rfrrí-6 r
preserÍ, despite the pasÍ tense of the veú. The person who is r <ròqr-*àErq+fr È r
speaking onsidershat thisneedor desirearose mmediatelvbefore r *fràergà<rrfrt
s/hegaveutterance o it. rv Êq
rrRI+{r<<aÈ
BÌ crí;E{drì'Í
? rscr{.E?
The negative orm erftà;t is grammatically n the present ense,but ( {sdFÍr{ <[.Ìr'ïÍ qrrË.EFF llËq{ '
it is usedas thenegative orm o1 6sdì qrÈ-E alr6qfm to mean s
not wantedor is not needed:
q Èâ, dsr{qr€ ffi qrftqì ?qÈ, Hey elder sister, o you want
qfQ<{ | somesusar?No I don't.
Irk
70 Food vocabulary qrwrâftffiààqiF{fr t What hings oyouneed

for taday?
ila{rt Vegetables sqTT Fruits
fl{ potato 3rFqÌ gltava EXEBCISE 37 Create en sentences sing úe elementsbelow,
cucumber 'f le mango first stâting whether people need úe nouns üsted in the middle
{rsô.sõr*ìfr caulifloweÍ
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali ìrrfít um e column,andúen wheúer buffaloes dfr{s) needúe same hings: 77/169
cabbage +{ | Dmana qt'ÈAa-q1È -----c-
llÉ.u -----aiì-
llQc"l
+dìì.sr tornato
crfr I Ora
chickpea
liqqr
gn:f{lr
rcmon rì{t{s.{rr€ {|{r
7/17/2019 onnge 41.Teach Yourself Nepali tiÍsErK (fodder)
ElÌlT omon .qls appE
5tÌÌ puÍtpkin fareÍr educadon)
raüsh qN Meat ÌqIaÌ (eÌecmciry)
{rTdÌfaqï okra lqrrfrrrg cfucken
rleat
qFÌ greeas of several arieties) qfrd qrq goat meat
ffi beans <qÈrq butra1o
Íleat
{gc*Ì rq pig mear
Other foods
qqI{ chutuey 3T*{T gnger
millet tr€Ì{r chilli
fus ghee qTqìÍ rice
<IìT lentils cQ l (urrcooked)
. yoghuÍt
e88 ranrç soybean
ì{lÌÍ tce (cooked) coÍrr"maize
qTSt frsh qq;t garüc
buttÊÍ
71 Using -crÈnstead of -+ÌqrÊr

Although heprincipaluseof -qr€ s asan ,objert-marker,,it is often
interchangeable ith the postposiúon * eirÊr or:
1-cÌd'fltT or cqlqfQ IoÍ IatheI
ç{qÈ.TràdrFr or ç+ qffi for a month
Ìì{rft or +rqf E IoI me
fr*ÈfrÌfrqrcmÉÈr Thisgift is for my moúet
gS|qÉ I .For .rsáa dedicationon the
title pageof a book of
poems).
treO n place o stay n Kathmandu

l)ipú and Múesh have both come to Kathmanduto study at
'lÌichandraCollege.Their first needwas o fird places o stay.They
comoare ow eachhas ared n the searchor accommodation.
1+ IIt+
o
ri
3l
-(nl,
ol.
-+/
3o ooa
-oi
çl
4'1
â]
-ìl .
3l
.l
3@ âF{ aqÉàÈ{r qfu+Éqcls_fi{4l

q-{n €, qmi rqflq,rÈ rrÈ rs<{traÈ{qrfr qrìÌ +ÌarqrtÈ tdqÉà
Íìt
rfì
I ffr+ rqrÊ Es <ràfràq
wGfutd{.< qà qiqR.qrcFFo
rq qr.r qff{qr Çrg41mffi
rràs Fqrtqreeqàfu.o
tvaàt
qÈ{r :È$,Èrnt+fu+aroq-rÈ rsr+EraTà qiìq àfuà{ rqfi.
o
=
\d( {R€-{€ qrààfu;rfi r qqdrflïqrì qÈ;ú r
frT{ È<r<crffi {rfr {È{ qâ o r
qE Í àar âào ra-<q<cfrsT.õqrÈer@qFòfr o t*d'r ìwfr
n this unit you will learn dFÈï rFft{ 55617Y4n Rc r
. how to descÍibê eelingsand fr.m rËi+ì qFÈÈ ?
impressions
.
howto discussÍesemblances
ÈT sqlïrf.+ÌÈ ravr{ i qfi cr-{qï{rí gr-t"*aÌ, -sr I Mrhcsh The room's OK. But úe landlord comes rom outside
âç+ È, rTqfi Tãs rrE rsdrlil{ ffi rnqr 3rRi6c frfu.6 trììÈ Kathmandu.He doesn't speak Nepali well. Sometimes
eqÈrr q1ìeEs+ q,ç ìrnn €;6 | we misunderstand ne another.
qeT õïgtdçrnà(? lllpuk Where s he ftom?
Mrheeh He's rom Manang. ou oncewent o Manangoo,didn't
frw qr+rf, qcrâq€q rt r+ rc_et{rc{qw 6ôì-.àfu6 taqrqÌ
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali you? 79/169
S{-g{ t sÌqr-ïreqëaì rqrq a-fr EÈr qs rü gfièï r6Ì{ DIpak Yes, went once.Over here hey don't speak ery much
s-d {et t\-€q g<{ { snd õrSÈ | Nepali because e peoplehave heir own language.
7/17/2019 Mrhesh
41.Teach Yourself Nepali But how did you like the place?
è<t lodgings, rented accommodation q<qR andlord Dlpak I really iked Manang.You can see he Himalayas learly
{È+õq
q"{ad eas.i.ly
eventually, in tlrc endl
@ to match,accord, from there.You can't hearanythingexcept he sighingof
come ogether the wind and the sound of running water. It's not like
5È a locality in north-central ìr{IF À4amÍgceÍrtralqsl) Thamel. t's a really beautifulandpeacefulplace.
Kathmandu where many tourists stay err ft'ÍÍlq Ìess
y{ Íeally, very ìft1 to be spolen
{FrEqÍ< Bag Bazaax a locality in rrÍct arlguage
eâst-cenhal Kathmandu sÈ place Grammar
Èe Eãs Trichandn Coilege
IFq to be Íeached
@w theHimalayas
Enií clea4 cleaÍly 72 Feelings: he use of nouns with qrì1
qR window @ wind,aiÍ ln English,peopleactively experience hysicaloÍ mentalconditions
{sl to be seen,visible {È-ggsighing sound ruch ashunger, hirst oÍ happiness: feel hungry, amthirsty, was
qÈq süghtly, a little *{Í-ìTffË{
gì any rt+o úe sounduyers fÍdsfearÌrt
nmning happy. Nepú,who
und the nperson however, he relationshipbetween
experiences he condition
t is reversed,and the
(Rq lounsú water
Tc pop (hunger, hirst, happinest becomes n active agentwhich affecús e
trfr sourd
ÈfÌa musrb s@ except or personwho experiencest. Thatpersonbecomes he indüect object
{<1 to be hemd audible g<< beautrftl of thecondiúon. nd s úereforemarked y úe suffix +É. while he
sïT fo sÍnke, âffect, seem zr< peaceful condition becornesúe subject of the verb eflrï which can be
ctà /i&q srnuTar o translatedn various ways aocording o context but here means o
effec be elt.
Dipak Did you find lodgingseasily? As with sTf€, to be wanted, f the person in the sentence s
Mahesh No, I didn't. It was atherdifficult. tn the end found this experiencingúe condiüon at úe time the sentences uttered, he
vsú qlrï mustbe n thesimplepast ense, o show hat he condiúon
üpak Itlitde room nwell
wentvery Thamel-Whataboutyou?
for me. I will stayat a friend's place n hasaffected hatpersonor been elt by him/her. Thus, an English
Bag Bazaar.From his house you can reachTrichandra phrase such as I feel hungry becones in Nepali translaúon
College in five minutes.you can even see he collese me+object-markeÍ ungeraffected:
Íìom the window qqri rÌ+ mrÌ t I feel hungry.
Mahesh Oho, my lodgings are rather ar away.you can't seeany
If theperson n úe sentence xperiencedhe condiúon n úe past, he
college ftom úe window. you can see only shops, verbdrrr shouldbe in one of the variouspast enses,ncluding the
restaurants nd ourists,andyou canheaÍonly pop music. simplepast ense.However, f the simplepast ense s used, he time
Dipak It seemshatyou don't like the odgings. needs o be mentioned o avoid ambiguity:
f{frqqr{ ìÈfisrr* I I felt hungry yesteÍday. Bxanryle: á4ppinessqrfr) qqrâqfr õrtÍà t

If fte verb qpq Ir itt the húituâl present ense, t impliesa regrìlâÍor I (qÍ{ tffsI (l((E | ,
habitualoccurrence: I f{â nungel \.lttnt t
È+ Èt qfs q-ìfir( q-{ïq È+ qrrs r I feel hunw at about r <ÈfreÈfr saúress<:r{
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali 5 o'clock every day. r Ìfrsrl úarúoea (f<qr 80/169
ln all suchsentences,espite he act that heytranslate s fee1,you areúless qsÍ{
aÍe,etc.,the gÌammâticalsubjectof the verb is the condition úat is
(frfr cordness q sl
7/17/2019 experienced, ot the personwho experiencest, and so the verb dFI
,, Nepali
41.Teach Yourself{rfr
a headcold GÍÌI
to be elt car takeonly third personsingularendings tnoronà+ or acougü1ffi;
rqnqTrrí). ràâ
r ô{r embaÍrassment(<4Íq
deep (ffir )
@È àt Ê+srÍer{{qdÊ yesterday atea lot of rr q-{Ì fear (e{ )
ffiqrrà | ctilu'Ia and was thinty. rì {È üguorr+fr )
ecrfÈrrÈt r-{Ê gsfr qrÍì I I am verypleased o have
met you. 73 How do you iike Nepdl?Using adiectives
{rfr slrqr{ EÈ-iÍrà ràfr ffi In the üght he felt cotd. with cr,1
ìR-qfg qr qÌrqt I A few days aterhe caught The veÍb o{Tr{occurswith adjectiveswith the basicsense f Ío sâike
a cold. ore as, or to seem,a'f,d he personaffectedby the verô takes he
rÈfrqrqrìa-rnqsrÈ r Rame'smotherüed in (the postposition {r€. Thequestion tô trrfr' meãnswhatüd you think
q+fir*rl g'e fl'qÌ 1 monthoÍ)
everyonewasChütad.
and of it?, how didyou
paÍticularpoint like t? or how üd you frnd r? úth referenceo a
n time:
qqrt qèT{rdft-{ €r qrlô r I fell asleeparoundmidnight. t <cÍffi I ìcrd {RÌ qr.È t How üd you üke Nepal?
*
Nore .dr{, üterally to fa.l/, s usedas an honorific veó meaÍìins o ìqnt{r€ÈìrrÈmrà t I üked Nepal ery much.
dre.The non-honorificverbmeaning o dre s Tf. dtfrwrqrrâqrrÈr How üd you Íind the
In statements f general âct, the personor peopleaffectedneednot " Engüsh anguage?
always be mentioned: rqrÊ qsnq.rrâqr.fr r I found t vety difficult
indeed.
TqqÈ{Íc.rqrà qr"6 r In the month of Pus one
feels cold. qÈwqrftrnmrdqròr And how did you frnd
qqt{r q.lr{Ëar Èì rr€i On the buseshere one Iapanese?
s-f{-ïT€ {rr5 | sometimes feels suffocabd. <qÌ nqr gq.nàorrà t I found that anguage
evenhatdet.
Anothermeaning f cffi is to apply rn a moÍe hÍeral, physical sense:
Èòqfrqqr@{rrôr My shirt becamemuddy. The question €ò qrter with the verb cF1 in the hâbitualpresent
qrqr 3nrÈnrà r The housecaught ftre. tensemeanswhat do you think of it? oÍ how do you üke iú? n more
generalerms.ContÌast e followingpairs:
EXERCISE 38 Construct sentenceshat say úat the following
people elt, experienced r contrâctedhe following things: Èfrlrffiqltrl{d{rfr? How didyou rndürc ad
lastnight?
ffiqmr*'dqrr6r What do you think of Nepali
food?
S sqrqrq {R iil.à r How did you like that novel? Often hepassive orm of the verb s used nsteadof úe active orm
ffi ilfa-sdcr{{rÊ nd qrrei r How do you frnd Nepaúi to ndicatehatsomethings or is notpossible:fT€ canbe reard.s
üteÍaãtre? âttotDÍe. qtq-v can De seen. ts vtslote:
EXERCISE 39 Consftuct sentences hat say that the people in the Èàw{ arcÍ{reqfuo f+ gfìàt t canyou oÍ can ounothear
left-hand column did not find úe things in the central column to be my voice rom thete?
as described in the right-hand column.
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali ilt.+Ìti..Íre $ralTsn rrffÉq Èk s t From Nagarkot,EveÍests 81/169
easilyvisible.
Examole
ffiã this food gooèbsriÍÌg= dcr&ngàerqrffiilÈ r a-*6rfr irÈ qt slrcrÊIï gÊF6 t Now ow village can be
7/17/2019 41.Teach Yourself Nepali reachedwithin onehour.
I thar song sweet-sounding ffi)
ìì {rififfqr
\:Ìl lQ ê
his village
Japanese
shange (fiËÌ)
diffìcult 75 Simirar fo: qR
dÌTT India nice çftà is a memberof the group of words hat also ncludes rd l&e
k + t, | ìt l Nepali easy tlls, sâ or i{RÌ ftfte úar, and <ì lfte what ? how? t is ]usedÍl
two slighdydifferentways:
74 Morc passiveverbs qÍd canbe usedasa postpositiono meal similar a ot like:
Every transitive verb in Nepali can, at least in úeory, produce a qqd qFÈ r A personüke me.
passive'istem'counterpaÍt: aqrià bÌ{r È ìrrís$ s t Yow son s üke myyounger
brcther.
Examples oÍ active and passive verbs ilr@rrrqrffiSf+;ot Yow anguage ounds
-o'"'1
eq
to speak to be spoken like Nepali
to see tõ bè seen The ollowing phrases an also be appendedo a statemento make
S-g to heaÍ qFrï to be heard It lesscategorical:
{q b undeÍstand to be understood
ììA tu say STFTí to be süd ...qRÌo t ... t seems
ql1 to eat GITí;T to be eaten ...q* qqrl qn o r ... t seems o me
...qd rtn€ qrrfr r ... t seemed o me
There are also a few intransitive verbs that can do the same: qrqqffrÈq*o r It lmks like it won't nin aday.
s qfE qr$bqR {qÉ ilÈ{ | It doesn't seem to me that he
to aÍrive will come today.
ST SftX b be eached ìqrd çsëT 1ef È qRÌ qqrÊ qrrfr t 1rseeme l o me thatNepal
wasa heavenon eafih.
wclìIqrffiìTrsÌ{ffi{r In lapan the Nepali
70 Making adiectives nto adverbs
ffi-it'q-sërrdrcÌÈtr{rdqFi6,
i#íiË:,Ï"i::i'* Adjectives(words that describenouns) can be made nto adverbs
(woÍds hat describe heactionsof a verb) rÌ a vadety of ways.Some
ìcm'iqr-âd*HEsrqà ;qq Ãf i íl i,iÏi ï#] ; huve hepostposition frr added o them:
+r."Èqü'nffiqrcdàír "' ffi quick ffiúr quickly
Hi*ífi,ri#^;"" f6-if stow RÈq slowIy
&
qfqqt easy {ÈFÈf.r easily IXERCISE 41 TÍanslate nto Nepali:

rrfr good {rìÉ,r well I TheHimalayas an be seen tom my window.
Some adjectivescan also be made into adverbs simply by 2 The Magar anguages spokenaroundPokhara.
emphasizinghem: 3 Your (High) voice cannotbe heard tom here.
È quick quickiy 4 Your (Middle) village will not bereachedn an hour.
Oúers can be made nto adverbsby adding the posçosition à to 5 It is said that) here s a witch (bolsi) in thât house. 82/169
ó In Tibet theNepali anguages sometimes nderstood.
them:
7 Pleasewalk slowly (High). We'll reach he village easily now.
7/17/2019 .I IE ì üfficult rr gitÊ1
with difftculty I I Nepali
41.Teach Yourself o have met your (High) son. He seemedike a
amvery happy
nÈ{r difficult with diffrculty very clever (calãk) boy to me.
tM box arederived rom the set
The wo setsof adverbsn the ollowing
of adjectives o their left:
Adjective Adverb
rt€ïT h,ke this {qt or {È in this
mannef
eqRÈrs€fr üte úar <q(fr rs€t çqàorsd in úat
q<ì simitaÍto qsô or qÌÈ ,ffiiÏï
Ì*íf xe wnat {ql'Ì oÍ 6qÌ how?
Theubiqútous djective -È canalso akeúe advèrtiialorm trfr.

dmrnfim-còffiÈ | That od<wasorc
{q*-.**.ô1qÈ # "fftï**"^,.
gr qr€ qT{ QÌ .;iqFiÌ {rsiÌ EÌõ | Thatman s Gennm buthe
speaks epali well.
EXERCISE40 Insert qr€or ì in ttregapsn the oüowingsentences:
r q_ffiíÈ{l
ìI ÈÌTrs- çs.rfuarsffi
3c_ {Q qr rrÈ qrrà r r
v ffi qrqr_ Ts-rl rrà t
r {rfi-As_ fic rnqÌ r
Â s{_ ilRÈËrõ_ ìTrd rô |
u aqf- qnafrfuqsÈÊd-{r{r.E,
. dcÉ _ frq{r rd qr.à r
( rT-a$qÈír
p Ofr_ Èìr+frqrd r
In
21 A latestart
The Paudelamily haveoyerslept,and o makemattersworseFaúer
hôs ost his watch andúey do not know what time it is.
ÍFt qr,{r,q@ffi{üfr7
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali n qrOràaÌfr lqrwqqrs{Hò{r rrrrEffirÈct 83/169
qcfr d ràoí r rq*qiqqrÊàorqÍs r
7/17/2019 41.Teach Yourself ssqrâ sars +E rcÈ{r ffi H ild.rq{ Tfidà firà-s-â ÈÌ{
tT Nepali
õTìì6T I
cçrt 6*q rqkqrqe-eÈt<q& qfc.{scfuqn ïrs{Ésõf$E r
{Ì scr.Èqesõrq-*?ffiàM?
{rqT È, Sh qè t èffi ravr{ì @ g+ *a +rc-rvô t oefrrrà
â-a,òrq t.rc+ì firfr effiqr 6rqàs e tiq.ds fd t
ceff {r {r qrõ{HÈfl, fiìqÌ{ffie t
sl
4l
al
GI É
ìT rÈqrqqRàffiqà rffi rrn eàâ ràq {F{èsEq
qcrçiÌf{@r
dsÈcr
-
rF (ffi ffi ç<rqÌsffio 1qq'qt€ firS€ 1
qerfr, cefrrqr
I Èô qrç{ *@vw t
o5 o
aqT
-aJ
:.P J qsfi 3nq+ìËq, rtqr{Ès€-iri R;RÌ vrô È1vqr{
ql crqT retoïúÌfr, ffi *rg+wtr-* grnqÈf<E
qffi âàsfr rqrqqrt-ffiRfr tmtdrq*gfroào rqÌ{Fq rn
rü l, vqr$ofr q,k{r Rrrà,qrç{ô\ rEr fr qrç{Èq
- qrqT q, l, eqbÌfrÈ{rqq.ôq rq rre-qr€fr sor\-{FqrËq
Ir
J q father,dad 4q to wear
qt{+ now firâ rnner
qffi
rq Ío Íin& stnke orn pockeÍ
n feel with thehaú
ost
mw perhaps
Èqr tíugúÍ be see rôrmar92m È{r) .iÈ a quarteÍ o
aqcfr süll, evennow à< well; I don't know
{r vrel m rouse,ift up sFT to come o theboil
o
J In lhis unit you will learn
. howto us€ he complêted
tênsgs
. how to stâtethè time of day
. how to Í€port what otheís
cR frsÍ (adveó)
N down,below
firÈ-qô wa c1oc.k
t well; I don'tknow
,çlq who htows? searchme
trai immediately
ú& laundryman
sffr sar'; woman'sdress
$r cÌodres
È thisevening
havesaid Èe coaÍ sWãfr father anddaughter
. howto us€verb formsto
specifycauses
Lakshmi Father,Father,what time is it now? 'perfected'or 'completed'. ve shall see ater thatthis participlecan
Father I don't know,daughter. erhapst,s 8 o,clock. s your bc usedon its own and n otheÍ tenses oo. It is formedvery simply
brothernot up yet? hy addingúe ending gà -eko to the past enseb-ase f üe verb or,
Lakshmi No he's not.He s still n his ownrtrom. In the caseof úe High forms, by âdding -ïIgdrÌ -bhaeko to the
Father Get him up now.But first go quickly downstaiÌs,ook at dictionary form of the verb. The -gô participle describes he
the wall clock in theshopandcomeback. conditionof its subject n termsof someúing t hasdoneor hasbeen
Lâkshmi Very well. First I'll look at the clock,andonly afterthat 84/169
ln theDast.
I'll get
brother p.
Father Uma,where'smy watchgot to? Haveyou seen t? High oms All other onns
7/17/2019 Mother Well I don't know, haven't eent. Whichcoatdidyou 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
rrt + qç+ì = $${qd \- + qfr = qÈ doae
\4/ear
it? esterday?t
Feel was pocket,
nsidets nner hatblackcoat
hen. sover lere, wasn,t
it úere? cq + Tç{r = EEì{q+ {{- + q{Í = 4Èô seaÍed
Lakshmi Father, aúer It's not8 o'clock, t,s a quaÍer o nine tft* = Íq*iïï<dr Êd + qdr =ffi toryprÊ"
Father Oho,we're really late today.Hasn't your brothergot up Arel+"ç+
rrV*
yet?And haven'tyou madeany tea? w{ + rrçÈ = E|Xìì\'+t Ír- + qfr = {qd gore
Lakshmi The waterhas only ust boiled.Now l,ll mate it right q +vç+Ì = 8",ì\'+r iÌ- + \'fr =M c,ted
away. ffi + rr\rô = eìT\rdi ìÌ- r (rà = rrqd r*n
Mother Lakshmi,oh Lakshmi Hasn't the washerrnan omeyet?
Lakshmi No he hasn't,mother.You haven'tgiven him my new
sari? The secondword in úe completedpresent ense s the appropriate
Mother No I haven't, daughter, only gave him your broúer's lbrm of the verbE, âccording o thenumberandgenderof the subject
of theverb. f úe verb s transi(ive. e subjectmust ake ì because
Lakshmi schoolhat'saU
Then lothes. ight, you know.Todày grammatically this is a past tense:
s Sunday. t's
brother'sschoolholiday.He'll bring úe cloúes by this ÈèqÈEr I have done.
evening,you know. There, hetea's ready,pleasecome. ffiqüÈìi t You are not asleep.
Fatherplease ome oo. snàmoI He hasbought..
Mother There,úere, father and daughterdrink your tea. ,ll get êIrÍìiI trRffr Er I We have foÍgotten.
brotherup andbring him too. çfi-Esq'otÈqt t '" They have not gone.
The -q+ì participle can take feminine and plural endings, ust as
adjectives o. f thesubjectof theverb s feminine, heendingshould
Grammar bc -(fr -eki:
77 The
This completed
tensedescribes presênt tense sÈfr6{TrçfrÈ t Youngersisterhasgone
to school.
n eventor action hat happenedn thepastbut
still has somebearingon the presentbecause othinghas happened lf the subject s plural the ending shouldchange o -qrFTekã:
srnceo supersede r negate t. It is the equivalentof theEnglish áe @++RvÌ*o1 | Theboyshave said ello.
has ome,shehasseen,lrcyhavedone,but n Nepali theEnglishúas
is replacedby the Nepali for rs or are (b, Eq, 6Ì etc.) Theserules are observedconsistently n wÌitten Nepali, but less
consistentlyn the spoken anguage.As always,úe High forms are
The ense onsistsof two words.Tecbnically, hefrst word s called thesame egâÌdless f thenumberand genderof the subject.
the 'f,erfectparticiple', becauset describes ÌÌ actionthât has been
Although the completedprcsent ensegenerally efersto an action ITGRCISE 43 Answerthe following questionswith (a) a simple
thatwas completed n thepast,certainverbsmustbe translatednto prrt uffirmative nd b) a completed resent egative:
the continuouspresentn Engüsh.Theseverbs shouldbe thouehtof
asverbs hat ndicatea specificümitedaction(for instance. E-fo sir Bxample
down andgq ro go to bed or to fall asleep), r that refer ô the ï;wrà rìtsrqr+à t a {, qrçfr t(Yesúeúas).
(HasKdnchã crubbed e pos?) t qÈ,qrffiÈq t(lVohe hasn't).
beginningf an ãction:-
sÈqqr{Èor He is sitting on a chair (he
r fiafffuqvr1ìràt 85/169
ì qrlEï ïT6,qr€ï qrs--i}Tà ?
hassatdown on a chair). t mrt+ì q<qreà qFÈqrfr t
qrfr cü o r It is nining (it hasbegun
7/17/2019 | ftÍffì
41.Teach Yourself Nepalirfid qÍqï ?
to nin).
Èìaredgàrìo r My head s huxing (my head
hasbegm to hurt). 78 Stating he time oÍ daYusing *sÌ
qrfrsffior Thewater s boiling (the fvà is the simple pasttenseof the verb EE, to ring oÍ to stÍike.
waterhascome o the boil). Lltcrally,qçà meanst struckor it rang, and ts subject s a number:
s qrfo+Ì tÌ6Íqr{Ì{Ì o r He is slecping hehasgone lhroc ang,halfpastfour ang,elÊ.The verbrcmainssingular that s,
to beüfallen aslee| in the li cnds n -d in tlÌe affumative) n all instances.
upstarÍsoom. Although t is gÌammaticâlly n the past ense, d is used o ask or
The completedpresent ense s often used o give negativeanswers tcll thepresentime.Thenegadveorm s usually ìà Èc.
to questions hathave beenposed n the simplepast tense,because
the simplepast asexplainedearlier)doessometimesmeanmuch ìe t@tn*dt Is t 4 o'clocknow?
rt,qrc+çÈr Yes, t is 4 o'clock .
osameas
+Ì qròhecompletedpresent:
r
+ÌS*q.a}àr
Wo has cotite?
oÍ
r{, <r<*ffiÈn t No, t is not 4 o'clock .
A No one hascome.
In everyday speech,úe -q+Ì -eko ending s often dropped n úe It is very mportant o distinguishbetween he verb ... rçqÌ." baiyo,
negative,and f the baseends n .a or -ã the yowel s lensthened: It is...o'clock ow and headveú ...{ì ... bqie, at.. o'btocki
+ÌSm'Ëa No one hascome- mr€+Íàsìq{qqú6t - At what imedo you gohome?
q rn'Èï I I have not gone- q flàctq{ÈqF€ | I go athalf past 5.
qftàçqrqÊ*çÈ, Èçq t It'sâquarteÍWt 5now, sn't t?
EXERCISE42 Translatento NeDali: fr, r+rfrffiurq t Yes, '11go in ('after')
I Elderbroúer hasgone o Da{eeling. 15 miuutes.
2 Sister-in-lawhasstayedn Kathmandu. Stating imes úat include minutespastor minutes o the houÍ (oúer
J Has anyonecome o your (High) house? our (Middle) younger thanhalf andquarterhours) nvolves the useof two different forms
brotherhascome,but apart rom him nobodyhascome. of the verb qE Ío rngj theseaÌe the -era -participle ìr and úe
4 Thewaterhasn'tboiledyet. Infinitive form .rçÍ plus the postposition sÍ{:
5 I havegiven your cloúes to the washerman. qts{È{ frq fi{+á
6 He (Low) hasbought ive newbooks. TwentyminutÊs ast 5.
qì'q -trdrqfr{ffid I Twentyminutes o 5.
EXEBCISE44 Answer he following questionsabout the

clockfaceselow: E ZZ Wtrlctr ountrieshaveyouvisited?
qâ+rqr+Íàqsôr SuryaPrâkâsh ascome o úsit Om Búadur andhissonDhanBúadur,
qS+ I qÌsfr{-,à r und heconversationas umed o the subjectof foreign avel. Dhan
Bdâdurrelates nunfoúrnateexperiencee oncehad n I-ondon.
q-S+lqrõfr{dr
qâ+ r qr sÈ Eq "-ô r +fr q-s* a.r
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali $mnr orâ f<èvrrtqÌrËÍ gry\'ào I 86/169
drq+{rc(q qRïqÍ qffi slqqiqr qfr ldqrãfr9
qS1. qEq6fr2ffiçsfr6r
qf mrvr È'{t trcr-'r q rrrl{srqqrì qffi fu( a<qçô W qfe+rcr
7/17/2019
q Èqrm.r( rdqÉ èc wgT(rfrEï r
Èc õ,ït€.raìq t q rrç+ì rh rÈ ìd aÌ'r trq +qr<' d ari 3TÈqqs{

qìàffiorr+ì ffivqrqr rwrÈqrÈqk{rc+Ì òA qf{
Tìqt\'frà |
Smnr awffi aM$rgï {r{+6 r
ÈqrErc{Frè qrïô s ì rqk qÈ q qffi ffi q-6 Ì{r+c w.€
11Ì<1çê irò tqug-ffir (qríqr 3FTlFrdT fr rÈqssì rm
qrçq {H ì-{rqr s{fiÊ qsã í.crËà qã{r cfï ìr{Ì ì r
qfwrn àràcr
Èr a-6rg' ïì, q-{rar<.1,i mrrr$-trc flÈ sqr r+rs c
trï d{r$ {s{ ( {{r lq{ ffi +è {Íq {fqfd( fqffi ftrd tÌìÈ{r
qfçcsrã erdr çfrì < crfr qÈà q ffi +{ e+Èqr {,TE t
*e @È"ncrr urô $-aqq\rfrìq 3ì-dqrrffi Èscr{È r
ffiqr àsqr {È qfFò3Èx ò { iq{qì qk ffi Es
rrs€{ qr\r{qúÌ #ÈsrqFà r
qfn+nr *,+fràrràr
uï*qr{i às{r {È qÍfirsàÈ*{r+rd qFìz iffiÈ( ìTrì+ ffim
qì+ôcP{qrücrçôW t
qf r+rw wÈewvflo rrà t
traa6g *.cv< vr$ qcqqrtts ffi rssàq-cÈfi{rd Èqrg(rs{
õrgfi {rq-ÈS ÌÌ{ rqÉ eqr{ ffi t
qfr+rw @+rs fi-+<C<rç+ìfqç{
uìía-qrg(uç{ rÈcrmì 6<rà
trr rErg<fr Èvr q<rqtfià \'scr3qàfi cr6 uflÌ, òfid ?
"cfr
ur a-6r< qw< uìi r
fqèlnabroad {rsffi conducÍor an empty seat before the bus set off, I sât down
Ta to íxave| Èq. ticket beside another man. On the way, the man who was
cqi Burma qïT Ío a.rk or sitting beside me got up and left, and a little wlìile
+ò{ q|{ 1asÍyear sÈcr bag later tlìe bus conductor came and asked me for the
rrqfr 1ast, rewous <rèe yzllp1 money for the ticket.
Ts ,ftts (the nameof a monú) Íiiq. to extÍact, take out SuryaPrakash Yes, and úen what happened?
1ìv ,Europe
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali rIIrq to ÍItn away DhanBahadur The man who was sitting beside me had taken the
87/169
fulfuei coursqprocess q{q
q414expenence of goodLúfiMt hürjst rrallet out of my bag and run away, but I had not
grkr secure loown at all.
7/17/2019 cê incident $cr'r,ë aoylce 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
ÊÌì SuryaPrakash And what happened fter hat?
#rT he
Story
amiliaÌ orm of theson'sname Q{T3T
*+ thing,o betem
losÍ Dhan Búadur The conductorwas â very goodmân. He advised
àqT ime, occasion sqÈfr useful me, saying that I shouldfrom now on keep my
qÌc seaÍ money n â secure lace.
ctõ lessoll
-+ÌÈs{r besr'de f{T Ío lean SuryaPrakash Apart from the money,no other hing was ost?
Dhan Bahadur No. Only úe moneywas ost.
Om Bahadur And, having lost money ike this, you leameda
Surya Prakash To whichplaceshaveyou travelledabroad? useful esson, idn't you?
Orn Bahadur I have havelled n India and n Burma DhanBahadur Yes, did
too. What
aboutyou?
Surya Prakash Up until last year I had travelled only
as far as
Indi4 but astpüs went oEDgland. ave ounot
visitedEuÌoDe?
Om Bahadur Europes somewherehaven.t isited.My
Grammar
79 The completed past tense
eldest
sonDhanBúadur got to London ìvo yearsago n The-çà participle s usedwith theappropriate orm of the veÍbFrà
the couÍseof his work. Apart from him, no_onen (was,were) o describean âction hat occurred n úe pastanddoes
our family hasvisited Europe. notnecessarilyell us anythingaboutúe present. he echnicaÌname
Surya Prakash Did your son ike London úen? for úis tense s the 'pluperfec(. Often,úe senses thatthe action or
Om Bahadur He says.t's very pleasant.Just the other eventdescribed asbeensupersededr negated y someotheraction
day he
lvas saying úat after a little wbile he will go to oÍ event.This tensecaÍÌ usually be tÍânslatedby using úe English
l,ondon a second ime. He hasn,t forgotten the wordúad but in Nepali the tense s usedwhenever he speakereels
enjoyable experiences f London. But when he that here s a ceÍain remotenessetweenúe event hat s described
stayed in London one unpleasant ncident and hepresent ime. The following examplesllustrat€the conüast
apparendy lsooccurred. in meaningbetween he 'completedpresent' ense hat takesE ând
Surya Prakash What happened? the completedpâst' tense hat takes fi:
Orn Bahadur Oh Dhane,comehereand ell Suryaprakashyour q E{ s++Ì 6 | t have etumedhome (and
story, yon'tyou? that s where an now).
Dhan Bahadur Certainly,father. One day my work had finished q r{ sffi fqEl I had Íetumedhome (but
around usk,Because y lodgingswere ar from an not necessarilyhere
the office andbecauset wasnining, t boarded anymore).
busandwenthome n that.Because couldn,t ind
qFfrÈfrìt*O**a+1| His elder sisterhasnot rcporther words verbatim o youÍ mother: 'the vr'oman aid "I will
married(she s currently oome o visit your motheÍ omorrow".'
unmarried). ThcnâtuÍalplace oÍ a Nepaliverb s at the endof a Nepalisentence,
ssfrÈâìf*qrrÌÈfrÊìEìï His elder skterhad not sndso the Nepali for saidot asked r Íold usually comesâfter the
maÍried (but this s not to woÍds hat arebeing quoted. n addition, he word for sardor asled
saythat shehasnot or Íold s usually preceded y the -g{ -era paÍiciple of the verb cìrT
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali mmried since). 88/169
to say,(i.e. rtì<, but occasionally fr; *t"n serveshe Purposeof
ÈÌsNÈf+.areqHÈïr My sonhasnot Íead thisbook marking he endof úe quotation.Speechmarksarenot usually used
(andstill hasn'trcad it). when reported speech s wÌitten down. The basic structureof a
7/17/2019 ÈÌaffi*frareqàìFÌç{ r My nn hadnot readhis book 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
Bcntencehat repoÍtswhatsomeone assaid s:
(buthemighthave eadt quotrd p€rson+ -à - verbatim quote rrk - said told / asked,
byrcw). Êtc.
crficÈe r It is nining (it hasbegun sqÈffi rÍq àòrÌÈ{ qtnâ*sÌ t He askedme whatmy
to rain). namewas.
crfr qÈfirô r It wasnining (it hadbegun
tonin). ssìàftgìnsrrÌtì;arqÊ q6rà t Herxlercd thebry b ptt
ÌìarefrgàtÌo r hishaton-
My head s huxing (my head
hasbegun o hut) ffi uSà q qrSEa< icr qrs{gq YouÍ fÍiend hassüd thathe
Èòa-e+ìgÈ+ÌM r My headwashurting (my qÌ{ ì{ìà o I wiIl come but hismotheÍ
headhad begun will not.
o hurt). If the personwhosewordsare being quotedwas making an enqÌriry
EXERCISE45 Translarenro Nepali:
1 My fatherhad neverbeenabroad. of any kind, the quotationwill endwith the nterrogativewoÍd fs' to
2 In 1978 went ('had gone,) o Nepal or the fust time. showúat it was a question:
3 They (Middle) were sitting in the bus srarion bas bisaun.r-) ut s{à qrE ffi qrF{{ TqÌ { ì{ì-{ He askedme wheúer I had
úe bushadnot come. cSIfrÈÈ t beenout today.
4 It was aining but Ramehad not broughthis umbrella. Ìò.nwàõcr€qrt q{r{ eíFd My gide askedwhettrcr
5 His (Low) headwashurting but he hadnot tâkenâny medicine. fqrrfrqìà t I was ircd.
6 They (Middle) had come rom IlãÍn bur úey had not broughl
ânytea, EXERCISË46 Reportúat the person n column A saidüe thing
in columnB to the personor personsn column C:
80 Reporting speech using rrÈ{ ABC
In English,when onereportswhat someone lse hassaid,úe usual I my youngerbroúer it won't rain today said o faúer
construcüons 's/hesaid hat' following which onesummarizes hat 2 that tall man areyou English? askedme
was said: 'she said that she was going out'. In Nepali, however, 3 moúer is your friend hungry? askedmy sisteÍ
speechs usuallyreportedby quoting he actuaÌwordsúat a Derson 4 the teacher closeyour books told úe children
hasuttered:shesaid I amgoingout".' f a woman as oldyàu hat 5 father don't go out tomorrow advisedus
shewill come o visit your mother omorrow, n Nepali you would
81 Eecause it is, becauseÍf was: the _rr+Ì çrqqèàq< the house where Ram-liYed house
participle with -ì Ram ives
The -q+l +6 O*ciple is used n combinationwith the word s.r<ur kftà ìTÌfrrg{e€ ú e thingsyou said by-you-saidúings
(cause, eason)plus -ì (úe subject-marking ufEx introduced n
frfrtwtlÈvrfrte min ünt fe lastyeaÍ last-yeaÌ-fallenain
Grammar 59) to show that the action of a verb is the causeof
something lse: Erf-{{lrà à-qr theümewe went o bed we-sleptime
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali goneMonday 89/169
@ rrfr-vÈ ffi'rà Èà q'sãr Becauset was aining \r+Ì ò{{K lastMonday
c--:i .
-Ì1/lqlÌ,i r yesterday bought ln these hrases,he -9fr participlebehavesike an adjective,and ts
7/17/2019
an umbrella. .o cndingmust
41.Teach Yourself Nepali changeaccording o the number and genderof úe
areftÌ qlàaì rr<q'à q qì
È++ft EÈ r Becausehada headache
I stÂyed ome all day. nounst describes: the manwho cameyesEÍdaY
õFRoI Frflcfrìffi-fi.È
Th€ word s veryoften dropped rom this construction,eaving tÉq | 5t qcìr onél thegful whocameyesterday
only úe -ç6Ì participle plus -ì : fuuÌ+tç+ràaqs theboys who cameyestÊrday
3rìftTrqr àqFfl' Ìfr ïE\r+Ìì Wich is the etter hat
Tw;;rÍâ Because e hadno Nepali ffiffiffi9ffiQÈr
|{€ flrqÌ t friend. n Ameica. Krishna DevkotawÍote?
felt lonely. aqrqil€Ìààfrï.Ìfuqdqro I me day metyou seems
erò ffi crgTqdì {{fô ffi Because e dnnk hot e; his üke ust theotheÍ day.
ï-ç.IÌ | bngue got bumed- cà-È'{r qï&5 qirr fdrF{{s Educa@deopledo not Íead
qSàfl r book Ïke this.
EXERCISE47
sentence,long lte Combine
ollowinghepairsof
ines: sentenceso producea single 83 Ordinal numbers
.Exarnple:r+r ffi 6 t.{èè ÈÈqrt-{ r= qnr ffi ì{ç+Ìà Èì qrtÌ |
Theordinal numbers frrst, second, áft4 etc.) uncúonas adjectives,
r aqÉìÈìfiÈqnrur-trd re+ÈàvrõcrÊsr qrrô r just as heydo in English.With five exceptions, hey are all formed
ì {dfsr q._g€fi reotÈ<6Í qa q|ï {qï 1 by addingúe suffix -ï to úe number n question.Thus:'
i {rfurrrtr-E.qÊ'ìa+qíÈqÌàdì, qR four r qÊ fourth
r g{Ìr dq Èï rsçÈ-s(ì fu&È{ I úcï fifth
k ç{+Ì*q|{ffi6rà cì'q five
rerèìe{qÉS:qcnr* frs 20 ffi 2oth
Èfrq 33 Ìft{ï 33rd
82 Using the -u-â articiple as an adjective The ollowing numbershave special orms:
In English, sentences ontaining construcúonssuch as .the man sd one ---c--5
YìQ't I frÍst
who... or 'úe housewhere... are very comlnon,but n Nepali such
sE two qlql second
constructions re rare. nsteâd,a phÌasesuchas .the manwho came , :-__5,
(|t,l third
yesterday'becomesn Nepali .the yesterday_câme an' and .the ú-{ urree
.
slx
l--$
t9c sixth
housewhereRam üves' becomes the Rarn-üvedhouse,: íq l ninth
mne
Literally: qÌ rqrcrsrftr<m+ìrd This s His Majesty'seighth
ÈÈ atC-à qFò Íhe man who catne yesterday-came an ìqm-Tqqr È t touÍ of Nepal.
yesteÍday
qfl.+Ì^cH f{iaT üqì rntrr qt{ò Or thefrl]jtdayof Asar here

rr\rdÌfiïÌ I hadben a \andsüden
ouruìllage.
r@, frsa can also be used as an adverb to mean before or
previously,by chatging ts ending rom -o to -ã:
3rrgnrqÌ ?
Tr€ cF{r cÈìcm Haveyou visitedNepal
{rEìI, qÌ {ifÌ frrCEqÌ t|ãdõõÌ |
previouslyas well? 90/169
No, this s the frrct time
for me.
When t is added
meamngs o ceÍain largenumbers,he
n a ratherdifferent way: suffix - Ì modifies heir
{|ir hundred (|q I hundredsof
{ER Íúousard {qRÌ thousands f
418 hundred thousand qrcÌ hundredsof
thousands
of('lakhs of)
{.'712 En miüon
Èi+r< gcrrlreÌcr@-.{'r
s.ìd tensof milüons
of ('crorcsof )
lq /
{
4
CL
Hundredsf thousandst
fiqÌ,{Ë-qFÌ ìqFfr
I
o
q)
qf{ FIg I ïlìrF€F peoptedìedn theSecond
World War. meÍe were Íl
thousandsf Nepaúi
n)
citizensamong hem oo.
EXERCISE A Trânslate nto NeDali:
-
I The guestswho cameyesterdayareall English.
2 It's raining outside.Take úat umbÌella you (Middle) bought n
thebazaar ast week.
3 The monthwhen you (Middle) arived in Nepal s Baisãkh. br
This s the enthüme hat have isitedNeoal.
tr
oThehousehatyou
Last Friday I hadnot(High,plural
received hestayedn
etter youis(High)
veryold.
ÌvÍote.
7 He (Low) is not theman who came rom India. I
8 This is not úe present ou (Middle) gave o mother. I In this unit you will leaÍn
I . how to say hoì.v ong ago
somêthinghappened
. howto talk about seeingor
headngactions peÍÍormsd by
othêrs
. how to discuss ntentions
and the mêaningsof words
. how to usedates
tfr'
23 An exchangeof letters
This text is adaptedrom
lrq dear snto eneÍ
a passagen TW Clark,s IntÍoducüon o lqz friend ffi Ío undersÍand
Nepal, fiIst pubüshedn 1963. .ì\ near to íÈ+qq,lovednes
eïwgn sand upright Ìq love
+.racreÌ t'(ï a game played with pebbles qmrr+rgood sasúíes.)
1"8k /t /l q'e< schoobnasteÍ ÈÈfrFebruary
ÍÌqfrarq
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali qq face csfü{úosend 91/169
ÈRfu q q'rqÌ|fi lqpqr.fiqr iÈ qfuq fe{ frrd rffi{ snfuroam E s Íeply
r-ÊTq{q qìr<Ì qlìl sì-+r üÊ qfl ràqd1 i r6d rq6ô r qï( ÍeâÍ(s) ìq fo unr'fe
qtoflow qr6t orgiveness
7/17/2019 \rícr crqq +tÉÈr -fd'rrÈ ffi s'- í{r\'+ì rrÈ qnqrrà rqì 41.Teach Yourself
qrFìNepali qqÍí acc unt descripü n
W.6-diqfrrì{ì ÌiT qfur*ra sÌq qÌF+ì ÌrÍ village
a merúer of a caste
singersor f itinemnt
minstrels T{c{rs1 o .Lke
i{RIì ò+lesq gÌ rr@r \rsãr rrtì sfi{ç+ì ffi | ìì íI-qfiq chilüood @ to btow (a peÍson)
{rËqÌF14{r ++fz ífi ,rqr+ì, Vffi {qrq-+Ì Èr ftÌii tÈ àÈ time,0m {È I ránk
;ffiil gr+qr'{ffid cfl qÈ qtffir Èrqaq s-+ìr t+q+rno.+Ì n<fi frddle, Nepalivioün qqr oÍgiveness
ìTì. # rqfflÉ rrc1Ío flng <{ÍícF{.to get to se sorneone
W èqr.nrr sÈ qìri AïÌ ì+' r+ r <etrs{to lay music (ultra-polite)
{F+qErâE'ftrt Tffi àqlrrqr rfulagrffi ì{q-+ì{+{ dÌiìrd ffiitl ìTTËtrÌMEMOTY
tqt q-{rs È5i m qEÌì {qr+qqì qiír fqìÌr r {w clolera
dcr{+ Êre ncrç+Ì Èì rrà r qs r dcrl < dcr+rr eG â1Ìnosr
@*i ei to dle
ÈrqcìrÍâÌqr {v{rq+r r -Ê
tcfffifud,+'{K Kothmondu,2045/9/9
Deor riendRoiu,
-T$ì'
SiRJ lÂct trom omorrow will notgo to school. odoywosmy osldoy ot
frq fq-{ rqrt school. stood eor hegoteondwotched oys ounggrhonme
Êdfr{6.r6n+qrc c6\r+Ì fuíï qrqr Grfrdrrà trrqEìqB{ràfu ì ployingwithpebbles.Whot unlA mqsier owmaqndoskedme
why I hodn 'tgone home, t wos lote. turnedmy Íoceowoy
T TrT Tg qmÍàqrsÌ
T+ a' 6r+ et 3r r gì rrq È+Ìààtui r becouseaorswere lowing rommyeyes.
qld rd{Ì r|'{tcr-"S es I
Slowly reochedhe gote. A Gqinewos stonding utsidehe
frfrà ìÈ+Ì qd+ì qfuc Èisì {srì qriqfi M rÌì çrqcr gote. n my childhood hqd heordhimsinging nd ploying he
eerctqnfiffi ç+r( rs-{+ì-rc qr rT -sffrÈ rr+à qràrq Íiddlemony imes. puto littlemoneyn hishondqnd osked im
çqrq ffiqrqÌ{qra Èq-{É 15rì;rrÈ61 a lqaqr{rHgÍrl why hehodn'tbeen o theschoolor so monydoys.He sqid hqt
ci{ àq ì{Ì{r q rürt ì{-sú frÍfr il{ì È++rqro aq ;,Ì he hqd been ll, thothe hod cought holero nd neorly ied.
às-q: l' frdr ErsdìTffi Èì qi{ìr qì } r3fiffi;{qr{ Fqlher owmeenter he house. e oskedmewhy wos so qte.
{r.{ qrsfirfl | I did notonswer im,but otherseemedo understqnd.
3ìrqrtrÉ Ì T{qR T{r$ rffi +ffiqr q a6nirr eTqrqr.6 I lÍs beeno long time since received letter rom you. Now
*{Ì+ì qdq ïcrç+ì ct{ àì sd ììqr r{fra,irràq.àqrsc, ' pleosewritesoon. oveond goodwisheso you ondyour oved
ffiffi,<rg ones.
Your riend,Kumor.
Dorieeling,25 Februory1989 ffiìcrqflr'+Ì6Fdft-{Tà t How mmy days has t been

Deor Íriend Kumor, sinceyou came o Nepâl?
I wos hoppywhen I received he eiteryou sent rom Kqihmondu. Thc word F<<day(s) s optional here. It can be left out, or have
Since qstmonth hove been ntending o write but I didn,t write
becouseevery doy some ob or olher come my woy. Forgiveme
ttroúer word for aperiodof time (e.g.Ëqïr week qÈ+r monÚ, or +i
ror oèrng so tqte.
ydaÍ)subsünrtedor it. A personwho has ot üsited Nepâl or a ong
limemight be asked he quesüon
ïhe descriptionyou wÍote oÍ your lost doy ot schoolwos very
touching. reqd il out o on editor riend. His nome s Kumo'r fcffìcrqT,rs*6Fda{rrÈ r How manyyeüs is it that
Bhqndori. He liked it very much. He soys you should write o youhave notgone o Nepal?
slightly onger occountond send it to him. He soys you should (i.e. since ou astwent o
wrilewhoÌever
brother outhot
knows, is ike.not
think
so?KumorBhondoris someoneíour
But he soys he hosn,tmet ou r qTq qrç+ì E€qfrTr ìrÈ | Nepal?)
It's two monthsircÊ alÊ r]F,a|
brother or mony months.He hos movedhere rom Sikkim.
Pleose onveymy greetings o your moiher. osk her Íorgiveness @fufq{rÈìqÌàììrç+ì6 | It's beena |ong time since
tor not hqving wrillen o lett er. l is mony yeorssince hove seen I watcheda Hinü fihn.
her, I connotremember ow monyyeors l is.
Yourwell-wisher,R oiu. 8ô Seeingor hearinganother penson'sactions
The-Çd paÍticiple s used o describewhat sorneones doing when
mother peÍsonseesor hears hem. The sentences n the left-hand
Grammar :lde below say úât someonesaw or heard someoneelse. The
rcntences n úe right amplifu them by noting what üe personwho
84 Usingthe -\-dpaniciple
The -g+ìp6i"in1";s usedon its own,
as a verb lr seenor heardwas doing at thetime.
without anyauxiliary verb, to In such sentences,he -Çà participle translatesas goìng, singing,
form ân abbreviatedcompleted present tense. In this câse, the playing,speaking c. and n the word order t must ollow thepe$on
negative s formedby adding he prefix ï-: who is being seenor heard. f the personwho is seen or heard s
s6Èèqrçàr When did he come? pêrforminga transitiveverb, then s/hemust ake he suffix -d
@qn'Èt He cameyesterday. 3ÌTFÍqrr tf,qrqrs qq I qkqàftrffiqq.rçdààr
fafi-esqfq ftï ftTrqà r Why üdn't you come before? I sow you tvvo d.qysago. I saw you going to school
€,1fufraa-+rq+Ìryr Well, who knows why we two dnys ago.
didn't come siÍ $ràT{rÊga"tÈ e-{ràÈì iftdrr\r+Ì {qïà |
Father heqrd mz. Fathzr heard rne singing
qçfr5rq ifr I
+rrìdftÍfrà? llhatmy
Iust have
ownyou done?
woÍk a song.
qrqrè -qr{€-dÉ ì\rfr r ryrà-a-<r{èì Ër,àì+Ì
6 How long is it since...? ürcI t
The -ç*Ì pafticiple s used o express e ideaof tirne havingelapsed Mother watched he children. Mother watched he chillren
sincesomething âppened. or example, f you wish to asksomeone pbying pebbles.
how long they havebeen n Nepal you canphrase hequestion you IXERCISE 49 Translate nto Nepú:
Nepalcomehow much ime happened,:
I She Middle) sawhim (Low) playing caÍdsyesterday.
r*
2 I heardher (Middle) singing hatsong ast monú. qïgrqr fi sÌft s fr tTÌ{ssà wondering'sayingo
3 He (Low) saw him (High) cominghome hreedaysago. fir* Èà t himselÍ)')f therewasany
4 I sawyou (Middle) smokinga cigarette astWednesday. millet left in the
5 He (High) heardher (Middle) speakingHindi last week. pot, he looked inside.
6 They ffiddle) saw you (lr,Íiddle)going ro school he day before
yesterday. ltc -ç* participle of ì{rí followed by ( or {r, (i.e. rrÌfr 4. . or vÈÌ
tí(,,. ) means intended to but...lt follows a statementof what the
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali tp€aker intended to do: 93/169
87 The -çà participle with È or ò*q
{rqfu{|{{qRqFqr{d This moming thought 'd
The -Çà padgipls is also used in combination with the appropriate
form of the verb { to form a completed present tense whicb
r Èqrà rq{ r go to themaÍket,but I
idenúfies and emphasizesúe subject of úe verb (úis is less common
than úe combinations with n and Êrò):
Fr&ècqvffiaefràrrfr I didn't
thoughtevenhaveanymoney-
'd write a |etteÍ,
but therewasa power cut.
c-fr+rq v{ìqìaì È r That ob is üÊ one he üd.
sÈftìfr*lÈ,fuü.rÈò5a r She s my girlfriend, we are @ What does this word mean?
not maÍried.
Another use of the -çÈ participle of ì1.1 is to state or ask úe
The -g+] OrO" Ot" is alsousedwith fr or Stt to form a comDleted mcaningof a word.
presente nsewhichemphasizes h e act hatsomeúÌinss or s notúe
truth: fitrqr'frdrs' ì{Ì+ìàÈ t dìfrqr what is themeaaingof the
'f+-crq' t{È book È | woÍd 'fuaw' in angüsh7 n
rrìqr6rffiòfir It is not fish that bought. Englsh fqf,Ia' rÌEarrsfu)k'.
qk< q\rfrròfií
çfi-Es r It the
is not true that hey went o
temple. ffiqI 'book' ìTÈ+ìà à t ffiqr
what
word is themeaningof
in Nepali?the
'66st' r{ìd Í=rdwS t 'book' n
NqalL'tunk'ncas'Èaw'.
88 Thoughts and intentions using :ï+{and rrÈ A secondwây f asking he meaningof a word involves the use of
The primary meaning of the verb q.{ is Ío say or Ío 1e11,ut it âlso the word rìrì, meanr'ng:
has the important secondary meaning of to thinklto remember. you MqfÈ'ífrq<Èt- Themeaning f himãlaya s
might find it helptul to think of the -qr participle of ïì.{, (i.e., rÌ+{) 'homeof snow'.
as meaning saying to oneselfin the following sentences: gKdr(T+Í 3ìÌigR_r,EFfrì{ È lgw{ Themezningof
qì l-tqr qrË1q€ qfËà Eï rrÌ{ q Renembedng (,nyìng tÌ+ì Ê+-flqd t 'pusbkãlaya is home of
E ÍÌ(kT{ qFr | 0,r myself) that guests
b<nks'.pustakmearc'bak'.
were coÌmng
.,) to my home
in the evening, I headed EXERCISE50 Fill in the gaps n thefollowing sentences:
for the market. q rlÌdlmgerÈ_{r
ÈQ-+ra q arero rrì< e4-q<qrqtr, They setout carÍJring ice, ì dìfr{rffiìïÌ+ì_ AÌl
<rd, {{Èqrfr+{Í=& dãL, altand e\ remenlaring r dÌfrqrÈqrì{ffi- ÈI
('saying(to themselves)' r ìqrfr{r letterTÌà - È |
thatKhunbu is far from id. r ffiqr lacg:{ffi - 3ì'ìI{r- È |
1 ffiqr rn6rìthrÈ- fr1
90 The Nepaliyear 'l'hcword r-T s u_sedo refer o paÍicularyears.nstead heoúer

ôf
In Nepal,most peopleuse hetraditional Bitram calendar, he fr*;q word lbr y€aÍ,Êú,which is used or periodsof time tfrc s'ì ráÍee
q"lõ.instead f lheWestem r Gregorianalendar,
heBikramvear Jann,q{ {rq qrÌ one hundrcd years)-Nepali-speakers ften omit úe
beginson the first day of the springmonthof *Fnq, which ía[s
sometimearoundrhe middle of April (on April 19 in l99g). The $ trcn rwo fáousandwhen mentioning a particular year, ust as
Bnglishspeúers might tâlk aboutwhât happenedn '97, rather haÍÌ
monús are solarraúer than unar, so the correspondence etween '1097'.So, nstead f salng úat someúing appenedn çÉ tr vn
WestemaÍÌd Bikram datess süghtly differentfrom year o year.
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali fÉ he yeaÍ2007, hey will oftensimply refeÍ to that yearas lÌï qr(T 94/169
The Bikam calendrical era runs 56 years úead of the Westem lhëycar seven-
câlendar rom January- to thefirst dayof È{ro, andJ7 yffin 2hsad mr{ gl vrmr r@ rr+ ìrre In whichyear üd you tust
7/17/2019 from the irst dayof i{rg p11ilDecember 1.Thus,Januarv 41.Teach YourselfqTç-{ìIà
Nepali t come o Nepal?
beginsn themiddleof úe monrh f rr{randendsn úe middléof99g the qqRì{qfu,qttefrwffrqrE I I came ouryears ago,n the
following rnonthofqTC n the Bikram year of 2054,while September yeaÍ t.
l998tegins n úe middleof úe monthof rreÌandendsn themiddle
of 3r+E n rheBikramyearof 2055. Thc monthsof the Hindu year have classicalSanskit nameswhich
lËkcslightly different colloquial forms in eachof the lânguages f
Bikram Sambat atesmay beexpressedn full: South Asia. The classicalnames aÍe used on formal or official
r.rr slq srfufr 11Tà qrf{r( Friday, the 2nddayof Kãttik, documents,he colloquialnames n everydayspeech nd alsooften
lear 2054 (= 7 November. In writing.
1997) IXERCISE 51 Translateúe following dates nto Nepali:
or in an abbreviatedorm:
Tho months oÍ the Nêpali year
ì'ks q{r< ìl qà 31stday of AsãÍ, 2054 Classical nane Colloouial name
(= 15 uly, ï97) I tt* 1** mid-April o nid-May
The word G meansday of the solar month.Thus, if you want to Ì v{iq qõ mid-May to mid-Iune
know he date n úe Bikramyear t is comrnono ask gTqr6 rf +if . nto-Jtne to lwa-Juy
fi4qr qTirt mid-Iuly to mid-Augu't
qÍqT'{GÈ? What's the date today? ìTtã rì{ mid-August o mid-SePtembeÍ
qM\r4s'rgq rràÈ | It's the 21st today. ( 3nÈfi qqq mid-Septembero mid-OctobeÍ
The Bikam Sâmbats used esscommonly amongNepali_speakers 6rffid 6rttrfr mid-OctobeÍ o mid-NovembeÍ
outsideNepal itself. In Nepâli-speaking ommunitie. n North_"^t
qTÌfrf rflgT{ mid-NovembeÍtomtd-DecembeÍ
India andBhutan, he Westemcalendar s more generallyused,and t qTI{ f{ mid-Decembero mid-Iaruary
q|€i qTC mid-Ianuary o mid-Febntary
in this casehe word rrà s replaced y üe word<rfrq, dai r6fdttrI
in the Westem alendar: of a montlt Ìt
rì +l mid-MaÍch to mid-ADtil
f{u qr Ìô ãtrô l&Ìfr+ì q;q ìrà 1.Fí My youngest aughterwas
rfurrrr rw rr@ à.fu+rfrcqr bomn 1g3. n which I Thursday0ú January 921.
month?On the 23rd of the 2 Tuesday 0thChaitra 016.
month of lune. 3 Sunday 6thNovember 956.
4 Friday lst Phalgun2042.
EXERCISE2
Èrgry5ìq
$q+ì ffE wcrc.rq+ì g€ +i trà r rçô vrq ErqÈqFr q{{
gW çscr {rÈ trÈ{r Êgrà rg€ 6wr +È çga <rÈ ìH
cfr qórs-1"{tr<rsì fEçfl qrìï '-tÈà es ïrcr{sr {Trr B-{
.{q 6rrqà .rer qhq o1 rç+ q.ilrafq ilífi-{f,.drc ïr-i"ìà
flilò vfagÈídrq çsaqqrc-<tÊTqÈ rartrretç+f furr
qr€ì Êq-+ì+qlÈ{rqRÌ qfrà
nfr < àfuçc IgW SizTfir-{r
+rQÊr rvecrâ çear sqÈ{r cr* qrt{€ r'r(È Èr+rt firtr
<rtrÈ-{fuÌ*rvcì1rq-qfumgìrrà#"ra
vtfuM qà +mrnÈ o a<qrfit<s+ì.mrr-{Í .orr
qrqr r g-üsïü
+fr
rq- ftmewdr a t3rrcrr< (ÌTg.E tficfo ilr +ìrTÈÈ
.ilcrà{Èrìïqsì +lrÈl qì
11rç6u r refud <qffi à r.o+ "
ìì' srr{ i'E{ r l[ê +nft+qÌrq- fi F{ràTr-fuci . qnfmrÊ
qvr fi à r lffi Êcìì ftÌÈfrà1 wrrnrgo, gf*q r r
ffi{€ { II
I tìsô Erq Ícn {ç+ì +fr sf rròr ${ rfì
ì g<+ì <rwvrrn-*ra q-are-_qrà
IT
ì
F,qt
$, t"+
gH
<rvÈÈç+lfrìrr
mrfrrÉtarc
{ìH fsi{ERcr
+rqvq+Ì firà r trsr 6a ?
gW{fu{cTE4È.rqrfü6 ? .ï
t wr+rgìrftrf+tRvqrràr
I
I
J
a
I
I
t
In this unít you will learn

. how to construct condiüonal
sêmences
. how to exoÍessdoubt
. how to maks suggêstions
. how to discusswhethêr
somethings enough
CIZ+ Out rekking fqqqrqr e-sàSfuEgof+r

Subhass leadinga groupof foreign visitorson a trek from pokhara sTrs rrnqffiqÈr
to Jomsom.They have ust arrivedat a lodgeafter a long wet first Êqqrcr d, ftrgfrq acrrfrvfr ÈI
t
day. As they eat their evening meâI, servedby Oitmay-a,Subhas grrre 6q, acdÊcÈsa-d{ tqffiErqofd t
discusses he route for the next dây with Bekh Bi,radur. the fs-{flcr <rcasm rflìfi-{s-qr€rrdg'â
lodgekeeper. gìTr{ gôQ-cr Êèr@e ecfrÈìrrrasïàq
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali È{cfqr 96/169
araàcfrsÊq1,Èfit
$Tr{ $,s'@+kawvrÌçor
7/17/2019
ìq a-Ërgiqìfr ffiÊ{€ ièlvrfr w< uÌà6g6.o,rt't
$Trs q-dflàà rqsrrtqÈtr
qq qQrs.q-{rcrc ìlvrfr Erì qfi 1 q;q6 qi arà çsàÈ ta< d
lrrÊfu drà EÈ.s rec-+ì râqrÈqÌgrcrfr lì erâ ò
qffi qr<s qÈ erà S r fr çô vrft q-* rrì cr{S'
ilà{réEr{A\,ctdvffi$er t
{ìTTq eÈqrà{ré mdrfiÊÈfuàc {r tâècrfi-{rc rfrftr Èfu;6
ì r grq Èf fq.ft{F-+ìâ c6< e, qft t
dqsEìs{ d o r m q* rrfr râ ì-drqr à-{raA cf{ àFiàq qrsì
qwr fir€ €(.{ô{ÈdrawÊgfl6, Èflt t *frsrftcü
TìqrdÈMqffà{r
STr{ q6, sFqïr< u-*q(àicrtfr t{ctÈfrÌâ<r t
qr< cooked ice, ood, meal qrq{n-ta stay oÍ a night

È{crsr <vrfuswrlar +È< merg$q { a rft wrcàro f+ rràr r X(l) to be enough -q<ta below, oweÍ tlown than
rÍÍrr<perü4ps È€ bes4beÍfer
sTrs qfr qraà crâsn+< .à frcr Êâ ra-sfì o t* r ïi úeeps ca ta add,suwlement toP up
È{qrqr g,nvì@rà< +s3io r quefr he Gandaki iver {ft-d fo be ru1súed
àe Uermfr arrtqt fdrfu{ qr.ì Íì r g< bridge Èffi Gúorepania village)
qrq6 Gáanúung (a üllage)
sTrs qrsfr g{ sk ffic< wÈ rffiq116" às-{ *fu uf to tlescenil
ffiq Jonsom (a village) cã next, irther
qìvqqml rô ìrì iÈrFd(
Td ÌF{ cfr qTfr Èrfi-{F
-qì'Tìqfu,rdrÌ-ffiÈ-drEEficr
qrà ffi rr<+rw
Fo, cì€qcleaÍ
ssr ryeaúer dTI to divide,
uaqfqR. üfrtÍcatÊ
Dhaulagiri (a mountain)
ÊRrì fd<rt QC{ l-d.rfr qÌqìraqqfrà{ dìr tRÌR{rq rròcrô TatopaÍri a village) aË{ desire
dl-dM SFrsí Tì rfr-+-qf rv+â e r A(2) to rcach, arrive ëfr? isn't hatso?
Èeìqrwe ryrll meer probable
qq--q{ aràcrfiTqr lq {+ï \'sarqfÈ rngo rqràqr fi ìrÈ ìÌì futrc tense: eeGrammar 9ó)
v6Ì <reaqSq a rrn5*ìqrqe frf ra<erctqre rffi
qrfEft-{wi,{rà qFi r+rô qfr s tilcri{F.{ô {Rïà ïì
ìq ò{r rqRvqmr,naÈsr r
add qì to show úat the 'if clause has ended, and then state that you lrtr instance, hopkeeper is âskedwhether here s any rice in his
will go out: rhop,andhe s sureúât there sn't, so he answe$categorically:
cqft)qrfrÈ{ q"l q flrtr EF6 | Q qr{fi, qr+q o t Any ice, shopkeeper?
(IÍ) it üdn't min (maÍks end of ifl clarrse1 I wiV go oit. A Ètt No.l
(condition) (consequence)
Dut shopkeeper is lesscertain;he thinks thereprobably sn't any,
= qr.ftqÈ ì{ì q qrf{< Ef€ r IÍ it doesn't in I will go ou- butfeelshe had benercheck:
qÈ ftrfr qr\riÌ ì{ì q \rÊ qFqt
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali If you.don't come will Q wqfr.arwo t Any rice, shopkeeper? 98/169
B ôïdhr I PÍobablynot...
ak*r+rg'rà rì Èâ cfr Fa-{ ,fl,ïâl-**
oo- ,*r- {rEqffrcâïÈ{r I It probably won't Íain today.
ak<rcngdfrrrruÌqï ++a ü'j"T.jï;ut any hitrin qrq iffr{rqì o ?qïËrÈt, vto {cr rlsfutow,
clnstrepÍobablys
athome? don't
athofiE.
|
ãfi the dãl it won't tastegood. {E|{qrq|-gcrifiÈ{rì Youpmbably won't get any
The secondhalf of a real conditional sentencecan also take the form meatht themarket.
of a request or â command, instead of a prediction:
The probable uture tense s intÍoduced n full in Grammar 96.
cÈdcrffi wrâ{rràqìÈò*arqr fyou feet tired, ptease ie
_1c':Ar{
rrfr ewcw-qr lraqa w
down in mv roam. 09 The -ì -ne participle as an adiective
nc+ mì If garüc s íot availabten
16A. Í{qÌ ? themarket, ust buy gingen This participle s simplythe dicúonary orm of a verbúth its ending
doyou understand? changedrom -1-nu to -ï -ne:
EXERCISE53 Translatenro NeDali: dictionary orm -ne participle
qrì
ql1 Íogo (verb) going (adjective)
I If you are ired, pleâse est. Ío eat (Yerb) [{rì earing adjecúve)
2 If you are hirsty, pleasedrink this water. rFT ro do (verb) rìì doing adjectle)
3 IfouÍ guestsaÍe hungry will go to themarketand buy fruit and
vegetables. The ust useof úe -ì -ne participles to describe ouns:
4 If you (Middle) do not come omorrow,motherwiü stayat home frq{rqÈírà úe madn Pollnn ('Pokhangoingnú')
andcry. things o eat ('eaüng things')
5 IfI do not come o theoffice by 5 o,clock, pleasemeetme at the q|gìAqr next week ('coming week')
temple. bedroom 'sleeüng Íoom' )
6 If faúer doesnot sendme a efier this week will phonehim rÍrr rFT lf;b a workingman
at home. ffiffi{rfu( a Nepali-speaking ercon
It is importânt o distinguishbetween he -ì participle and úe -gô
92 Using È{r to mean pertraps, might be participle, because oth are used o describenouns.However,úe
frw is the proóahIe irnrretenseof úe verb fl to be, and means Í -çfr participle always refers o actionsor situations hat are n the
pastas compaÍedúth the main verb of the sentence,while úe -ì
@robably) will be. lt can be added to thà-end of stâtements,
regardlessof their tense, to qualii' úem and make them less paÍiciple refers to situationsúat are either coterminousor in the
câtegorical. futurc as comDared ith úe main verb:
rG
Arfrìcr< È +qrqr Wen we lived in Nepal q rtrnqrì | I'11drink tea.

qrfr crq {ÈÌficr r Wen we live in NepaJ. l'{qrqrffi<nàt Shall put sugaÍ n the Ea?
g.11qrq1ffi qFÈ 1 A person who hasclimbed Everest. kÍÌ r<rd, gmìrnà t Don't put sugaLust Putmilk.
qtrtqPÌr ï6ì qr;ò I A person who does/wiLl q{ Erì, Èí{ ? We'reoff now, aÍen'twe?
climb Everest- rÌ, qi(rrà,ffiqfr{cfuqÈ t Yes, t's late, we'll leave n a
q-{ï{ fufrÌ qrò | Theperson who gave the lectuÍe. ütÍle while now-
çaq-{ ÈìqFò 1 The person who gives iecal,,],s 'l'hcrcusages reacceptable, ut it is morepolite to use lìe variable
will give a lectuÍe. vÉrbendings, speciallywhen alÌing to someone ouaÍe addÍessing
The negative is formed simply by adding the prefix ï_ to the verb: $ rú.
iclrì unavailable
nor eanng 06 Tlre verb $T to anive, sufficc
ïfdffi unfoÍgettable Thie verb has wo different uses. n the first, it is used o meanfo
.{fr{qÈqFMffrï.fiÌ Wy have you givenraksi to a nacManiveat a destination, nd n this context t is intransitive that
@ftrfiòz person who does not drink? h, thesubject everneedso take à):
3iìfri--{dMdnfrqrfd-{ Why do you tell off a boy fr t{crc sÈ ô-{ {ì ffi gre t This light ÍeachesDelhi at
trr.ft.Ìiri who doesnot undeÍstand half past 3.
Engüsh in Engüsh7
ìcrcqr ìcríì "F{rs-drÈÈõrgÌ Although t is an intransiúveverb, $ also hâs a passive i-stem'
Frui* that are not avülabhe
sÌÍRr{ qrÉ;6 | vorsion,which is gfiq b be eached:
in Nepal can be found
Èà'nÈaàs tsÍffq cfr My village s quite a ong
eveÍywhere
qr6i t{q qrÈìsr|{qrrÌr È gÌà r Because in AmeÍica.
t is clottd.y today SFtàÈfl t wayaway.WeWbablY
there's no chance of seeing won't reach t even
Everest, by nighfall
When hesubjectof úe verb Ío arrive s comingtowaÍdsthesperker,
94 Usingthe-àparticiple to talk about Íuture rather hangoingaway rom him/lrcr, hen hecompound eÍb 3ìÍ{g{
actions (consisting f the 'i-stem' of qfu1 + gq) is comrnonlyused:
The seconduse of úe -ì participle is as a kind of grammatical iï, ir <,<rrrtrffi frw wn t There,ook, ürc Varanasi
"v.ò flight hasaÍrived.
shortcut o talk about plâns and ntentions or the nearfuture. It is
used frequently in informal conversation,ând people who speak Thesecond seof 5{ is to mean o sufficelbeenough,and n these
Nepali as a second transiúve (i.e. its subjectmust take -õTn past
convenientOecause anguage bothNepalisand
he verb ending oreignen)
s the sameno findit úe
matterwho so contexts
tcnses, nd hewill
verb is often âke -ì in úe habitualpresent ense oo).
most
subjectof the verb s) that theysometimes se t excessivelv: The peÍson for whom the commodity mentioled suffices or has
awtErÈfrwÈr AÍe you leaving tomonow? nufficìd must ake heobject-marking uffix -eÍâ. For nstance,f you
frrr,frPq6,oç:"r;, No, we'rc staying tomoÍow wish to say úat five rupeeswill be enoughmoney for you, tlte
and leaving the day after
Nentence ill be constructed s ollows:
tomomv q-drq qis{FrqÍà $6 ì
<cÉÈ{rqÈÊdsfrqrì r for me five rupees -à suffices.
Will you dÍink tea oÍ coffee?
EXERCISE&f Write Nepali sentencestating hat theamountsor

commoditiesn theright-handcotulnn wereor werenot enouú for
thepeople n the eft-hand olumn;
I thetouristswho cameyesterday food /
2 úe Sherpawho helpedus ten rupees X
3 the womanwhocooked he food akilo ofghee X
EXEFCISE55 Write Nepalisentencestatingúat the amountsor
commoditiesn theright-hândcolumnmight or might notbe enough
for thepeople n the eft-handcolumn:
2I theSherpa
thetouristswho
who sarecoming
going omorrow
to helpus food
tenrupees /X
3 úe womanwho cooks he ood a kiloìf ehee /
q
q,
- g
I
úl I
{
/.H
GI
rl
q
sl
úJ
3l
-ì
o
o
=
+
xo
q)
In this unit you will leaÍn
. how to use he pÍobable
Íutule tense
. how o talk abouthowmuch
time and/or money t takes to
do somêthing
-
CIZSGoinghome
Saroj
or Dasain <ã (the festival o0 Dasain 1n lcbdness
and Krishna both live and work in London, but as the great ftrqq,r{ to decide ã+r snointilÌg
annual of Dasainapproacheshey beginto wonderwhãther gw marn qÉd a maÍïid wümIì's PüenE'
-festival
they might go home o Nepal to celebratet. cr3's pound home; her natal home
Efr as mucá as q<s AÍabia
vÈq dcreffir€<èôqrÊrq<qrgús ? \ a6fiíqr s6.l9as1
T".Ì {Èàvcq Èrsq qür àrccÍ6 fï r uA<@ excqt fir / ryt frírÍngoing sÊìE to ÍeÍIÌm
3rTrqmeAns CdqpAlArc
sÌq È{rcrt* rrìvrlrr ra-<Èvrà{et, q.SvFr rÊ6ofr r
rÈ+n relaÍive TasIq Pomp and.splendour
101/169
q
qiT{tc God
Twr ç+ qqr+ì @ avnçcr fr rcà eqsr ïÈ{r rÈì qrÊrqcq 17- o celebrate
ròq s-qqrÈslìÈrqmrmìwrgrr+frÈvrcrc,'
eeÉq-{rq-drcqvì rrì lt< c+ rrsreqrr6,È{.í ? Saroj Will you go home or Dasainúis year?
Krishnâ I haven'tdecidedyet.WÏat aboutyou?
T*Ì d, qtsü{ EÍàqr.fi rqfr {-+râ Erçqrenrrrrr Tìqfr ffit Saroj If I getúe rnoney 'll go. But it's not ust themoney,
qE€€ d?qt'sntrra sqq+r e +.raqrd r.6e r need ime off too, you know.
còv @ $e ec6s qF6q16a trqrqfqgr< fun gÊ wrmrqr Krishna You'll probably get one week's leave, you know. That
won't be a problem.For methe mainproblem s money.
TE"r 3ii{üfrqrÊqìE-frè<nqwr+ìgflàwr 2 r ft-qrçqrEà{ How muchdoes t cost o getto Nepal hesedays?
Èà'r rq+rtu-6rr*re rt EÈr q-dscrq6ï r Saroj If you goby air t costs 500, doesn'tt?
Krishna Yes, t probablycostsabout500.And if you don't go by
T""T <ffi Èqrqr crâ Trqr+ì +Ì {n1 er air how else will you go? Does a bus or a train go to
{Èq S{-r 3nqrW6.Er +ror < vrÊqr flE€q cfr Ë;q | {€ Kathmandu rorn London?
aÈ<nqs fr +r<eqrv,r-cr++Ì Saroj Some ouristbusesdo go.But to getto Nepal by buswill
sr È ìTì rt gipr i pÍobably akeat least wo weeks.
TtT qfrÈfrÈr Krishna And will the bossgive us four weeks' eave, ndeed?x'
Ft-q fr-{sf qfu ÈâìrÌ fc-{Tà r+@vr* s-fr6È vrq rrn ffi thinkhev,/on't
ilfT crídql'çfr@ rÈqrqcÈqrsfr{ r Saroj He won't Therejs no altemative o goingby plane.
Krishna But who will be at your houseat Dasain?
T5"r qrÈfiTrr-qrQqrÈ+í? Saroj Faúer and Mother will be there. Youngest and third
{Èq rrfrdr6rm-<*r$àrÈorqqcrfr rs€ qÈíràfu .drrr q eldest broúer will also'be úere. Other relaúves will
rË a rÈ vrr @ fr\'{ ììà qnqEqqï qÌd qlgqrr i 16r q1q probablycome oo. If God s kind I'11alsogettheÍe.
fr
insì 6{ ì rç+qffi qfr Krishna And whataboutyour eldersister?
Í*Í 3r.d{rSt+rfrqstì fu<fr rd vfuô fer vcer{
gs r rrnì ìràqilÈr qr t r Saroj Thrce yearsago my sisteÍ got maried. So far she has
come o thenatalhomeeveryyear or Bhai Tika.*' She'll
{ÌE ,rÈ à-qT. Ì dcr{ ËtËÌ-üÌgâ-<n<eqÊr* <tÌ õírcÍnqrçr probablycome his year.
nÊi;a rq6 o1=qr s-{è qfl qdq{ firí{Í r eq-€qr àr Krishna Won't your second ldestbroúer corne?
Om qrrTcftrqÈ ffflïr rvfr qrfr àìqr, ãnô ffi Saroj My second ldestbrothermight not come his time. He's
ÌrdÌ beenworking a Ambia for two months.He says hat f he
E TTfl
doesn't ake eave his yearhe'll probablyget t next year.
But this yearhesays here,sno questionof coming.After

a year t will bea bit easier or him. Probable future tense: verb endings
Krishna What s life like for Nepalis n AÌabia?your broúer must q -tsïTT
havewritten? üfr,{rfi-{€ -qì'{r
Saroj It's-probablyhard,but you watch Within a few yearshe à -ifÌ{
will eam a million and come back. Then he,il eo to ffi,f{fiEõ -qì-{r
Pokhara ndbuilda house kea palace. ndwe.ll súy in s,*,eÌ(m.) -{t
it and celebrateDasainwith pomp andsplendour. íren s,Ì,çfr(f.)
we'll look o seewhose ife s hard
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali efr,firfr,ffi(m.) -qFÍ 102/169
*' rfr, fiÍ;ft, r-fr (f.) - t-l.l
Notes The addition of ï makes a question hetorical:úe person
asking nows hat ,no'. fr, fr,efi-qs tc. -qFí
l' ".lã A-* is a dayheanswers
of úe Dasain estival whensistersanointtheir
brothers. Probable future tense: verb bases
The omrationof the verbbasesor the probable uture ensehas ive
Grammar rules:
I Theendingsareaddedo the bases f C-verbs n a regularmanner
96 The probable uturê tense (q irËqr ;ï do,ã rnis you ualÌ dq fefr mtcr youíi\I do,etc.l
Nepali.has.severalifferent waysof expressinghefuture tense,and 2 If the baseof a V-verb ends n -ã, the endings are added n a
úe main differencebetween hem ies in ttreirãegreeof certainty. regulaÌmanner q qfi{T I will eat'r,7qÍ;Ílhe will eat. fr qrcq
The habitual presentand continuouspresent ensescan be trsed he v,ilÍ eaLeÍc.)-
referto thefuture, ust as heycan n English: o 3 aTheÍÈ1
V-verbsÊ1
employs he togive,
baseÊ-f<1intofirst
take,and
personl orms
to be(qare rÍegulaÍ:
kÈqr I wr11
Èfü ÈÌ rrrg rradqFb r Totnonowmy brother es gíve.614Ì caÌ"tr we will give\and<- n âlLl úers{s à;{Táe úIi
to rúia gtYe
ÈfrÈìfirrrrcdqtà61 Tomonowmy brother s b fïll employsúe base q- in fiÌst personorms (c fus4r I wili
going to India. rafte, rfr ffior we s{r,rai(e) and - in âll oúers (g àëlrúe ú.[
Ofcourse,bothof these entences ouldbe n úe present ensef the rake,
word ÌÈ were removed rom them. The probabte tor" t"nr", c fl employs he base - in all fonns except he first person
however, s usedexclusively to refer to ttre future, unO t singular; hus { ã{r 1 wil.l be, but efÌ {fr1 shewill be.
ithin it a measure f uncenâinty: "oniaì. 4 Verbsoúer than t1and frl whosebases nd n -i (principallythe
passive i-stem' verbs) ake an intervening €- betweenbaseând
ÈfrÈrrrs ìTnesrrqr Tomonow
(probably)my
go brotherwill
to India. ending,e.g.ÊÍìger
etc. ft will be orgotten,cl*<I it wi beobtained,
rn the affirmative, úe probable uture tenseconsistsof 5 The baseof a W-verb is usually the normâlpresent ensebase
a verb base
plus anending;úe endingsare as ollows: (e|rs- from qÏõI, fus- from &q etc.). But for úe fust person
forms the secondvowel is dropped.Thus: q {fÍ{rr / wiJI cone,
õrfr qrqt{r wera come,but g fisqT úe wltt come,üfr{€ qTg-qq
thev will come.elc.
Probable trtuÌe tense TheHigh form of úe probable uture ense onsistsof the dictionary
Kfobe qE Íogto .rf roao qlÌFÍfo cone Êg Ogrv form of the verb + {cr . It is úerefoÌe identical o the Super-Polite
Ë"11 ì ts"| | rTGÍT qriqr ÈÉ{r imperative(see Grammar tl4) and in fact the two meaningsdo
&ìtdr EFftdr rRì'dr qr+dr l+ìì-{r converge:
È üs
ffi.ftm-{€Ë|.qrqr
iFTRT
IRIïT
3rrsqr{
qrqì-{r
àflr-
àfcr
Ètlr+aqra qr€ F+e à{òqr t PIeasewïite me a etor
from England.
s(m.) ü Èt l TdT 3ITìrFÍT
s (f.)
Erorl
qrfr qrefr àdr àcmcqra qcrâ fre àq{cr ft t Will you writeme a letter
,J.t (m..)
€ r.1l IIíI
ìfr ftom England?
Ql'l l' 1 ETiÌFT TìïFT 3fiBqr{ 103/169
s-ft f.) q,.'l qT{r 3rcft
fr,fr,sfr{FËrflI &
ïsfl1 -flT
<fl{ 97 The inÍinitive ç qr.{,What does ft cost to... ?,
"*d
Formally,Nepaligrammarcontainsnegative omrsof theseverbs n
which their endingschange o -+f{, -mïd{, _*{qÌ, etc. but úese
How long does ft take to... ?
The verb (TriÍ is used to mean:
areencoìnteredvery rarely ndeedandúere is very little purpose n
the_oreign leamermemorizing hem. Generally, he futurã nãgative . Ío cosÍ when it is combined with a sum of money:
is formedeiúer by adding heprefix +- to the forms isted abú, or rfr Èsrnro How much does t cost?
by using hehabitual resentensen thenegative nd adding
rtr frs Frqler.s It cos* 20 ntpees.
terhaps Ío úe end of úe statement.The meaningvaries stigtrtty, o Ío Íake when it is combined wiú a quanútv of time:
accordingo which form is used:
q Efefi | +fr (t{q {rE r How müch time doest take?
I'11probablygo. fi-q qqã qrr6i t It takes hreehours-
q {Efõqr I I'11probablynot go (with rhe sensehat
thepersonwho s beingspokeno woutd
prefer heperson Note: there is no
sentences;nd, Nepalihe
although equivalent
subjectofofthethe English
verb qq may
'it' be
in plural
these
who s speaking ot
to go) (e.g. üree-úours),heverbbehaves s f it is singular;henceeFr ru-ar
q qTrErI^€f{T-
- I probably won,t go. ifT.E,not lFÍ grëTqïq.
-
Thesesentencesmay be extendedby prefacing úem úth a verb,
s IqqEÌ Ttr{r I He may not be a soldier. rvhich must appear n its infirdtive form. This is very simply the
s fecÌÊ {èï d-dÍ | Heprobabty won,t be a solüer. dictionary orm minus ts final -u:
Because f theslightly doubtful oneof this futuretense,t áaj to be Dictionary fonn InÍiniüve
used n sentenceshat refer to úe future and begin wiú the word qE lTFÍ jâna to go
slÌlfE,peÍàaps; fis{ qÌiFT ãuna to come
qrq qÌÈq pugna to rcach
rpn€ Èfu-sffiErÈ{r r I go won't go todây.perhapsl,ll SÍf Tt{
tonorrow or theday after. Boú forms of theveÍtr C{ and ï) canbe ranslated s úogo, ro come
The ollowing proverbuses he probable uture enseof theverb rIf, and so on, and there is very litde difference in thet meaning.
to frll: Howeveq only the form ending n -ï mây be used n this kind of
èi r.ft È rrfr frÌ q-qiTcÍ+Ì crfr I (Í) you're a queenand ,m a sentence:
queen,who rvill f l wateÍ Ètqrqrq+,frÈfl 16r How much does t cost to go
from the weLl? to Go*ha?
rÌrqr qr{ fr{ q -erqt'E r It &,keshre hoursoÊach The word +tq is usedbefore an exprcssionof quantity to mean
Gort:,ha about r approximately:
È{qrqrq{3rrç{ Kr çfiÈ{dt.6 | It takesa wholeday togo to
gt cft{sÌ flFr AÍ'ffi ri-{ <€ trÈ We will probablyneed
Gorkhaandcome back). I aboúttwo kilos of salt oÍ
If,the sentencenvolves nounsor pronouns e-g. how long doest FqrÈõÈdr
a monm.
taKe 9 ..., oÍ how muchdoes t costú@._.) thenúesemusi ake he n-qi"E+à T{ gr{ 6e-q <q fuÌd r|16 út takesabouten minubs
postposition {rÊ: n rdt my houreromhae.
ÈìqÌTEri ïFffitv$l s-frqscrâqfi It took them weck o reach
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali ïhe word qfr is usedafteranexpression f quantityoÍ time to mean 104/169
QKrqr.qÌ | Mukinath from pokhara. asmuch asot asmany as:
Tq.r4fã gql Tï õFirlEÉç{ BqT h prcbably won.t takeus a qrËq{r rÍrf{ff{F
7/17/2019 q[rfi QÌ{r. iÌí_qrr tfq qrì a|rõïrr week o reachHumlafrom mf*cc-{dsrqì
41.Teach Yourself TrÍ+r
Nepali | Efr ffi
As mny
Íáis village üed in therom
as 12people
Ium14 t will probably only Second lorld War-
takeus thÍee or Íow days.
gXgnCSg BtÊ has he sense f almostoÍ veÍy neaÍly:
D Sô pur the followrngsentencesnto rheDrobable
futuÍe ense, ubstituünghe wordÈfr for |di in each: â qqïft{€{Í{ 6rsr C-{ qÊ \rd It took these Ía.tersalmosta
q<f cfrà t week o teachLhasa.
t @Ècq{rÈtr*firòr
t t+ir ft=tr+ralacrd qq <âqrdr fà {rrò r EXERCISE57 TÍanslate nto NePaIi:
ì rÈfl ìT{f{ìHi <Jï{r E-rq-cÈ ríffëF.à
8 r€qr q]ÌIr{ qr'rgÌ{{r (Tw qfrq I TrÍrcr @ {r.ô | It costs ,500 o go to Nepalby air ftom London,and t takes15hours
r fuf,1ffi| 1156rrs-{ï. <rrq mrq r to reachKatbmandu. alwaysbuy an nterestingbook ât the aiÍport
t rË*dlF{r qrËïrËF +qqìõrrwÌ ïfi-t- ffi{ qrqrí | \ryhen
me about went to Nepal
en hours astyear
o read bought
t. I will probúly gofat
avery to novel
Nepalând t took
againnext
year, and I might buy two novels this time. In Nepal' I went to
98 Wods lor approximately Bhadrapur.fyou go to Bhâdrapur y bus rom Kathmandut's quite
Nepali has various words that can be used to mean about oÍ cbeapbut it takesa whole day to arrive therc. Therc were a lot of
approximately: peopleon the bus going tq. Bhadrapur and the road leading to
-ft-i Bhadrapurwas very bad. I didn't buy a book for that joumey,
about wiú expressionsf úmeonly) because was going with one or two Nepâli friends. If you go to
appÍoximatel, rouglúy Bhadrapur y plane t costsa lot of moneybut it doesn't akemuch
vt tí
aboutasmuchas time.A planegoing o Bhadrapureaves he capitaleverymomingat
FTè almost,viÍtually l0 o'clock. If I go to Bhadrapuragainnext year, will probablygo
The
timepostposition -Íè< (seeGrammar
to líoÊanat roughly 47)
such-and-such is used with expressions of by plane.
a time
E{ {Èffi q[g{È{ | pleasecome at about
ruares-dì,lrìËnfr{trd{
n* , ii" 'i,iiir;uicktvwewiu
aÍive at aÍound-dusk.
Dl26 Arrivingat Tribhuvan

International irport
*l/
-
ó*"
'ï
€|.)
'\)
CLJrrr {
oo
rü q,
t+
HaÌishhas etumed o Nepal úeÍ ân absence f 20 years.He finds
the alrpoÍ completely unrecognizable, nd he enlists the help of
Nirmal, an aiÍpoÍt attendant, to see him through the various
formalities.
úr ï{Ri
r ffi affi qqq 1dqÉ rs€rd qrss{s-dfÈt
o J
tfur qi, rr<sì q=grô qrc. g. * Èqr+fl tg1-{q t, wrâ
ìqrq r-qrq-+ì ì qf rà rqÈà fir+erq qì-q-<rì ffi t
Tqàq ï, sirqlt6, àà'r:filrr't
&r o, q <qrffi qrFT q T{r fiffir$o rffirffi fì{tÍI
C
o.
c--S-
t"t +tq
qr@r eqd È qì ffiÍtdrri s.à orq-'rqrfir{c6 r
-
ËRrr q(ffiïFrfc{Ëfr rfrrei@ r
frfq q, qrs.Fiò{{ re, qrrrrt qnqrà rq-d nqn Êqr* |
EREI Èà srqn a qftèsq trffi à | -qÍÈì Ì€q ãFiïIifF
In this unit you will l€arn à*r
. howto usaExpÍessions
mèaningshould,ought, m.rst
andhd to
t{fr t'à {mr rÈi wÈvt+ fic qfì qFà{|

rqislìffir)
tí -q queue,ine qm,ri ropack
wrtq ciüzen En-vra clothesand suchike
fir;4 luggage ur< special, nticular
Ëftsr rfl qÈqÌç+ìÈq fiÈ 6rò fu + { r féa to pick up q,fl to be tiÍed
Èfq fudr rrftiï tq ir{ dcrffi qr{r{ fTfrìrb <acr{ì fi to wait ìq to carry
qqÉet{fiRÌ@r 'r\'{ rq qfr sÍi1.| .rë.Èúeary
Êr<r.ri ro worry ffirí reseryadon
ËfirT ïq{firqÌ?TÈrrffiÈwràa rÈcr gr* r qÊ..do exchange Tnr{ Naxal (a disüictof
f+i{ se+dÈto re+fl.rS{r--gò{
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali tr{r{ oÌStOmS Kathmandu) 106/169
Gtsffi
7/17/2019 ffi rrò r iiSq, ïcrffierqrtqrtgfr rqE<cfffi qrr llarlsh
41.Teach Yourself
Nlrrnal NepaliHello rom London?
Hello sir. Haveyou come
Íìç r<rifa< vn5rfr r Harìsh Yes, on the R.A. flight that hasjust arrived.Listen, I have
(qRT{qD not visited Nepal for manyyears.Before, the âirpoÍt was
just a cow pasture.Tell me,whereshould go, whatthings
ãfuT ïrfFFR, 1FFR do I have o do?
q-qR 3Ìftr5 vrvÈáàersgfrq a rsÌrq+€kra qreflÌ(r+ì r Nlrmal OK, I'll organizeeverything or you. Do you needa visa?
Ëf.sr qrre{qrd ;ïÈ{TcÈfrW; r If so,you have o stand n that queueover here.
r<n qÊrta @ HÈÌish But I'm a Nepali citizen, you know. I don't need o get a
rOf à frr*Èdqriçr Ê racr€à nÈ rt {ìaÌ vlsa.
$r Nlrmal Oh,pleaseorgive me.Look, the uggagehasarrived.Now
{Rtr S,ìà*rì;wrwrìâ
rhr tg{n-srcrqÈrs{r+sr*rvc àS Hrrlsh
you mustpick up yourcomeout
But my luggagehasn't
luggage.yet.Doesonehave o rüâit
r;qR 3ÍfËrffi eq€'Èqr, d'rArfi'ì Ètr, àqf r q, *fi s r rò r a o ng ime heÍe. Í what?
Nlrmal Probablynot. It usually doesn'teven ake ive minutes.
ffi *rs@q6w<rmrffivrft-qnff ffi6 rqrrrí cfr
f<1à1,acÉ I err+crqÌ {r, q +E6 | After frve minutes:
{RTÌ qïq,.rãÈor r Harlsh It still hasn't H^ it been lost on the \üay or
something? "o-"'.
ffi avr€tqÍ{FqEÈrÈà*lìffiHììâ? No need o worry. I'll go insideand get youÍ luggageout.
Nlrmal
ËRqr t'iq r<rrà q<oq-{smcr r But you mustgive me ten rupees.
f{dr eïa rq-Atqra+srqgq aqrffiqr ç+' q {firqÌ qfr qFE r Hârish Tenrupees? haven'tany Nepali money. must exchange
qh acr{à{qÉcÈ ç{ tqÊtr{Ì ltrìa{f( lÈftÈdcrÈ r somemoney.
Nlrmal There's a bank over úere. Go úere andexchanget.
3ÌI's" R Á (Royal Nepal Aü After frve minutes:
xluTt e6"i"1
Corporaúon) +mrÈ passport Nlnnal Done? -ook,your uggagehasâÍrived.Now you must ake
f-q< cowpastuÍe qtq ,o open the uggageandgo towaÍdsCustoms.
firqr yisa wÈ-self,-oneself At Customs...
Harish
Customs official Show Hello,me
hello.
your passpoÍ then. Where have you àar-È@sÌnìqwir Boys and girlsshouÌdspeak
the tuth-
come rom today?
Ilarish From I-ondon.Should openmy bag? The affirrnative constructions commonlyused o pÍescribecorrett
Customsofticial Yes.We have o takea ook inside.Did you oack behaviourn general erms:
it yourself? Ê€rfqsìX€râqr<\irÌt I Students hould eslBct their
Harish Yes, I packed t myself. There'snothing special teacher.
in it apart rom clothesand such ike. qààffiqrAwil Everyoneshouldbelieve
CustomsoÍIicial That'sprobúly how it is, but we have o look, in God.
what o do?There, har'sOK. It,s done. ffiìqrffqrqrrfffir A husband hould ove
Nirmal Comesir, I'll call a taxi for you. Giveme your his wife.
luggageoo,youmustbe ired, 'll carry t.
7/17/2019
Ilarish
Ninnal
There's oneed,t's not heavy.
How far areyou going? Have you madea hotel
ffrs mB?Ímurq çÕdrõÍriÈol?Êl
reservation? r6 dÈdràtqdr
üt,rfuor?
Harish No need. here'smy brother,s ousen Naksal.
Nirmal That's that then.To get from here o Naksalby Èt ffi rr{íô çõÌ dI es c-'crsì rcrcfrqt|6r rfrexrÈmwftrr
taxi costsabout100 upees. rìd you mustgive w6ì RÍãR rd õ 5È{ mvreâftàpÌ m çq r ,ÌrÈçg I
me 100 oo.Thankyou. See ou again Èr ïì k*r fqrEtqd qÌM dì {ra Èì r dt aS5wntrì rrn r rtln
rn* qra ,ãrfrõõi
'rffiõÌ r.ftlÌàtfirqÍqhs-d{ sÈ qd 'frí' {rcnÉdq{
q{ìqqrrdr td {ì srun
Grammar rm r ìnm at* an Èì e rcìÌ 'rd dffi niìÈ
rrí âr r rr{aìc-.{rfli õrcÌfrâí'clTir sÉq arnçdr
ffie
99 Must, shoutd,don,t have o
The combination of the dictionary form of a verb with third person
singular orms of úe verb c1 Ío .Íai, có andviï in the preseni ense. rfro ft qü SGclfrì a{fi Rq @
and cìIÌ and f'í in úe past.l s used to expressmeanings such as ú Íaft{ìÊ wrEcfr{Í{ír fríri ÍíaF I
musL need to, should, have to, and ought to. The two words âIe
joined together when wÌitten: I UNICEF dv€ítisêmentn N€pali
mustbe / should be/ has o be / ought to be ho flìainh€adingransldes To b€ ablg o iveheatütilys a hu[ìan Íighl,every'r/oímn
Stt
qE " dtooldgêtüis rtlht
mustspeak/ shouldspeak/ has o speak ought o speak
If the sentencementions a person upon whom this needor obliqation Themeaningof the negaüve onstructionwith È is not exactly he
'falls'. s/hemust be marked n the sentence with opposite f this.RâtheÍ han sayingúât it is wrong to do something,
the posçosition it simply stâtes hat theÍe s no need o do it:
-írq lt tne verb rs rntransrtlve:
Êd@rìf{qïv-ïÈ | you do nothave to eaì-{€{râ q rr'a.,dcrfà ìtaÈ i I will tell them, ou ilo
not neÊd o.
cotne tomorTow. avr€ìÊna{à r I have wo pens, ou do not
r{rtgrawro,
- or wiú -à if the verb is transitive: needn buy (one).
f.<ìffi.rEqr{rs{qìfu r A pretty girl doesnot need o @rr6tnrcr€ +ar-wrÈì YesteÍday had to run herc
wearewellery. arÈ q$.ò t and theÍe o manyplaces
Theword d& is commonlyusedon rts own, rvithoutbeinÂattached in town
to a verb. o mean o need r don't bother However, he same onstruction s usedwhen he speakers talking
q dsrâ lrrÊrcffr Íàq( :rrtq { r i*, r bÍing somewater oÍ aboutúe irnÍnediate resent, ecâuse e considershe obligation hat
you, OK? pÍesses pon him as he speaks o have 'fallen' in the past tense.
qrfi-ftrg€ arrrfro r No need,we have wo Becausehe obügationhasalready fallen', úe speaker xpressesis
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali bottlesof watet intention o carry out the action without further delay: 108/169
If a needor obligation o be falls, ïrffi qrnqr qrlò, ffi I Mud has ot on to the child's
something Í somewhere uDonan &à {-"{c-S
7/17/2019 inanimatenoun, hatnoun akesneither nor qtâ: q,f,{frqrs"rïì
41.Teach Yourself Nepali clothing,now
lffitd-dmôì{
Laok, I mustwasht.
teacherhasanived.
acÉ+ì q-ffiqr Èvr d {ìwi I There simply.must e money rqg-ì t Now we mustopen our)
n your Pocket. booksand cad.
EXERCISE 58 Change the following statementsof fact into ìqd qtq fi{ffi {< F€ t{qÈ{r The Íestaul.ant ill close u
statements f geneÍalobügation. È-Sr.fr r ' Íir" minutes.Now must
Example pay the ü11.
e qt+ Èt wfuewro | <r*r€qì+ È< *fur wr-rqti EXERCISE 59 Change the following statementsof fact into
He goes o theoffice everyday. = He hasmgo to theofriie statem€ntsf pastoÍ immediateneed:
everyday. Example 3rdq sÍFE I = a|-drefÉ sl1q-ì |
e6È+fel+fwuÊt
He doesn't go to the office = sFort qÌr Êfi qFFqEr-{qiï
He doesn't hdve ta go to the
@r'rq{t= @qcr{qt$ìït
r ffiS{I c{cÊíflc-+ì qk{ Errrq; I
every d.ay. office every day. ì ffifilfr qffirrrlqfõÌ |
r üfrffiq-srqÉïr ì 3rdÌTsïÈ tE I
t Ìò rrnAÈ*Ècsrq ÌrdnF6 I rê"TÌ q tI{ +IIT ÌTFT
I {rq È{r È, {rfi-üÃ fussrcËìì r €*AsT{{€èflrtTqn1 |
( ttsfÌ sTFfl qr{ E|{ìïqï | -
v s-fi-{sËfud +qrm+r3à+q
r qifl{ q?qçrffi raÈçrq qrscrfi rrd r
e. qtq q rÌrd q-frsFfi 1ifr ffi ç6[sa5;5 I 10í The verbs frq andfrrrit
The verb ÍìE is very versatile,and can mean to come together,
1OOMust,had
Theobvious meaningtof a verb ottowed match, it, get along,etc. t is bestexplained hroughexamples:
(I1 ro al lcTd e1vÈ) is anobligation y úe simple ast ense f aqÌür + tÍSrr r-{à R{ I Thatcolour rcally doesn't
n thepast: match with this colouÍ.
@ wr+r mE;rfr avç rqrÊ rqR yesarday theÍeweÍeno õfqrqr fr qià fu++ì Èq I Thiskey hasn't itted
{rÍr-r I vegetablesn the house nd the ock.
$irao+Ì õrr fm'{ÌI I They came o an agreement.
*r* qtuq<ft à,çr.*Rqr*É .Ã:i; f:r:Xi'-iïoIí'* qq #gqi afr qTq3rf{ fr€{ | In this sentencehatword s a
rqï qEqü r "
office wasshit, so I díd not little unsuitable.
have ogo to town,
Èà ôa qrsr sffirr <rÈ*nr rs rMy songers alongwelÌ with

The veÍb fqïrr.ïí is the causative f fuq. That s, it causes coming
together,a mâtching,etc. ândtranslatesnto Engüshas to uo*gl
assemble,djust, uing togetheÍ,soÍtout:
de qfr€rìvà, vrffr r<rq That'sa ittle expnnsive,
fucrc{Ê1{qr shopkwpr. Please djustthe
price for ne
Èfr +fr*ì \zì r cw frerv.ar=àWhat ine shallwenÊt
tomomw? Wemust aÍÍange
7/17/2019
a time. 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
whvfuq{ r+vrrtere.ar=frWaita nmnent, won'tyou.
I have o tidy my haiÍ.
a-elriEed g<ruaÈ1q6 Nowyou are n agreement.
rqqrs{d{ | Please hakehands-
&) qt
{
úl
r- l
fõìJr.
I
I o
-q
oo tro
É
-
CL
II
ã
o =
1+
In his unit you will learn
. how to ask and statêwhat is
Íight and what is wrong
. how to ask and state what
one s allowêd o do
. how to identiíy somebãsic
facts about religion n Nêpal
El2Z Americans t Pashupatiemple or+rqrad E{ g{r qrsï Èà{

Jirn has been iving in Nepal for tbreemonths,and he is showins fqc ffiEï ErmÊT iìT\r+Ìì Íìrí qÈ s+ È4 ìrâ6 lilr qÉ{r+ì 3iitrí
fi qÍí;6 FF ?
someAmericanriendswho have ome o visit him thesiúts of thã
KathmanduValley. He wonders f he might ake hem ntúashupati c6i'qrrrfr dqrrr<r "i( s .fr FÈ Fqà 6rH ïd o Íì teqs{rt
temple.Thepolicemanat úe entrance xplainswhy hecannot. yrwfr rr=o1 ilrftF Er.Ffr rr a d g<rì rc*raa-frq r
qìFrlz1r{t|Èwfr q|d àfu;6 rFrEï rr.õqld,frT@ +rwr
TdË* qETgq I e{s+ì sÌ4 Ffq Ëà{ tsÈ 3r{kd €rE
fwr gà r
ra<t.refrrrào svqstÈ r
7/17/2019 r6t fsr, yerfrrr^grrtr ryreSqtil
qrqqr
41.Teach Yourself flià trÈ *"\:ofr
E{q àì cç6l$ of rerd
NepaliEÈ{ qqrqkflar+Ì qk{+ì
fuq ircicrzqt<trÈ +È tr< 6-.5

r6t ço, ç+<È&+ e ra< fi,r Èsr,ÊàS @.nqc Èt
$< rg,rafo.sa
c8 there: n that veryplace - F<rc\ the other side of
frsrç{ fo feacá aq to be covered
qqffi a follower of a reügion qd tulloc.k
rqr< utteÍance, omething aid
qdiï meanng
ft ro"ross
fqq qÊq{fi{ïqn r 1< deadperson
üfr €;6
*tffr avrif. E< rr+reqrfiìï(rÈ ? Írâtq ancient
frfiqq place of pilgrimage
Eír31 to bum,cÍemate
ffiW to takeaphotogryh
fur 6rfi-q€qìfudwË qrq+ r ffiv special q1ïad mqoper
i.r+q Íüle fu vq.Shiva emple
sëfrÈ{ ? fr ïÈffi +qçioavr€ur{o ffi rrw +-qÌfttrà r @qr leatheÍ <w vrew
frq {âi 3{Ìf-frrqr ìÊqfr fii IqfË,ì qÍq qà+ fi-q rÈ,n rÈ r .v ôq to be made fru.ri ro be careful
qftq cos11y21d, omlnund grq trouhle
ilfrqF<<Êrd.. {rerftqÌfl fúe Baérnaü river ..
r{et iì-È,srìFadrqr t{ ffi ìÍrqr ufi qE"6 r rrqrâcrü fr\r{ rìqrfr
furrsì qrfrs-{€Eï r Ìs it all right for us to go into the temple?
Jlm
fwr rvr< oq rra*Ìe + grfr vÊr<Frr a il.6 f{ gfi? Policeman Which country haveyou come rom?
l-6t evr€ftatrtie-qS6çgo
fqq r
èrqiffi* qÈà g r Èì gÈrÌ
Jlm We have come rom America.
Policeman Is that so?'What oodNepali you speak Wheredid you
r
eqt Tírt+ì Tilc-q,qr{R gSil€r leam theNepali anguage?
Jlm Right there n America I leameda üttle. Now I have
fu F,*tqa-* tqr$-{€ úq nìì\rqÈrr<vrà cÉërffi Êr*cs lived in Nepal or threemonús. Canwe...
Rlqq? Pollceman Aho, can you leam Nepali anguagen America oo?
c-tô {È frFàï rà qrlcffi {k{ ffi {ììr<Í Frâ-{ frúFq-{ didn't know. Are úere peoplewho teachNepali?
fr raà avrÊfi ï-{r flcd rosq *; ffiq fTffif€ ïrr6a 1 Jlm ThereâIeplenty.Tell me, s it or isn't it all right for us
fqTfrü"ì fuËq+-dÉ a-ftr* cq f{@ r+frftqìTq'cÊ sììì to enterúe temDle?
Policeman Are you a follower of Hinduism? úvisable is / is not aI ngfu. Often,no subject s mentionedn these
Jitm What doesdharmãvalanbi mean? didn't unde$tand. sentences, hich are often generalstatementsboutwhat s and what
Policeman Wïat I mean s, are you a Hindu? is notco[ect behaúour: n suchcasest canbeunderstoodo meanone
Jim No, I am not a Hindu. lvin you not allow us into the should..oÍ one should ot...
templebe€ause e arenot Hindus? qkrrr Tdr rs{ ãÈ{ Oneshouldnot wear shoesn
Policeman It's a bit inappmpriate.This templeof Pashupatinaús a tenple.'
Nepal'smostancientpilgrimageplac€.Thatyou should fq rrri nlvr< .n€ +q gia I According to Hindu rcügion,
know. So special rules apply here. The priests only it is wrcng to kill a cow.
alloìvHindus o enter.And even f theyareHindus,no- Ewrff trliq--{fl-{ t'Sfr ït qrt &{ | According o Istamic
one s supposedo wearanythingmade rom leaúer. 111/169
Íeligion, t is wrong o
Jim It doesn't matter.
It seems hat becâusewe are not poÍk.
Hindus here s noquesúon f going nside.But canone * eat
The solesof the feet oÍ shoesareunclean,and shoes hould
7/17/2019 get to look at the templecourtyard? 41.Teach Nofe
Yourself Nepali
Poüceman On the far side of the Bagmati river over úere, the be removedbefoÍeentering he nteriors of houses, emples,e c. t is
hillock covered by trees, right? They call that also nsulting o sit with one's egscrossedn sucha way that hesole
Mrigasthali.Cross he Bagmaú iver by that old bridge of one's shoe s in front of anotheÍpeÍson's fâce. Sirnilarly, carc
over here.From thebridgeyoucan seeRajarajeshwari shouldbe takennot to let one's e€t passóove any paí of a Nepali
Ghat.* ïìere, Kathmandu'sHindus bum their dead. t penon's body,nor shouldone ouchanotherprson on úe crownof
is not right to take a photo of that. It is extremely thehead.
improper. The alternativenegative forrn of fl (E-q instead of frt) is also
Jim I've understood.But what s thereat Mrigasthali?Just frequentlyused n these ontexts.The subj€ctof a verb n a s€ntence
Aees? of this type must âke -ì if the verb s transitive:
Policeman No, at lVíÍigâsthaliherearemanyShiüashrines.Therc f(frìfirààiqfí6.ï, You should noteat no mwh
aÍe ots ofmonkeys oo. You cansit in thesun hereand qfrffifr qfï( Ëõ | spicy (fnd), but it's OK to
look at a very fne view of Pashupatinathemple. eata LitÍle.
Jim Is it all right to take â photo ofúe temple tom there?
Policeman Yes, that's ósolutely fine. But be careftrl úth the
monkeys.You shouldn't give the monkeysany fruit. 1@ They dont allowyou to...
. Tbey'll give you houble. Nepú uses he verb f<X to give lo mean Ío leÍ or to allow. Tbe
Noúe A ghãÍ is a stepped laúorm eadingdown to a river. GhãÍs subjectof Ê{ will usuatly ake -ì in all tenses,o make t absolutely
are often used for úe performanceof religious devotionsand âs clear who the subjects. When oneof the fiÍst peÍsonpÍonouns rÍ or
crcmationsites. qrfr I ls tle subject,howeveÍ, t is unlikú to take-à except n past
tenses. he sEucture f sucha sentences typically:
Allower+ -à Personallowed+ qr{ Infmitive R (Ío alÌow)
Grammar qì q{cr s{qÍ€ Tè qrï È{ã r I did not allow him to smoke
1ü2Is it ail rtqfi b... ? Using he infinitive a cigaÍette tt the house.
with 6<rfir r6ftìfrffitktrrgtrcret Thepoüceman robably
Êàl òqr I won't allow you to wear
The combinationof the infinitive of a verb + fo / {àí expresses shoesn the bmple.
meanings uchas should úoúil not, s / is not peÍmifred is / is not
"
q-frfu{{<rrqÌfrfrì?{fràÈr
erc-{R
Whyhaveyou stritcheil off The English translation of each of úe above sentencescould eouallv
rqrÈ õíÈsc r theüght?Switch t on and begin because hey are Newats... urd. becauseshe s old...
let me read henewspaper, The addition of cÈ (even, ajso) ro rÌ\rr makes üe sentrencemean that
won't voL although what is stated is indeed the case, oúer things are not as
16Ír<rvrfv wnÈàa1 vQÈ È Qheg;on't tetyou go might be expecled:
sÌr{I6 | higherthan this.Thetes a È+r< q{ cF{çfi-{F fiqÈ DespitebeingNewaÍs,hey
danger f landslitu. drcq r speak nly Nepali.
Note * TheNepali eqúvalenr of ro suaÍcáon s d ro open.while Despitebeingold,my
Ío sm?cáoffis .Í< qì. ro sãur
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali Sqr<firftqwmrÈìr
r*T qt-<(qFtd.6 | gÍandnotheÍgoes o the
112/169
EXERCISE60 allowee
allower C.eite fi],e serrtenceslong
place/ time he following
verb lines:
allow? templeeveryday.
I people in my house smoke X 105 Religion n Nepal
= qqF,kF-drâfrqqqrs-+ë qrí ffi 1 Religions an ntegralpaÍ of tradiúonalife in Nepal,which súe only
allower allowee place/ time verb countrJ n theworld with Hindúsm as ts official reügion.Theconcept
ajlow?
I mother my friends in ourhouse drink alcohol X of qq GightÊousness, uty, morality, rcligion) çervades maly
2 úey us into thetemple go / acüvities, nd eügiousconcepÍs aveplayedan mportant ole in the
3 elderbrother children in themoming watchTV Bhâping f society.Môst Nepali-speakingeopleare Hindus, hough
/
4 father us in the evening go out X there are many BuddhistNewa$ and Buddhism s also prevalent
5 you (High) touÍists in thetemple wearshoes / ? aÌnonghep€opleof the high mountainegions.slam s representedn
mostTarai towns,and there s a Muslirn community n Kathmandu.
104 rïc{ being and rrs{cfr dêspitê ôeirig TheChristian ommunity s very small.
s{\rt, he -q{ panicipleof g , s commonlyused o point out thecause For Hindus,religion consistsn úe worship (fw) of specialbeings
(gods: , ia6r; 4 Oarticular mes certain imd of ttìe day,holy dats
of something,n much he sameway that the -Ç6Ì participle s used
in combinationwith -à to createa paÍ of a sentence egi;ing with of the weekor month,annual estivals,etc.), n particularholy places
(ata anily alur, ata emple, tc.).Theyshare beüef n theprinciple
because.When ïTç{ is used, however, the cause is stateà bss
ernphatically: of rebiÍh. heconsequencef âctions rf). and he llusory atureof
lhe mâterialworld ({crQ. The ultimate aim of reügiouspractice s
ìqrc vqi e+{€ ffi * È-*o +o* Being Newars, ny spak dcliverancefrq) from the endless ycleof birú ancl ebirth,butmost
ÌTqTqFT Hindussimplyhope or a better ebirth throughúe accumulation f
Bhasha oo.* mcrit ouq).
Ètr5nrenr$vwr.{rcàtrq
rnqËõr Beingold, myconresout
veryseldom grandmother lìuddhismand Hindúsm are closely ntertwined n úe Kathmaadu
Valley towns, and sornetimest is difficult to decide whether a
of the house. püÍlicular templehas a Buddhistor a Hindu dedication.For many
*
Nore TheofEcial name or the Newari anguages ìyÌir vrw. The Ncpalis, he distinction is meaningless.However, Buddhism is a
KathmanduValley, where t is úe indigenous anguage,wasknown distinct eligionwhich,unlike Hindüsm, hasa founder, he historical
âsqqFT ntil the pÍesentcenttrry. Ituddhacalled Gautam4 who is also given the title Shakyamuni.
Buddhism haresmanybeliefs n commonwith Hinduism,but it has
n tlillbrent concepúon f the conceptof deliverance,which is firqiq,
ihe 'snuffing out' of desire.Unlike Hinduism, Buddhism is also

practised by monastic comnrunities. The religion has its own
pantheon f deities.Of Íhese,be Bodhisatwasbeinsswho have
delayedúeir own attairurentof ffi and have voweãto work for
the enlightenment f all sentientbeings)are widely worshipped.
To stâte hat a paÍicular deity is worshippedat a particularplaceor
time, use he verb phrase d F* W
*$<<wr6d1wrço r Mahãdevs woÍshipryil t
worshippedn thegreat
7/17/2019 festivalof Dasain. 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
EXEBCISE 61 Translatento Neoâli:

A Whichgoddoes histemplebelong o? s it alt right to go nside?
z
B This is úe templeof Gânesh.Yes, it is âll dght for you to go
inside,but you must âkeyour shoes ff.
A Is this a very old temple? q I
B Yes, t is very ancient.Peoplecomehereevery moming and do {1.,
püjã of Ganesh.
A Why do they have o comehereevery moming?
I'o o
g) qt
B Theydo not have o come,but it is good o comqhereeveryday.
If you do püjâ of Ganeshevery moming your day will be {
successfirl. hat s a belief of ours. rl
A What should do now?
B You havedonedaÉan of the god, and hat s good.pleasegive r =
sl
oq)
I
II I
a üttle money or the temple.
A I do not havevery muchmoneyon me. But perhapst will be âll
right to give ten rupees?
B Yes, that is fine. Pleasecome, t is late. Nolv we must go to
Paíupati emple. t is not so ar. If we walk üere we canreach t
in half an
A Which hour.
deity is worshippedat Paíupaú emple?
B Shivaji s worshippedhere. ã-
ln this unit you will leaÍn

. how to us€ hs Nsoaliverbs
that meancaÍÌ
. how to describêvêós
. howto talk aboú leaming
and eaching
. how to talk aboutwanting o
do something
Cl28 How many anguages anyou

speak?
fiqT language
ìq to speak
q;q 9ths1
qq to get to, Íunage to
q\ to be able to gn old man
Ëri{TE fir{{if,{crrnqr*qvwr.v r Rr mrik q old wonan
qÍí {NÍ mothef tongue {Er-{Tô-{€ young men and women
ffiqq flïffitqàfu ì fqqqrcrduE rfrq rnqr Ì qmïrqr à È r
cÍ<s Íeality 1rE${ ttìestalsnÌn IndianTV channel
ÌÌ erÊï uq rrrqrqrqrd 1u q€r È r qïg one t seÌf È'à rarely
efirrq fqq rrrsÌ dqrfi ïEïrqr ì ò{r, a<acrffi qrÊr Trfr cÍì q.r birrú gui ancesÍor
à*rrr.drrqrqdo, È{ï r s@ word Ê{Èsr rfi Brtisli Á.rmy
gâ boú RïeE ro reoeive 'consume')
ft-qÈ*q uq rnqrÈì qrqwe m r+rqr , il{ fffr sÈÈfu ì q ìqffr
fircaqrq to get by, fiincüon a pnsion
114/169
qrcí{qr qnrÌrqr qmà q-.qaru
$rqr cÍì dìrq I
ffirrrcrÈtdqrqwraffirncrÈ rTÈ rà È I czàqdatusualy,
rra al| mosÍly .rçq surprse,
Erq to k?ow amazement
ëirrw Èr Ê+<r{qr cÉ qrgrrrqr ì sr<{rg fr gà*f Èr cq6o r
ffiÊfr fl{r qft ffi rnqr òfr ffiÍf;Ìr r Harsharaj How many anguages anyou speak?
Tilbikrâm I speak heLimbu language versincechildhood.The
ftrqkrq {df{É ìqrqÌ ì-q 3rr$à{ Limbu language s my moúer tongue, n fact. For me
a,irrq çr*qr$èq r úe Limbu languages like mother's milk.
frrqÈmecfrròín,mÈìwqr$s+{Íw€ r{sT ìcffrqr firr *nsr Harsharaj The Limbu language might well be your mother
tq-üE rarÈ rnÉ6r fi-qF'È{Fflè,r<T ErÊ{ qqR-+ì qrfir tongue,but for you Nepali too is like a secondmother
tongue,sn't t?
{rE1 3rq{r+rq tÊ rr €ld qrf{Fas o* q+ Trsnrrd Tilbikram The Limbu languages the anguage learned rom my
*oT r.-+Èr{"Tìcfi-{FÊ{,qnÈd rqìilqq€fu+ïqÉàfi
rfr 1er$t-6= Èt r* EàvÈ rnvrìw çqï q-{Èq r r mother, but I also speakNepali from a young age. n
reality, what does'moúer tongue'meân? s it the
qfi.Tq frq{ ìvrderÈd <cr€õn€ { T{ Eïces qÌ{q qfÈbï r languagespoken rom birú or the language eamed
ft-qÈnqq @ Sff wq t l1fr wfr ô-q ch {ïe rìcrôìrfi-{€{Ê fiom yourmother?
H Tn rqid qrà 5*t rgqrq{â'{- ffiqr qrcr F HoÌsharâj I think you can give both thosemeanings o the word
ftfrr6s & r qFr+rq vrqqr ç.<rfiïqfr eiiqrt.E rF $ï 'moúer tongue'.Canyour moúeÍ speakNepalitoo?
{$È gar-{sfr qqffi qrË-.oïìqmqr Tllbikram Shecan't speakNepali.
^ Harsharaj Not at all?
ehrq deS reÊ llÌ g<r+r ìzÈâ-qs qrwr qqfu€ q<r srd Tllbikram It's not quite ike that,but sheknows very ittle. Faúer
qÈ41. n-r e r +ir*.6{dgqr Mr crì Èí{, sÈíÌ cÍï ìq
canget by in Nepali. Themen of our villâge travel for
r-ecfuffir trade or they woÍk outsideúe village, but the women
fttltf{nq mì;zÈáE€wì fe-r, {Ì-fr vrer*Ìe rd àg gr6s vÈ o1 generallystâyright in the village. So they don't get to
d* ÌnÈfl reô-q€Èì qÈ ÈÈsr qrff+Ì R'q qFbï r fi learnany anguages ther hanLimbu. And the old men
qÌ? È-{ï, õÌ8-+ô qrr6sa fr-S vrvr r.er i wq r rw*d andwomenusuallycan't read or wÌite any anguage.
T<rÈÈ rcd vqfir q{r€ qfr fi'frfua qc qrÈ fir* r Harsharaj What languages an you speakexcept or Limbu and
dcÊilÊ{F dr-frfç6qaqÈí r Nepali?
Tllblkram I can understandHindi and I can speak ust a little as
{ti{rE dffi I q qd{ {€ er {Ìf, skï rqtqrs .rf, e qq iÍr.6 m well. It's not sohard for Nepali-speakerso understnd
eiìú qrÈ crft ràq àqÈr Hindi. TheyoungmenandwomenwatchHindi filrns ât
the cinema.nNowntluyr.
Doordarshan y(,uIt's
Nepnl r wcll. canrareget to young
o find watch lVhendiscussinga penon'sanguage
construcúon as t that abiüty to speaka language, a corffnon
the omes o úat person:
peoplewho cannot n(h.r$tntì(lindi n Nepal oday. qcrâ ffi qfu qfr qÈs r
Harshara.i That's true.And thechilchcnol thenewgenerationare I know just a ittle Nepali.
ffi-€{trfr+dq3{rÈremàqqÊàí ì I can sryakhglish but
not illiterate ike úeir unccstors,re hey? n schools
ca nt wÍite ìt.
úey leam o write and rt:rd notonly Nepalibut English
too. EXERCISE62 Vy'ritenineshortNepali sentences tâting hat eâch
Tilbikram But it's not ust childrcn, hcrearealsosomeold men of the personson úe left is able o oerformeachof the verüson the
in our village who cüD spcak English.Most of úem rigbt:
receiveBritish Army pcnsions.And therearesomeold I speakNepali
menwho cannot only spcukbutcan also eadEnglish. she Middle) cook Nepali food
It's amazing,you know. At one ime I wanted o leam
. English you (High) understandhis book
7/17/2019
oo. Did you ncvcr want o leamEnglish? 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
Ilarsharaj I can read Engüsh but I can't speak t. I'd like to 1O7To get to, manage to
practise t but I don't hoveü friendwhoknows Enelish. qTgl meanscan n the sense f getting the opportunity o/managing
What o do? Ío. t suggestshatpermission asbeengranted, r thatciÍcumstances
are in some other wây favourable.The difference in meaning
b€trveen ïnX andqst is particularlymarked n negativesentences:
Grammar q -sffr q ìcfô +fr crtÈ{ | In London I can't (alon'tget
106 Io be ableto... the chance o) speakNepaíi.
Nepali hâs two veÍbs that mean can. They are each used in ìqmqï Èà dÌ-fr fufl qrïÌ t In Nepal couldn't (diiln't get
combinationwith the infinitive of a veÍb. <q meahscan n a way 3{q TFT'CIST.6í Cì\FÍ He could notml
thechance leam
(üd Engüsh.
Dotget a
úat refers to the iúerent or physical capability of its subjectto
perform theverb n question: chance o) climb EvercsL
qrsqqr dqr{ T<{ qtï qrs€-ï t You won't be able to (won't
g qrr{qÌen qEï $16 | He can climb (is capable of get he chance o) eat
cümbing)Evercst. - gundruk n london.
s grFçqrqrqdï {Èí I Ne cannot cümb (is not
capable of climbing) Thepassive onn of cT<{ , i.e. ctq , can also be used mpersonally
Evercst. to state hat somethings permitted,or that the oppoÍunity exists o
In sentencesn past enses,he subjectwilt take-ì if the verbthat t do something:
wasableor unâble o Derform s transiúve: w-s+rnffiqÌqcrt-{ r In London one doesn't get to
Present tense Past tense speak Nepali-
oavr€frgrgav+à qrà *ffiqr v{Í{qTqrs-.dïcr{à{ | One cannot@etpermission
| s{ì dcrgaòn Sa q+{ r
He can't understand what you say. He could,nï understand what to) climb EveÍest duÍing the
you sat4. cold weather
{qTEÍlìl-{ lr*f CIFT rí6 | One gets the chance) o eat
qdfffireq-€ (f<{ r qì çàft-arqcq qH r gar&: k in theHelambu
I canl read hat book. I couldnl rea.d hat book arca.
EXERCISE
of 63on Write
the persons úe leftnine short Nepali
managed sentencesstating that each
to perforrn Rçrs1 is the causaúveof Íìq ând t therefoÍemeans o cause o
each of the verbs on leün oÍ to teach.
the right yesterday:
he (Low) climb Everest {rffi çserarà qÍâ r fiï'neï An old man in the uillage
they (Middle) make a phone call frrrç+ìftrà r taught me to sing this song.
you (Middle) eargundruk +dfi vrrre<Í{5flÊ qnfl{ E{ She s teaching thesesmall
firrr$à916o 1 children to read the alphabet.
108 Describing a verb A secondveÌb that meâns o teach s cõTgd, vhich is actuâlly the
câusâtive f g€ to read, to study.Thereforc,vari{ is only used n
Nepali usually uses he infinitive of the verb (e.g. fufl to lean, more academiccontexts,and only Ïenrs1 is used n combinaúon
leaming)wher. hat verb
s being describedwith an adjective. f you wiú the nfinitive of a verbto mean o teach o...
116/169
wish to celebrate
far, you might likehe
to easewith
declare: which you havemasteredNepali so acÉÈ6-drfiàqõrq€õ t What do you Each at
7/17/2019 41.Teach Yourself Nepali this school?
ìqFft fufr {ffi il.o I To eam Nepati s easy. q ÍFl(í c-drs6 d I I teachmathemaücsere.
gf+ì qf<uf qf stnÈ o fa{rg His pronunciations a flqõcÍ{õFqrERlÊì,r.ifu+rg-S6€ r what will you tÊlrjh
+r."rà sq+ì ìrrfr qs rrà o r üttteodd.So r is üfficuh tlrechilúen to do today?
qrqqífi-{€-{r{Èsrs.r-iffiE t Today shall each hem
ïrt.- ,.È{rq.{q ròq;b i,"tïff,,fff,i"lio#;0," to addup.
for money,
3Ì5qfò and rt|à can both be translated as difficu]t, but thev have Súool subjects
süghtly different connolaÍioDs. I|â means difÍicult in úe senseof EÊd€tq Histoty fq-ír{ science
rTfrlí 3iÌfr
somethingbeing hard or tough.
is probleÍÌÌaúc, awkward while 3ÌqaIIà meaÍì6úat somethins
or tricky. Tmq Mathematics
Geogmphy ffi English
Nepati
í09 Io leamto,teachto
fufl means o lean.It is usedwith boú nounsand verbs;when
combinedwith anotherverb in a phnse mearútgto leam to... , tJte 110 7o want to...
verbthat s leamed akes ts inÍinitive form: There are severalways of expressinga wish to do sornething.The
q ìcrfr $rqr ffi-q t. fust is to use the verb qrq to warf ro in combinationwith the
I amteaming Nepali. infinitive form of a verò:
qffiì{rqr\a{mql I am eaningn read Nepali.
q ÈfrìrÌ ìnqr fu+ì fuE gefrè r@ q.ea 5n q-< GúÍuji wants otell the
I was leamins chinese.
q fcfu4i ìrrqr +q ffi fi{qr I was eamiig to write ìcmqr dcr{ qrd cfil<Í(à qrFr6Rr }I4haÍ oÍ of presensdoyou
Cbinese. s.rqrc6. Ê+a <16ggo ? want o buy for your family
rs.È {r+ ËÌfr u+à r Now Rame s leaming to in Nepal?
dÍive a caÍ.
The secondway of expressing wish to do somethings-to use he
T 93Ì oÈa** *r"* u- My daughter asnot eamed pasttenseof the verb phrase fi Fflq ,which is $T FÍtr4Ì . This is
perhaps morc typicallyNepali way of expÍessinghe samedea rFT
{Írà meanssomethingike mrhd súuckor mind tended.It is in the
DIZS Xatyani isits he doctor

Jivan takes his daughter Kalyani to see Dr Shresúa becauseshe has
fi-fi frq
tÌEc,sÊià{
ert{ flÈq,ËrfrErs<rqr-+r$aï
r 6rfrrfu n=ò' -$àv
been complaining of sore eyes. sr.às r{FrràgqÍàc-{frrqffiqt{ffiËïc+E lq dcri{rÈ
q{,È trt Ê;q rwfr à$ fetgrr t*6n < g;r ffi gÊ r+
ú-fi +qÈqrs<vÈs r 3cÈ( @ sifi à srr.FiïÊ&, àar
sr. âs q-{È r*g.È( rqA-òqa,àqÈr ff{í Ê+qgf€'qÈq. rrqflE rffn frq +-ar qqtcs
fifi <r+<erffi Ìfr oÌ{Ìffi qS<ìqrí{ qr\'+Ì rffi rrq'ô fiÍâ
3rrd er.Èw $ vÍì ffir cs{cr crf,-E q, {RÈqmàq rqR fiÌï
ç <n fer wÌ r e6ri arsaìErìaìr'r 'rf qrfi rqfc iqÌ lrçt:rì qqÍ€Èqrs{ ìft qrsgòq t
gìcfu €ïE<qÉ Èlars1l-s rrì<qffi-{s {dr<6aRqRÌ r
er' aÌw q, es rÉrà <crtì...rrfr, ffi írq à È õ ? sr. Dr fi-{ì-.ndêr4aúe:adidìoeattÌEdy
fiqr ÍÌ f€{rqfr,sr€{ vÈ r ffi rL Afi cor*er,save,unking lnafii
er.4q qfr ftrfreÌr r ffi unwel (opposite f tâ) ers{r frewood
ersà lead llcÌ smo.ke
{--qr fr vr+ li, er€{ vrà{ r Eq ÍoluÍ ffi a Wil,pltute,cauehürrtb
qr.,ìq t;r+Ì ãrs+Ìqrq qH Erf, errffi r cer<r 3TÈfi frEt{ r qq to staÍt,betn 3r'lq Ío boil
-cl-oafter àqre{ úocooJ
ú-+t à8Ê<ïàfu r"ìEr(È ga.riÈ€ r@{ì< flArcdgìqÌer ctfr chiL1.ütile one qÌqftr medrcine
{rdT lïqfr F|gl ffi tongue fra Ío büY
gr.àq rrqcïrfr, lffirâs r ÍqqÍ üaÍfhoea Èf. again
r_(.qr ftqiqr gc*€r-€isÈ r
er. Èq
t"qrfi çr qifl
<à *È fui è'rqroÈrr+qrÈ
qE6ere-< r 3Ìiqr$qf 1ìr. Jivan
DÌ Shrestha Hello
Hetlo.Doctor Súeb. methen, what's happened?
Sit down,Tell
qÍqrrÈàËq qrc* r Jivan My daughter'sbecome ll and have come o show
er" àq heÍ to Doctor Súeb. She'sbeen unwell for several
+enfr gn+n qc Sìcfu g6ï qìrà er€< qÈq rqfd-{r{qq dÈ #ì days.This moming she began o say thãt heÍ head
t+üìflÈqtr+rEq.ÌttÈ r hurt. And when we heard hat\üe houghtwe should
er" qq ãrs-àqi{$b ? showher to Doctor Súeb and we came n a hurry.
+-erfr eireÊ*EngÈ ffi, er+er È rrEafirà rr* r Dr Shrestha Oh, you did the right thing... Child, what is your
nâme?
er.àq qÈÈÊqr Kalyani Kalyani, DoctorSaheb.
+-c+rofrç*rere< vri* r Ih Shrestha And your age?
er. àq asÉô ÉÌffi sçcq fri ffi 5S ç.s r Kslyani
Dr Shrestha Sevenyears,Doctor Saheb.
Did heÍ headonly begin o hurt today?Shewasn't ll
q-fi +-ôqÈii qÈ qsdÉ È{r {rÈ Êrd er€{ vri* rÈvrmffi
before his?
{rfrì ú-fi sq Êd q1ì sÊ firà ì{fr rs{rsrÈràô c rrq'+ìÈ{, Jivan For severaldays shewas saying úat her eyes hurt.
sr. 'ìq qrqr o"n€E-€rfi ìrrt q{rg{g;6 r Yesterday lookedânddiscoveredhat boú eyeshad
ú-{4 ç}werr<r@r become ed.
sr"àq çâffiftÌr Dr Shrestha Tell me child, how areyou?
Kalyani My eyeshuÍ, DoctoÍ Saheb.
t'f to go (in oÍder) to watch

Dr Shrestha
Kalyani
Dr Shrestha
JustshowmeyouÍ tongueúen.
Both eyeshurt, Doctor Saheb. Whicheyehurts? frqqìT
çargr to send (in oÍdeÍ) to get
Wlrcn did your eyesbegin o hurt? |r{õrcI to come (in oÍder) to do
Kalyani My eyes began to hurt after I got to school on
Wednesday, octor Súeb. I satdownto reada book qrfi-qs rwr rqt ï{fr< sÌàoÌ t We aÍe going to the foÍest to
andat úat momentmy eyesstaÍed to hurt. cut frÍewood.
Dr Shrestha Doesyour head urt oo? qrq rÈfr c-d ïn-S+ìF,òArÈ This aftemoon a man from
Kalyani It washurting this moming, Doctor Súeb. But now lrrÊèf,qrgà6 the next village is coming
it's better. to |ook at our cow.
Dr Shrestha And what úout your stomach? Sometimes,hepostposition eTÍàs added o úe irúinitive of üÌeverb
Kalyani
It doesr'thuÍ, DoctorSaheb. to emphasize e senseof purpose.This is especiallynecessaryn 119/169
Dr Shrestha A
Jivan Howfewismonths
your daughter'shealthusually?
agoshehaddiarrhoea,Doctor Saheb. spoken Nepali, when purpose is often expressedoutside the
frameworkof a ftìll sentence:
7/17/2019 Whenshegot diarrhoeawe gaveher ,Jivan_Jal'and 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
rfrqs t6ï cìq-{r sïà q ? tìcr Why are heygoing a
shegot better qúckly. Apart from rhat,noúins has Pokhan. To watcha frlm?
happened. ÈftrrÊ r
fr*ts frq s-{frTïcÈâ t <rs{r why haveyou enteÍed he
Dr Shrestha What do you cook your food on at home?
{r-{{rl ? forest?To cut rÍewood?
Jivan On a cooker,Doctor Súeb.
Dr Shrestha A kerosene ooker? Anothercontext n which purpose s expresseds one n which you
Jivan No, Doctor Súeb, wecook on fuewood.We aleDoor wishto say hat someúing is neededn order or a paÍticulaÍ Yerb o
people, eroseneannot eafforded. happen. n this case, he posçosition -à qrFr for is âdded o the
Dr Shrestha The smoke nside the housemight have harmedher infinitive of theverb:
eyesa ittle. I will give youmedicine or this.And for sÈ fiffi qrÊrà qrR.o lqÌà What doesoneneedn takea
a few daysdo notforget o washhereyes wicea day, tqffi{rFÍ+{È{rqrR€ | phongraph?To takea
moming andevening,with water hathasbeenboiléd phúogr$ryoutdacanwa.
andcooled.OK? qÌ ìH q-qrc-i-dÌrÊr Èì gea a+raft n orderm play this adio
Jivan Very well, DoctorSúeb, thank you. Whereshould ffi, I had to buy a battery.
go to buy themedicine?
Dr Shrestha You canget t in anymedicine hop.There,akecarc. f
she s notbetterwithinfour dayscome o show her o)
í13 Beginningo do something
me agatn. Nepalihas our verbs hat mean o begu. Theseare: -Ë1,{õqi'
qlq, ândqTIt.
Grammar $fland$d
$ is a nounmeaningDeginntng. hus,gt{ï meansn thebeginning.
{ï€{is intransitive,while 1t tr is transitive; heyhave he sense f
112 Expressingpurpose to commenceand Ío sfarÍ rcspectively.They âre boú used as the
The infinitive of a verb can be used in combination with verbs such mainveÍb of a sentence ndcannotbecombinedwith any otherveÍb:
as TÌ1 to go, 3ÍTgí fo comq and also with oúer verbs, to exDress qTqrÌ ãFiFq rfr {ì $ ü'6 ? At what üme does oday's
purpose. n thesecontexts, he infinjtive of úe verb mewts n order proganme begin?
to do whatever the verb might be: rre qrfrà$ rFft* 1The work s very overdue.
+rrsÊffiwà
We must staÍtnow-
e È{ and aTlT can boú be usedwith the infinitive of a verb to indicate Compare úe translations
uses l{ and the otheÌ qlq:of the following sentences,one of which
the beginning of an event or action. Although yÌc,I and qrrï boú
mean to begin, there are certain tenses and contexts in which one
sqfuq Er{ rmo t He s on hisway o the enple
he is about o set out for the
should be used instead of the other, and in some contexts tlìeÍe is
temple.
some difference in meaning between the two verbs. Nepali-speakers
use these two verbs raúer more than English-speakers use the
s qFq< n qrRs t He has startedgoing to
thetemple.
English verb Ío begr.
Eï -I has the sense fo sÍaÍ fo... In the past tense, it means úat the
The ust sentencemeans hat he has begun o go to úe temple,and
subject began to perform the yeÍb with which cÌq is combined, but
is currendyheaded n that direction.The secondsentence uggests
it does not imply that the verb is still being performed:
thathewas not previously n the habitof visiting theternple,but has 120/169
gqk<qrq qïeà t He staÍtcd o go to the emple. started o go Íeceníy.
qr.í is more suited than sflF{ to casual or involuntary âctions or
7/17/2019
Èfr*fuâewrfrr My younger sister taÍted 41.Teach events, t never akes à, even n the past tensewhen the verb it is
Yourself Nepali
to cÍy, liúed wiú is transitive.
qlq is tansiüve rvhen t is usedúth transitiveverbs,soúe subject
must ak€-à in the past ense: Further èxamples of erg and q]n1
qò qfic-{,ffiì.ì-f,iliqÌ? ÍIeyDqak what re oudoing?
$Frtmqffr | fÍom last Wednesday.
q rkrq]-q Ìd, qrqr I'm eating ice, mother
<rìx<ìtw*r<qrerFTrç+ffi r Father ad uststattedTo cad crfr q'iqr.fr rffiErdr dn1q-S I It's staÍted o rain. Now we
thenewspawr. mustopen he umbrella.
{rfrfuq@tudqqqfdffi From the monthof KaÍtik the
qre
a voluntary thepresentense
is usednhoiceo performúen veó:
situationswhere hesubiectmâkes ËrcrFE wealhüstãts o u Íadw cold
q qrÈ r-f, rcs r I shallsbrt b do t today. 114 After doing something
*fràfueffiturqr"oìr He sayshe will start o learn The postposition rrfu ater is added o úe past ensebaseof verbs,
Engüsh Íom tomoÍow. wiú the -e- vowel forming ajunction betweenhem, o mean:
dl.T qrscfu after eating
iTltif has the sense to begin fo... It is very rarely used in the present
\tqfu afrergoing
tense, where it gives \üay to sITq. In the past tense, t often meansthat r{ffi after saying
the verb hasbegun o happenor be performed. but is slill on_qoing.
For instance. the sentencesq q' ì-rq {rÌ and c sì qn mr+ì
sàcfu aftergening up
E ,igit tTqqfu after being becoming
be taken
lrome butliteÍally to meanI
in fact they began
can both to go home and,I have begun igo
mean <raqr fiÈ {T{ràfficÈR After he had a nighanare n
f anrgoing home or I am on my
way home'. f;Kreq qà{ | the ni4ht"he could not sleep
g rrr{, àfr {ffr El-{ rìrsì ? agan.
Hey, brother,whereare a1-qrqrqÈTfu f{rqqr{€{É AÍter motherand atherhave
you off n? +,eàqtit died,who will lookafteÍ the
q6fi-qqnqrHlffiÍìr I'm going to Thamel.What small children?
about ou?
rrffiâvncrÈt I'm onmy way to Bhotahiti.
ffiqrffiqErÈ<fuË
td{rqcr à,- rra-rv
- qr rk I wentoutaftcÍ I hadgot up qK is a noun meaningnernory or recollecâ'on.Oneway of saying
in thepale early tawn, that you do or do not Íemembersomethings simply to state:
waslredmy handsand ace, Ifqrâ qr< g t f remenrbe.Ì'to me theÍe s
andbnshed my teeih. memory').
Nore * In Nepali,one sees,a dreamor nishtmare. qfiâ qTEËq I I don't Íemember 'to me
there s not memory').
115 Rememberingand forgetting
Il pracúce, his constÍuctions usedmostcomÍnonly n the negative
The erbÊfr meanto orget: to state hat someone asno recollectionof some act or event rom
6fr45{1ffivr* Don't foÍget us thepast:
qrç .l.idS +ì dcr€fr rc Ê{ r
Please orgive
121/169
È.
3nEf(frW{reffifuìqr*
forgotten youtme, I have
name. àÈìqffiTlrÈ
qr4 ìàï È{[r I tdcrffi This s somethinghat
happened ong timeago.
rilà Wy üd you colte home late Peúaps you don't
7/17/2019
ÊCrÊ*ì+rgr fÍom school today? Did you
Íerrrember.
foÍget the way oÍ what?
In the constructions hat use zlf(, the person who is or is not
N-ore * also the expressionqrq-r cTFiA\ üterally, don\ kijl remembering s passive. S/he is not actively rememberingor
affection,which means don't forget me/us'or .keepin touch,. forgetting he matter n question.But theverb{F€1 is used o mean
Êft is alsocombinedwith the nfinitive of a verb to mean o foÍseÍ ta Íemembedrecalln a more active sense.As explainedabove, t
to... rarelyoccurs n the negative,because e verbÊfi ro forger ulfills
r+rur;.f,+ar.6 uoç4tìnr{r Êq pleaseorgive me, forgot to that ole.
tqÈ r 've rcmembered.ou
Í*o',.*<*"-"+mqrr{ffi#:,i:;"#,tffif;:
maÍid he foÍgot to ask
r<rìTl\'óì
vrà tacÉìo{ì3nqrì{
ftÌà, ÈEï ? Atsaid
lasto comeat 6 o'clock,
üdn't you?
for agirl.' 6frì {r€i { flfr @ ffi Sometimesrecall my
Nofe * A proverb which describeshow in one's rush to set qtà< qitq t weddingday an'd smiJe'
somethingdoneonecanoftenforget somecrucial ngrcdient.
The causativeof {T{ is RTs|-gl, which literally means o Íemind.
If you wishto tell someoneo remembero do something, ou should HoweveÍ, t is mostcommonlyused o mean o explain/counsel:
tell themnor ro forgef to do it, usingÈ+ìT: {ìf ÉÌ<rÊdü.rf qrà{ rssqr€ qk My son cfuseso marqt.
+flc-dsffEAffiffiè,fl AfteÍ you Íetum to England, {F{] 1àq ï I Justexplain hitgs to him,
inìRr Ë d Íemember(don't forge) to wouldyou?
trììTnÌ-ìHqr g{FIRT|tï ra'rìte s a etteÍ, OK7 116 BeÍoÍe doing something: postpositions
Pleasecmembr (ilon't
ïr*cçrq I füget) to listen o ihenews beginningwith -ìr-<r
on the adio thisevening. There s a set of trvo-woÍd postpositionsof which the fiÌst woÍd is
Therearc two veÍbs that meanto ÍemembÍ _ rIrE and sìFgT -rKÍ. Becâuse -rr€t is also used to mâke comparisons (see
Theseareused n slightly different ways. Ët
Grammar 51), these postpositionshave at least a vaguely
comparative enseo them.Three of úem meanbefore,and canbe
usedwith nounsor verbs:
-ìr<I3Tfr
-T<rsRà befoÍe,Wuious to,ago
befüe, Fevious to, ago ückots.Before atheralso
if the buswould etumedútl the tickets
go to Dhúlüel' asked he
He saidúât driver
it would.
-q-<rflrIÈ beforc, levious to,ago dlo said hat úere was no questionof not going to Dhulitüel
3TFnrq { sü^qfu RI qqT rscr Tenyears go herewasn't there s a good hotel there.Bpfore the bus sets out ftom
Frlms{qfíÌqq{ | in úis paÍt for Panchkhalall the passengersyãtnüÂrü) eat theiÌ
ïfïl:ashop meal there,he said.Suddenly t began o rain, so we all
v{ Rrt ïI<r cÈà rÈì qqqrqr qrqiïI BefüE19@ o-oneú set & Dlace o sit on the bus. After a few minutesouÍ joumey
È++ìfqç{ fmt on the moon. began.
These hreeposposiúonsarealsousedúth verbs o meanbeforc. n
suchconstrucúons,
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali sf<t mustbe added o thedictionary orm of the 122/169
verb:
rF<-<Fr*rçr<rv@ElrcÌ"'r pleaseemembr (ilon't
7/17/2019 iRFfgRI foÍget) to t3,ke ff youÍ 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
shoes fore going
into tbetemple.
wvqv<r wnÈt<MÍi(Ir€ * qiÌìfr Ae uE going home want o
rtrr <r6q l- give you ihisgift.
çr<rrÈ fc@ 6n g4I Wby üdn't yoi wash our
lì6;TïuÌq.FÌ? hands nd eet beforcgoing
to bed?
EXERCISE64
My elder sister Translatenro Nepali:
got married two .
weeks ago. Now she lives in
Dhulikhel (dhulikhel). Dhulikel is about en miles ftom Bhalranur.
LastSundaywe went there o meetheÍ husband ndher new family.
To get to Dhúikhel we had to take a taxi as far as RatnâpaÍk. At
RâüÌaPaÍk we had to board a bus that was going to panchkhal
(pãcskhãl). Dhulikel is on the way ro panchkhal.
After we arrived at RâtnaPark atlìer had to go into a shop.He hacl
forgotten o buy any presentsupahiir). you have o give pÍesents
when you are visiting someoneor the first time. Father had to eo
into threeshops o buy cloth (kâpâCõ),sweersmifhãf and bangl-es
(curã). Mother began o feel worried becauset had begun o get
ratheÍ late. We did not know that it takesonly one houÍ to reach
Dhulikhel. We did not know eitheÍthat buses eave (chupu) every
hour.
After fatherhadbought hegifts we begano searchor theDbulilúel
bus. A man standingbesidea new blue bus had besun to shout
(ksrãuu) 'Panchkhal Panchkhal 'Father {,ent o the;ffice to buv
30 The map oÍ Nepal
tMoutrtâitrl SsqtÊ lTowd 4 fr{lfE
Moutrtâiíl 2 qÊIurÌ
zo r+ Moutrtaial3 qFr{qÌ{TT lTowtrl5 5rS{

flbwDl ó tÍ<ÍãFR
tTovúlI TracrsÌ tRiverlA 6 rm
Ir [Iowúl 2 íqInFInt tRiv€Íl T=^+
J llowúl 3 Èq{r ÍRiv€Íl C rfFl[t
il nÌqT àì g<r qrErcrs{

ffi as1 rqvqra lrâ ffi
34l t'q)
3qto
ÈtÈq fi
vqgar qvcÍâèìsfu ftÈfirr ffi ltt gf* o t
ìcm{r Sézr 6 <Ig-{€ rvtrcrr*e o r a sïfr€ ïÈfií ffi
I qca çr< qcà s r<fuurqrrÍ€rr qtr{ rÈqÍ,dËT{,qÈ{q qrnd ì
ÊqEFq r TfFct rmq e qÍì frFmqr<r c{ ìrq-{cfr èfurE
a-wrqr ( {drc i r lTr.d-qô fi ffifr <tg {c-t t
tt õcl-âEfq"r fi firqmÈfu u*fr< q-flrfà qÈ dqr*è+i-q-ér
trrÈfr'+Èl{tcRffrsfuonrq-<ÍâÈds tsffdrt fi{€ cà€cfr
r.w retrt+ì qfiq çq-6q qfr sd viÍ{ qrccô sd qtrFs rqÈtr
vfrcr -qÌsird fi n-< .€rs€w Ef qÈ f{snEs qd Èffi tr{ qrq
qrì
sfr{sì qï{T{
qf.cs'È{Èô,rf crà rsÈà
{ t{rrflR mri+r sr{c{€A t e<riqreÌfus
cffid úc cl* qÈ
r fiq,
o
{ì ffi, Èãï,
ìffi, frsEt, q-cfr, rt t qq qrqr{€qÈqÌftrFF
In this unit you wlll loam a-<r$ãq-<TIfr r{rê È*e rrdfrqfi-crrqqÈçfi+{ffiú6 |
. aboutthê g€ogrâplryoÍ qrï
fr€rìE€ ìfi-{Fqr àq a-q &, qrqì-{Fql à àq {rfr Tqq r
N€pal efi-6r Ìfr, ercr < erevr56s fr vrq rff{qr++ì dÈ sr€rr qEÉ
. howto usabhamê to m€n
cúd ütd dtâ,t
È*qrqdr*fu qqft<rçqçì{rqiftd{(ÍSfì-d+-qòtqr6à'*qrqq-
. howto discussph /sical
locdiong
(qr
rqrírr"-qÈEÈrd
qTfrRE€ RqÈ {rT+ÌdìíÌqÌ
@rrq àffi qrfirqfrr+ì
| 'IIn qrÌ+r
qrr{q 6rffi s'R Íà
taq{rnqr{+ t6& àz ihe hill region c-{m{"i qpoÍarÍ
un gowiag dce,paddy iÍr$ túe cold season
u;Fw{g1ï cÈqqìqr{qrvt",m qq rr{ìcrdqÌ#r, g1q,m. frq. ìE úoplanÍ s{Íí the nfuy season
arcrffr{É irwr Èáq+tr fiql€s qF{àfuq I af to descenil qt4{qq necessary
qArS q+ naize 7+ tuck
:ïr-<ï {vìr<r
qqr dqrc+r
fi" È* o rqÍ e.rcrrvr, -fl , q-q Ìi, qq-{rfi
"rfu q.qr Êre-,6 vç-q r q-eiáqíìqt rrr€ . Sfr áufÈlo qrâ car
q-Ers+Ìq-ffi <Ì+{r srfr s 1 { Èi-{r €àqffi aw goat mqFt noneúe less
wrcrÈaaì
ìncrÉ{rod6 s{-{Fqtauf qFq qfr ïfiET+Ìrr@Ì{qm ã{rqR I
Look at the map of Nepal. From this you candiscovermany
S{ frTTT si-sì +d'E€ ffi{ rr.dÊd{erq rfrqÈì
rrrsâ { +Ìfr ì+{F Èrq-6.Eq iq rqràqrcrfi ãc qd r +t sqiff.
things about Nepal. After looking at this Nepal's geognpical
124/169
qfdr{s Er*qr sf{r Ëiq ra* sqircr crfr cffi si, Ècr{rtrrqqsrì fr situaúoncânbe undeÍstood.
Nepal has wo neighbournations. n úe north is Tibet. Tibet
rqq rd êôr#eì enFr rèqr+rffi Ë's r provinceof China or 40 years. n the southare he
hasbeena
7/17/2019
ìcrqqr qrâEF. t +,cq gl-ì +-r à q-f,rcÉ ik avr{ vrql crfi 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
states f India called Uttar Prâdesh, ihar and WestBengal.To
vìt-€-r6 t<IÌSTãÌt€qrcq, r qf+tr€ ffirR q64 16r qfr qr_qrtFïT . the east s Sikkinn,andbeyondSil*im Bhutan s also seenon
gr Èt uiÌ ffi6e-crÊ qÉi -fi f{ ftqì*, this map. But Bhutan s not a neighbour nation of Nepal as
China and ndia (are).
T*Trm4p c\ animal, livestock If you climb from the border of southemNepal towaÍds the
-ïÌqÈqr abouÍ qr{ Ío reaÍ noÍth you have o cÍoss hreegeographicalegions. n the south
ffft-+ geograpJhical ErdFrTya[e/ is theTarai region.Nepús alsocall this Mades.The and of the
fisfr flÍuaâblr \ to be @ated nd úere there s heat ike northem ndia's. Long
fuÌdÌnation
<ty np'gábour dmrw P2g4a2 Tarai s flat ungle herebut âbout200yeaÍsago armen came
ago herewas
rrqilìrd poliâcaÌ
sg< aorÍlr stFfft-d culÍural here o do agÍicultuÍe.They cut down the ungle andbegan o
rR pÍovìnee Èq cerfi€ famr- Now úere is only a little jungle left. Nepalganj,BiÍganj,
càqr úare rí-{qr popdaâb, Janakpur ndBirarnagar re ownsof the Tarai. n úe Tarai not
$ o"r <4 n inczease,ow orúy Nepali but also Maithili, BhojpuÍi, Awadhi, Tharu and
sfroÍ soaÍrl Èfr searcá other anguages re spoken.
frqnr border ï<èfun to go abroad
àt region Above the Tarai region is the Hill region. Here the land is
{qs{ hüÍrrplace mostly uphill and dowúill. The farmers go down to plant
qr<.rf to cross,nayerse
irfl-í land tl( Ìeuoú€, aÍ paddyrice in the valleys, and clirnb up to plant maize on the
cÈsq resÍ
qqdq level,flat qa mid- hillsides.They also earbuffaloes,goatsandotheranimals.The
râ heat Ès-Ed<frlióeto-Bunaan large valley of Katbmandus located n the Hiü region.This is
vfrcrlfrcr long 4go frre< pea& Nepal's political and culturâl centre. Because he population
i\q jung|e, uninhabited tace -+Et+qr co4parad o has ncreasedgreatly n the Hill rcgion there s a shoÍtâgeof
rÈffi agfculrure,farmragl a4{IC @cry)ation land for agriculture.For úat reason hepeopleof the hiìls have
wqr to cutdown qH mary begunnowadayso go abroadn search f work. Thebirthplace
Èfr agÍiculare, anning \à among of úe Nepali languages in far westNepal, but in middle and
cft-6 Íemaining c€r rivs eâstNepal TibetcBurman languages uchasNewari, Gurung,
Magar,Lirnbu, TamangandRai are alsospoken.
Aboye he Hill region s the Himalayan egion.Here one inds qlïkFr{ q5

the world's highest peaks, such as Sagarrnatha,Makalu, {Fd{ õIFrrRÍt3t-iï[gT | The owntheBapmaüzone.
within of LalitpuÍ falls
Annapum4Dhaulagiri.Thepopulationhere s smallcompared
to thepopulationof theTarai and heHills. The anguage f the
people who live in this region is similar to úe languageof 118 Above, beloq beyonú moÍe postpositions
Tibet. They believe n Buddhismand their main occuDations beginningwith -T<r
trade. A setof two-woÍdposçositions,of which he irst word s -ìr;<r' deals
Many rivers emerge iom úe Tibetan border and low toward with úe physical ocationsof things, n termsof height,distanceand
India. Among úem, the Kamali, Gandakiand Koshi arevery soon:
important- n the winter little rain falls. Therefore hese ivers -rqr qrFr above
are small in the winter. But after rain falls in therainy season
-ìI<t dnr below
125/169
all úe rivers and streamsgrow. That is very necessaryor .TI<I T{ beyond, on the far side of
agÍiculture. ËrÈ.rFíì-<rrrfE ffi ràc ,n$rqr Therc aÍe no setllements
7/17/2019 You can discover úat there are very few roads n Nepal by qrfu+ì*co rmrn$r<raqaàì
41.Teach Yourself Nepali above our village. Above
looking at this map.Many buses,rucks andcars un on those rirr6sq rwór<r ac{Ì Èr-6rr ow village there s nothing
roads.None úe less,most Nepalisstill have o walk to reach qrfr*n rì ì r but foÍest. But below the
úeir homes. village there aÍe many
fields. We plant rice in the
EXERCISE65 Answer he ollorving questions out thegeogÍaphy
frelds below our village.
of Nepal:
r ìqrd-{F d-{râÈf,{É ì rl;Eï ? Of cowse,bothqrfu anda í arealsousedasadveós o descÍibeheup-
-r ffiqrsmÈd õ{É er-dcr I T{ tï ïiqr{F drfuq ? and-downway n whichmuchhumanmoYement ust akeplace n úe
ì cËrETfirfi qqFÍ rrq TqÌ FqÌ Ë;E ? Eiqr{,.srfq;q r
ef{crq€ Himalayas:
fu{F{r tc-{r{qrArfÌ ffq-{|qr
: T-]*5|Ë-5* T-{ E ?
ãR^csr
In thepale eaÍly dawn we
:Â qr T_'E-*ï 3-{Td-qrE qrrçq qrfu {õS' rqÌ-ÉI '"iT<r cümbed up to graze the
-T qr{flí ã? qqÌ ïcr{EF{ 6 r|.-q{6 ? +fuqrfrõqÌngfu{-d t cows and goats.BefoÍe
dusk fell we came down to
the village.
Grammar
1í7 Usingc{with locations 119 The use of rrì to mean named
The simplestway to state he ocationof somethings to use he veÍb r$ ir ,t" -ì participleof the veú EE Ío say. It can often be
Ëï fo be,w,lúch n the prcsent ensemusttake ts E form. However, translated s calledor named:
the verb cT, bterally to faLL,s often usedwhen úe discussionof a qfffir-qrq rìqrÈsE{ a snìall owncâlld llan in
location nvolvessomesense f direction: east Nq{,al
ilfffirn$ffirlil{qri: WheÍe (in which direction) is {fr$ì{d?iÌsr"fr a stÍangecÍeaíre called
your village located? the Yeti
rÈerqgtrrrÈq-aïffi a new student amed
It is alsoused o locateplaceswithin countries,districtsor zones, n Gita Khadka
which caset canbe thoughtof âsmeaningfattswithin:
Note the word order of the phrases above, Instead of 'a new student
named Gita Khadka', Nepali has Gita-Khadka-named new student.
1ãlis alsoused
ïfì The useo of
linkTà to mean
a question, t rat
a fact, etc.with its content:
ffiqrÍàÊkifffr<T{rÈÈdr me questionamseas to
rÈc{{sãàr wúch hotel would b
the best.
ffi r€ìfl qmssïç+ìÊràq-àr.drà I üd notknow thatyou had
sr€Tcrs{ | come o Nepal.
avr{i' frrô6ç6'o-âr wrn.qi I hop thatyou will b
well soon.
It is peúaps useful to think of the sentencesgiven above as
containinga questionor an item of htowledge that is describedby
rã, saying:
7/17/2019
the 'whichhotÊl will be thebest'-sayingquestion 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
the 'youhadcone to Nepal'-sayingknowledge
a 'you will b well non'-nying hope
Ne-pú is rich in proverbsger{, which might alsobe quotedusing
I
*rgr ta-ììr ìc vre< rì eqr{ r The noverb that says hatoil
dÉs not cone from tr
o'qffi.Í*È,uïìï++ #(but)
iï,iiili*r,*^,
ur+ { fÈ ven r
ffiÈqffiqrêïrÊsqrtr
hmour memsa ggeat eal
wealthmeans ashes.
Theproverb hatsayshatm
insectdÉ$r't how the
oCL
valueof üamonils
1+
o
o3
ox
In this unlt you úll l€am
. how o usé üìo hatÍtual
past teÍìso
. ÌNowo tl3e o)çí€€lgiong
mêaÍringdrirê and
o as soona3
. hovv o talk about hopss
and do6ir€8
{r6;rts' qrq o14a

fa rr5ior
rrü | qtffi
r*ir €Íi{ì.ffi cÌt
Ef qfqrrçq q-{FI
Clgt aaohabits
An old man tells his gÍandsonúout how he decided o give up 1ffit<tr+a-t<.qfgH, í{...
cfí EÍÈì".T,
smoking.
ilfr d{ dqÍ€ d sfi-{€à rÈ gÌa urÈ, f{{ t
Trfr aql{1;tìcÌTire€ì-1q-d-, q-c{r
{g.{ET €, eÌffi r r qsãr ecà w6fr màera:È r@twà
ú.{r qÈ{r rF"ì, -d ÌÈ{ r"rfi-afrqili+furìgì-aurtorÈ r rqÌM | uÈfi-t€ T{râ Èì+ ï-ê
ïrfr ovr€Èì aèa urgg.vì r
qgrqr .f, $ eraì rÊd{TïEìÈff,Èçcar1-àa qì< cqre"Ì rqÈ S any, some €rfi-rr.{ àarnful
Ëqr qFe{ 16r qqr q-iERàÊ fr g'ra rfr or+vcd r 1Ìa eq Ío smofte cigareÍtes qF1 to want to
ïrfr r'tffiqrwr{{fr
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali ffi gÈaurç;lì, q{rdr 2 127/169
rçrqr È. qkì çr*ì ràqI kqff{àí. qf.aì. {RrÈfr qrq. Èeqr ãiq Í*A
€GriI{tototake
setout
lglìt Ío {a
ececaweütÊ
craving
rKiììF qFq. vÌÌT qFnt<r 3Tfuqfê{. rrn qrqcfu qrq r àè -<rÈft wÌri,le clPr<Í tÍadiüon
7/17/2019 qTiq T{mt dream
41.Teach Yourself Nepali cÍínÍd to naintain, foster
Íìrì decisior ÍÌqt drstncr
nÍà tíìg€ràRÊ{r fiqÍeíÍ arnbiüon FqrJ1 o bÍing
ËEdr g-d rqqlo r-eâ+er rd a< u<Rqfu èa on +fr eru*rò qfr habit È4 to go wrug, tn cornpted
€;b, {r.RÌ lqrr+qqqflqr qÊ{qrd t+ r rà,qrüà r €r({c úealrh
ïrfr 3rÊ{ reì iÌfr rsfr rriìâ,
Grandson Did you smokeat any ime, grandfaúer?
6*c+r vrì vÈfu à ìò sÈ eï€{ {È qr+len<rd Frfr recà Grandfather I used o smokebefore,now I don't. I quit smoking
+{rm Èr+F*qw{qr rõ rà +fr r.cc rà rqre<+q sqàÈt
4{ïrq r6*dc-+ qfÍüE
qqÊerffis-+c -{ï,e<+<-e@erc-<rà
rïi{ rnfrrFiqtcÈrì q<qffi vçì GÌandson about20
Did yearsago.
you smokea ot?
Grandfather Yes, I smokedheaps.As soon as I got up in the
ïrfr ere-<+qvlo +6ià {d'rS fr, {E<qr moming wouldgetout a cigaÍetteand ight it. Then
AgcET , TÌãq|ìqrfr sreg:rcr€rfi-çnqorrì<eìêd, |(qR 16ì I would úink tea.But evenwhile I wasdrinking the
t<,torgffis.eol ,qft s rr+ïrqrë s{rì Èâ tfiFq? qin€ tea had o smokea cigaretteas well.
rqr-€Èfrqrrà 13rÈ'nà graqtçfr 1çq€Ì{r s{fi qrqrÈ fì Grandson In one day how many cigarettesdid you smoke,
q_drârn*rrf,srôffit{ï;Êqf qìEbÌ rrì{ | grandfather?
{rfr +fr gèa er<ors*trrç+ì, r Grandfâther Well, I don't even emember ow I srnokedwhile I
was walking, I smokedwhile I was sitting down,I
qg-ar AÌ,6r<'lq=qìì r+È f'òz qq\r+ì ç-qR AKMfu -q;â 8 smokedwhile I was working in the field, I smoked
qh-r{fl rç{Ì qEr qrg
ïrfr +dçrr<n I Grandson beforemeals,
And what úout smokedafter meals.
while you were smokeda lot
sleeping?
eg<-qr È*eì rqÈcrq rrrd3rfr -qqfà f{tì{ì qr<eÍilàfì TìEà Grandfather After I had gone o bed I would smoke one or two
| l{ 1'rc EÈdÌ +Ê HìTã <à.yì+ ild-d-{-q,rà but after you have allen asleept's a bit difficult to
qTl"q smokea cigaÍette,Kancha.Perhaps smoked n rny
qFT qT ]T{{Ì GT|ï qTq I
dreams?W ell, I d on't know
ïrfà arr{e ffiurg6t, frr Grandson And how did you decide o give up?
{srcqr q.ffisÍÈ{ rr@rÈ erq+ìF rqsfuqmrÌnttsqrÈiqd Grandfather Your father had had an ambition o becomea doctor
ftom a very young age.He got a place at

UniveÍsity andhe went o study.To b€comeCalcutta
doctor
he had o study or many years heÍê,but in the end Grammar
121 The habitual pasttense
hebecame doctor.Affer he camehomehe began o
The habitual past tense s used o describean €vent or acüon thât
tell me off saying 'Why does Father smoke
happenedepeat€dlyor as a matter of habit or custom n thepast:
cigarettes?'
Grandson u&alto eat,he used o &ink, they used o snoke.
But afterhe becamea docúoÍhehad o say hat, you
know grandfather Basês and endlngs
Grandfather Yes,he used o sayagainandagain hatthe habitof ïhe habi alpast ense f a verb n theaffnnarive s formed n a similr
smokingcigarcttes s harmfrrl o health.He use.do way o üe húitual pÍ€s€ntÊnse, ssêtout n Grammar 33.The verb
say hat 'd have o quit someday.And within avery base s exactly the sarneas it is in the habitual prcsent,but in the
few daysafter he
coughandcold. retumed
And rom Calcuna
my lungsbegan o huÍt.caughta
At that hóituâl
ba minuspast
ts ense heending s simply he irà fonn of theveú €ï ro
vow€l:
'i'
very time his motheralsobegâno tell me off, saying Habihral pastending
PÍonoun ffifotm
7/17/2019 'Why do you want o die soon?'' 41.Teach Yourself
q Nepali frE becomes .E
Grandson And you quit smoking, ight?
Grandfather Yes, had o quil you know And a few weeksafter €r*, Ar$-{s ffi becomes -str
I quit I realized hat I hadhad somebenefit.
t fir{{ becomes -fu{
Grandson ffi. fdfi-ËF rqÌ becomes -qÌ
\ryhatsoÍt of benefit? s (m.) firÈ becomes -d
Grsndfather My appetite ncreased.Before,I used o eat Íather
litúe rice becausewhile I waseating wouldcÍâve a
õ (f.) fut becomes -fr
cigâÌette.But within a few daysof qútting cigaÍettes
sfr (-.) frS becomes -Ì
rfr (f.) frqï becomes -Èã
Grandmn thatold
But youcÍaying wasalcohol,
don't drink ost and ight?
begah o €at well. fr,fr,s+{F frq becomes à
Grandfatier I dont drink alcohol. I never have. It's mostly
Brahminswho ive in the villagesof this distÍict.Up Aiõrnative forms n rÍ1
until a few yearsago hepeopleheremaintained ld Húitual pe.tent Habiital past
rT rTE Ido" |TrT I used o do
qfi,eÉ-{F ,rtr
trâditions.They didnl drink alcohol, hey didnt ear
meateither, hey didn't bring girls from outside he we do .r"qf we ased o do
( qds you do iTfiis you used o do
disaict (asbrides),but... .Í6f' ,t"qf
Grandson But üke you they alsosmoked igarettes, o? ffi,tdfl-ËF you do you used o do
s(m) {d he does {"d he úsed o do
Grandfatler No, they didn't Only I and one úopkeepersmoted s(o rT6 shedoes .rf she used o do
Apart ftoÍn us no-onesrnokedThe neighbours aid \ti | (mJ .Pr he does IT{T hê úsed o do
fr,fr,s-fi-{F .TFT "tr

sàê does she used o do
* wascomroted
NoÍe \Vhen quoring what someone ctually said o them,Nepali-
çfr<o 1161 they do Ì{T they ased o do
speakerswill usuallyrefer to themselves sing the Low or Middle
pronoun ã or fcfr;.
The negative orm of the habituaj past ense s very simply the úird past mayoftenbe ranslated s used o go, used o
person singular negative form of üe habitual present t rrta. 6fr<, The
eat,used o watch,üsed o say arldsoon. It cannotexpress n action
húitual ense
3rÈà{ etc.) + the appropriate ending, taken from the üst above. The or anevent hathashappened nly onceor is paÍtof â discrete eries,
one exception to úis rule is úe form that is used wiú rI I, which takes becausehis is úe function of úe simplepâst ense.For instance,
the_"endingon to the frst person form (that is, 3ïÈ1fi instead of fl-6qffi r1fr Ínsanshe wentto Kaihmandu,wiú the sensehat this
3ÌTiK{). wasa one-timeacüon,whereas iÍqrTtd qld meansüe used o go
to Kathmandu,ndicatingthat this was his regular routine at some
N€gatiYe onns time n the past.
Habitual pÍesent Habitualpast
q 3rÈRï I do Dotcome {fsffi I usednot to come
The following sentencesllustrate this difference irther. Those on
grfr,{rfr-{F c-{rìiènÌwedo aot cook q-rÈÈqìqï weused ot to cook the eft-handside efer o a specificeventor action, hoseon theright
( qT6Íq
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali you do not eat cÌffis you usednot to eat describe regular habit or truth: 129/169
frfr,fafr-{€ you don't sleepl €ïqÌ' youud Dot osltrQ
qqrffiT{qrrrnrardr
s(m) s.
Bqí he s not àr"m he usednot to be Èàqrffiqrqr{|dqrqr
7/17/2019
s(0 ITT<iÍ shedoesnot T-{qt sheusednot to do I ate at a fÍiend's house.
I ugd to eat at a friend's house.
sqt (m) theydo not go qÌèï* they usednot to go o inË rç affi qr;sd t
çfrto sqà.ns.rq{ (ffi qr* t
sírQG rqqíi
shedoesnotcry ÈqI
theydo notgive r<ìFTEI
the usednot to cÍy
theyud not ogive He went to the village and He used to go to the village
drank raksì. and drinkraksi.
Aftêrnative negativeforms Although he habitualpast s obviously a past ense,he subjectof a
The same endingsmay also be added o úe alt€mativenegaúve transitiveverb need not take -ì in ttris tense unless t is being
formsof thehabitualpresent for which,seeGrammar 46): emphasized:his is the same ule that applies o the hóituâl present
HabihtalpÍesent
qqFí ldonotgo qHabitual
ofqÈ -past Iusednottogo tense.
rrffqrqfuFÌã{ïÈú"F{tqrd ? whercuÊdch neü ogo to
cutgÍassduÍingüE sunmer?
frfrqìTôì you do nor come ffi {ì-r-ì qÌ you usednot o come cftàülì:cr€ÊgfrqrFd{+d,qt{à we ú:dn need elecniciry
High Íorms aÈ qrFÚE I before,now we need t all
The High forms of thehabitualpast enseare simply adâpted orms of theüme.
of the habitualpresent ense: fr€qf qfu{qr<r$ÈdqràìqrèF Up untìl30 yens agomany
qÌõifq qq I Wie used o üe ú malaÍia
o In úe affinnative, the habitual presentending -{.6 becomeshe in the TaÍai egion.
hóitual pastending qa,:Ì. 5Eq5fiala1-6paqqrm o r Kathmandu' env Íonment
. oA-*ttE*tA*arrÈ66i, hasbeenspoiled.Long ago
In the negative,úe -6qr$.
habitualpastendilg habitual presentending -Fï becomes he it used o be verygod here,
theysay.
High forms EXERCISE66 Change he following sentencesnto the habitual
Habibtalpwr Húitualpa* pasÌ ense:
íels61Ér?
J:-L
youwãclt dct5BGqr youtdbwúl r {€rTrÍdrfï's|{{€qríìÈq r^s.ftë€ + ì'o-q I
dcr€Ètff yottdont watà dcrçà&-qì youud nd b watch
q6lqf.rrq l, gIE ud Ìo @rÌE
I T|õqR'clEüftà {rl-5q {"{cÍì |
s/De @nles {ãffi3{gÌ
r frqrqgqfifrqrqÈqrÍ€, qÈí{r qf{qr5€' 1
{dÌ3Ìri ÍËq s/ÌE&rüsnüClúr' {dqr3.$q4 glÊudMtb@rc
s ftrfrrrradrç{ õrq.roï q sÌffi aking

'.é <ría€1qr+r{Tg-q,ÈìqcrEq6'6 r rrq.d r oM
q-d{+ffir&{ tcn org cÈ1{q Don't
thendicine,
etyouÍor
sonstop
ele hewon't
rT€Tfi ãwt gqqrËqcer cr+ f+& ìçe r get well.
122 Finishing, topping,quitting 18 While doing, immediately after doing

Nepali hasa numberof verbs hatmean o end, rnish, be completed, EverycompleteNepali sentencemustcontâinâ verb,whosenormal
stop, hatcan be usedonly with nouns: place s ât the endof the sentence. his s úe main verb of a sentence,
IntÍansiüve Transitive and t provides he sentencewith a tense(past,presentor future).
<krrÍË1 roend €-{qït n frnish Sentences ay containother words which are derived rom a verb
Elfi to come o a end gq{qNl to bring to a end but haveno tenseof their own. So far we have net wo of these:
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali veú plus (or -Êor : 130/169
(rÌTK
lí l,lirrfl Ío
Ç.c-
to conc.lude
tE Ítrusned
ti +f .í .11
l+f€qtsí
b Dnng to aconclusion
bn sh oÍÍ
iii thepast €nsebaseof
ense ase f a verbplus -q{fu
{t : -È+q
tì{ to stop,prevent Two new wordsof úis type are nhoducedhere.
7/17/2019 RÌfi1 to be rnished 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
s Presentenseverb base+ -(Íàft wfuie...
rôô |qqr ÌÌqrr{€ô qnffi qTq trqì 1 In theyear2A07 he Ranas,
ìqriÍqr rqw-*qÈ eilq{r ìrà r the suffix -EÈR is âddedo úe present ense aseof a vertt o mean
regimàended and that the rest of the sentence appens/happened/ill happenat the
sem(rcracywiìs same ime as that verb. It can often b€ translatedas while doing,
estabüshedn Neoal
qrsrd vrqr.qr{qcrR rrà raqr€ìffi That s theendof whìlegoing, while eating,etc.
ìltq ç< ü€" I today'snews. you are Theending s added o verb basesn exactly he sameway as he -è
listening ending s added o bases o form úe continuouspresent ense see
to Radio Nepal Grammar 64): it is addeddirecdyto the bases f C-verbs,but when
grf,4r I a baseends n a vowel úat vowel must be nasalized:
many words, hePrime
MiüsEr's speech ame
to at end. Veíb Base Süffrx
rFT rt( * sràR = .r{Èft whiledoing
ìfirq{ Erì {q d ffiqr cÈc ìffi r Bú theBhakÍapü bus _s_ -i- +(frEl. = Clqqlql< wntE spearung
_-_i _--._ì.c:
desn't stop t mimí brotlgÍ 3TTiT + + q ì {g f? = 3ilÉqlql' wUrc comlng
gFi + ErÈR = qì'{FàR while going
The veÍb Ereï to stop, eaveoff, qurr, s usedwith the nfiniüve of a
verb to showthât the subjecthasstoppedperforming úat verb. In
past enseshe subjectof 6|g;I must ake -à if theverb s hansitive. ïRt{ qi?Ràftc idÈ s|{ü'r ÈË{r t Onmy way to BhaktapuÍ '11
3nd qre,q Èfu{ srìqì à{ q-{È Seeinghishealthdeclining, (gobably)
brother- meetyour elder
aÌa en arqrfr 1 Fathergaveup smoking
*qr{€ qrfrqr fiR q$ïd While thechildren are
cigarettes.
fiqr{rg q.ô êff{qr sqrs{qàì sfifu ú6 r playing in the ield there s
Because hehad to help
qÈfrwq qrï 6rô I MotheÍ out at home, peace n thehouse.
Chameü topped oing
|Tríat{rÈftrrs$iÜfi | It is not good to talk
to schooL while eating.
This suffix can be added to the baseof the verb úo be, and also to qd I the probable uture tense orm qci
its 6 form; there is a süght differcnce
{- in meaning between úe two: tênse orms
rcspectively: fu and
EClsl{ while becoming / being (in a defining sense) qrff{r q+,
ÈÈn ffiÊ Èì +ta r While I wasa solüer in the
ËilÈR while being (in a descibing or locaüng sense)
l'qÈ qrìrfu r ftn-ì oÊ BnüshAÍmy. I usedo
crfrT{F1aÌ {arlàft min-r l:r€r,i I When people are becoming lTfficr.rScfuafuàqt--{T{i ì have o eatwith loúfe, fork
old they begin to beüeve and spoon.After you
haveenlistedyou will
.ààcrsfÈffiftqcôsï\iìrô r ,iÃíÏo#iÏ*, ** ,^* r, probably have o eat n
father üed. exrctly hesane way.
lne -qtrEti suÌIlx ls often shortened to -fl, with no chanse in Before he electricity
. +qÌfu1-ôqrs-fiI<T$Trfs
meaning:
(supply)camehere, he 131/169
qRlg{ qÌ-{r... Whilegoing to Bhaktapur... qFTr€q
kâqfu@rrfrfo-+
s$qr I youngwomenused o have
+|| rr+rQf c6r
É(t... When people are becoming to go down to theriver to
7/17/2019 old... 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
fetrh wateÍ.
b The -ì participle+ -frRrà assoonas
Thissuffix s added o úe -ì participle f a verb o meanhat something 125 Wishing,hopingand deciding
elsehappenedmmediately fter t. If the vertr s transitive,ts subject In English, you say úat someonewishes, hopes or decides o do
must ake . something.n Nepali,desires, opesor decisionso do something re
oftenexpressed assively,using the expression ir {Ï{, or acúvely
c-{:flr
TTà{
lrÊffi As soon s I süd .pteaseeat', by using úe verb<rq Ío wart to (Grammar 110). However, here
ÌlìììfefFlqqT€g .r{ qfq I everyone eat is oneother way of exprcssinghesedeas n Nepâli, aÍÌd his uses he
.began -ì participle of a verb to describe hewish,hope,etc.:
ffiì wn Èkkàvàva1qÈI #lY*" *,*., o,"r"o qÈç"srd b wish ogo ('to b zgoingwistì)
up the kulri, everyone
üç.Ë{ _ b havea d€{lireo w ( a seeing esü€')
a<{flÊèdFdfr,àïírqÉstrqìÌ rqr #ÍÏ,i'Á *" ** *uo^, ÈfqÌÌq{ b fuiah to wite('ao oawriting ecision')
qrrqì r Muna ell in love with him.* aÈf*ta q n consi&r staying('to oâ stayinghought')
* rsì+rm.r ohory tog*Cto do ageuing ope')
Note Muna and Madanare the eponymous ero and heroineof a {àqr+furrq bha'le at anhitionbbesorÌre('ab€comingflnbition')
naÍrative poem by Lakshmi PrasadDevkota (1905-59), first
published n the 1930s,which is the mostpopulaÍbook everwritten ÊTÈEr<rrr{€rÈft rftqsàfaqirrï vrale úey wereliving in ow
in Nepú. Íìfr il<+t fcC t house heydecided oget
rmrÍied.
çrÈ sRfu ì Ìà 6r.6qrsÌqri 5;6;1 4r'"166o- ayoung age
124 Will have to, used to have to rÈ fqE, qÍfq{ q qtr;rqÍq t wanted o go to Kathmandu,
Combinations f qdt È andq-ì r Èt with thedictionary orm of a eventually managed o go.
verb to mean must,should,have to andhad to re introduced n t@ÈtFr*scàfuâcrsÌ qnÍr I amhoping o receivea letteÍ
Grammar I and lfi). It is of coursesometimes ecessaryo talk q?€ t from him within a few daYs'
aboutwhat someone sed o hâve o do in the pastor \ühatsomeone
mighthave o do n the uture. n such asesiiakes thehabitual ast Notealso heconstruction iú -qÈ:
cRcÈfrdtq a book one shwld rcad
qE{T{ qF6
a EÍson one shouldmeet
fifrfunF{{r'fr{ìilr{àq€qi IÍ you want a leam Fnglish
frm*rfr{ r this s the bookyou
should ead.
arr€qTçqrtcriryfrqrttô ìTì If you need ermissionn go
ìIã{q-{ qf€ ìTcfff, ìFT.qrm Ë1 | to Mushng, thenan you
shoüd Mt is
LobsangNamgyal
EXERCISE67 Translate nto Nepali:
IPanauti.
used toPanauti
üve with
s inmy
the motheÍ andomer
south-eâst fatherofin
theaKathmandu
snnll townValley.
called
I used o study n a small schoolúere. As soonasmy age €ached11
7/17/2019 yeâÍs had o quit thú small school.From hat ime on I had o study 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
in a big school n a town calledBhaktapur. used o have o take a
buseverymoming at seveno' clock. Many of my ftiends used o go
on that bus too. While we weÌ€ retuming n úe eveningu,e used o
sing songsand when we reachedPaunatiwe wereveÍy happy.
Below my house here was a big river. In tle summermonths we
o
t+
o5
used o swim in the river assoonas we got home.Sometimesmy
schoolclotheswere all wet andMotheÍ used o be atrgÍy.Shewould
have o wash hem assoonas camehomeand t wasdiffrcút to dÍy
(sükãunu) úem. But becauseSaturdâywas a hoüday sheused o let
me swim on Fridays. 0) qt
rü I
I
I
While I was snrdying n the big school at Bhaktapur decided o
3ql
becomea t€âcherwhen I was big. Because hoped o becomea
teacheÍ I studied well. As soon as I left that school I went to
Tribhuvan University and nowadays live itr Kathmandu.AfteÍ a
few days I will have to give my final exams psrllf5). I am still
hoping to becomea teacber.f I am successfuln my exams wiìl
have o seek khojnu) a ob (iãgir).
o
-
ln üìi8 unit you will leam
. hoìÍrfo use he subiuÍìc'liv€
ÍoÍms of voíbs
. hry lo uso @mpoundvêÍôs
with f€d
. how to talk abouttying aÍú
s€otching
qrs rSà *qrí qfuffiT rrfr-{src{ qrè? t

Cl3Z Cancelling he tea party cr{fr
qÉ sift-{F 1srcaq È f+ r qrrÌqmq-+rtkj til{es
qrâfrqrqqlr+Rï\ràà rrrà qrõàt qssRor n r+rg{al-Ìq ìTì< ì
kcr-fu{rô ttrFr.Írài<qrslrrq-mg {ddrâ rt{ er.*-g6e*
Ê**i66or r<vkt rccrs{râcTÈscfrfr, fi-qr;È+ìwa I
qrâ Èït rt{iiTfl{ÍÌ rõfrs{rqrtàq?
crìff Èì sfrër-+ÌqrFT ì-qrqr ãr Èd{ là6Ì q rvfu aw{ wra+a
È -{€Ê{ql€i<1.Èqqrs tfr ïcì{ rr<ftd 3ìlõqìr i-ãr<ìrt à
6{ l
vrâ q+q6 1ç5f6qqg ewrcw"*vi' Êqa frqe ffi' Èfi r
ÈÌwlsÌ
wÌfr {,sryri rwr€qfrs+rqr-tqrifrgü
7/17/2019 tG {*q rqeqq{ ssrtrf,qFq
w&fr .b rç+ 'ret <ff r 16rsì rÌórqrqF{ÈtÈ{ lr{s-d qr€{r{€qrÈ

q(frfi {&frqí ìq rnqr-Ècrqrúq t
vr€ gàâ-srvftfrcmÈSt
$ffi qâïffi 1q+qqq{sqql6qrÈffidT t
qÍq i{rà rcrfr crà rci'irq rrà t
cr&ô t.Er qrqàq Iq 3TfugcrÈrqrÈ< drã{ {Ffrriï fr;a trs
Like many middle-classurban Nepali housewives,Parvaü has an
sfi-esqrq t+ aqrs,lqrfier€ q<firàEq-q-St t
older woman to help heÍ wiú her chores. On this particular
Wednesday e weâther s against hem- ct{ì trrst afr lavatory
qEÍt sPoon ' í613ì+6T batfuoom
qrC qrq à +rq s r q8à kqr rdÉ ? mct as mucú as Possíhle
<<rs drawer
weft g.of<â, +rq-ftq rk{r qrq{q dcrldrà{qr r ànto search,ook for q\lqfi inconvenience
rÍrqÍ-+sr kiúcúen
<q to bum,scorch
iÍrq È{rqrfi{fi(çrnfuÈ$ t kqr-fum teaand snacfts gààat beúoom
qwz untidy
vrâfrç* qqr fu6 1aftì-dfr ï <rfqttò{ r f{<qT€T o inv.íúe
ffi ffi6'61qâ t qR
Eiqï sÍtecles,
gardenwe qÊofr alarm)
moúer (anexclamation
criff <rrqÈïds1{q rvq'f61cÌir qawl to frt, be acconmodated F{ïrsr úsasÍer
tW nq. biscuitsand suchüke T<rqla fo worry
vr{ 5+q...q,Èqr +EÍ<rd àa-qm rfiskã
clifr à1-d.6-fl{ r g eà+q-crqÍfEqft1fr{ r Jai What work is there odây?Shall I make eafirst?
qrl Ë+q qrvàà.ff rqcr6rcrStr Parvati OK sister, pleasedo make some. 'll tell you while we
dÍink tea.
Jrl Should put sugarandmilk in the tea?

ParvatiPlease ut onespoonfirlof sugarand a litúe milk
Jai Wherehas he sugargot to? Grammar
1ú May l?Ya{rs in the subiunctive
ParvatiSearchn thedrawer. t shouldbe there.
Jai Very well... Now, whereúall I put úe t€a?Shall I put it The subjunctiveorm of a Nepali verb s used n threecontexts:
on the table? to ask whetheÍor suggesthat you
Parvati Might tle tablebe marked?put it on thatcloth over there. might do something:
Jai VeÍy well. What things do we have to do today?May I may I come n? let's wash hese
know? clothes
Parvati This aftemoon my husband is bringing some office to express wish that something
friends. might happen:may the weatherbe
good today mayyou all be
Jat Will they stay until the evening?Shall I cook rice this
evening? successfuln yow examinaüon
in phrases long úe lines of wáetàer
Parvati Becauset's Wednesdayoday the cook won't come.For
thatreason, o hat rvewouldn't have o cook food,I have Nêpali lDswaming
it doesoÍ it doesn't.
7/17/2019 41.Teach IYourself Nepali
told him to inüte themonly for tea andsnacks.* Vhetìer
hewill rcmemberor forget I cannotsay.you know, don,t
you sisteÍ,what mênarc ike Nepali gramrnar provides subjuncúve oms of the verb for all
'Well, let's see.Peúapshe possible ubjects, ut in practiceyou rarely need o know more han
Jai won't forget. How many are
coming? üre our that are set outbelow.
Parvatl I haveput two tables or them n thegarden. -ater,please qríí
arrângeeight chaiÍs. I hope it r4,on't ain today. There Subjeet ending 4í ã4 ÊE
tT
really isn't nroom n the house oÍ oeight
go topebple -ü5 ,ft{ €rs qllì{
crs Ès
Jai Certainly. a moment
biscuitsand suchüke, no?
'll hâve the müket to buy ú, çq , qt
Qt+jt
-o
-a u .Rï &
Èqï qFfi
ÈsS
t< fi
Parvati Yes, you will. I haveto go that way too this aftemoon. \t. QS ir€I tú1
ê-
rqúr
-lül Qlv,'1
IÉt's go together.
Jai Of course.Now I'l1staÍt cleaning he house.
Parvati Fine.Take a ook in the avatoryand hebathÌoom oo. As lViú q land Ërfrwe the subjunctive s very similar to the pÍobâble
far aspossible et thercbe no inconvenienceoÍ the suests. futuÍetenseminus ts -qTending se€Grammar 96), except hat fl
I'U be n thekirchen. to bêkeeps he baseÈ- in every nstânce, venwith rT .
Jai Shall I tidy the bedroom oo? q (qrtdiâ çsár T{rÈ Vfl-& icÊ May I tEIlyou of a complaint?
Pârvati It's not necessaÍy ister.Everything's untidy. I'll tidy it RvregEq2 You won't be angry?
myself ater. g
rirr:i."y_litentuÍernit
Jai Oh mother t's Íaining. It's a disaster ìqrfr{rieçq5d{Ed{,
Parvati Don't u/orry. 'll phone heofftce and ry to explain.Nolv,
nhether they comeor they don't, we have o sit inside the qrËq-+Ì r-dì c qlg sïdq í qrsà Á Braánan's boy shall
house. €rE wÌ( | eata \ushÍMm noÍ
No6"* frqr-fu{r Ea arrd, nack.It is possible o add a meaninsless l:iheÍ
úyming wordto cenain words0omeaí and nings associaba ftttii. NoÍe *A pmveÍb. CeÍtâinBrúmans follow a strict dietaÍycode,and
avoid garlic, onions,nushrooms and many other oods.
EXERCISE 8 Finish he ollowingsentencesith a subjunctive È_:ì---=--c- c--

l Ôr 9ls 9órsrq'i8.r9 r? Î Will you send he efter
verb: hnmediatÊly?
r ffir{+Ì ÉÌ{r qtà tr+Ì (be). wfuwff rvr{rcrsìfafràr Youmight have o wait
ì *fu {rfi-üÃ irf{q if Èrqro1g4r <cÍ€qÍtfiÊ-q r a while.As srnn as frnd out
r qr{-6aovrifr rnrrorÊà 1say)? I wiL|teLlyou.
: 13rT1€(F)
qtqcnr qt| t6"|| lroÍ Del. 128 Tryingand seeking
( q ffrl6-ËÌ õFfr ì (come)? The verbd\ has wo meanings:
ôq means to search foÍ when it is associated wiú a noun oÍ
DÍOnOUn:
q-rfr
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali Where assearching
hehouseeygotm? 135/169
q{+ì
g tq ? qÌà
--5-: -- - {{r
:--
$ tq | .tÊnïft
9 t.l ïÉts .t ---Ê--i, I Despite ll day
could not frnd it.
crfi-{'€àT{qì-€F{E efr I was ooking for their house.
7/17/2019 q-{r
fr-{F fr oqÌgq-ffiq|{-cì t Then hey suddenlyurived
ÍheÍe oo.
anenvironmenlal
nsssageÍomKa$mandu unicipal ouncil íg í mearÌs to W to when it is associated with the infinitive of a
verb:
qàqt{qr<sTrrfrqrFx sts{fil( I tÍied againandagain oget
Í27 Doing something or another person: <qt+r-f+ewrr(t a govemmentob, but I was
compoundvêrbs
Any transitive verb maywith ftT with the verb kg ro gzve,
be combined qàdqfffisÌ{ïFitrm unsuccessfrtlvery
I tÍied time.
tophoneyou but the
producingwhat s called a 'compoundverb,,when the actionof úe q6aq-fiqffiffi1 line was ealLybusy.
verb s being eferredaway rom thepersonwho performsúe action. An alternaúve o ôq is the verb dlqnr qt, which câiì be used n
Often his meansúat the veÍb s beingperforrned or sorneone lse's combinationwith üe infinitive of a verb in much üe sameway as
benefit,or on someoneelse'sbehalf. In this context, úe verb in q ts' ,or onrrsown:
quesüonmusttake ts 'i-stem', in which a shoÍ i vowel is attached
to its past ensebase: *a **t nfo nao +A* I did tÍy o eam Tibetan,but
"fA* Ê{E,d-{ dì Eiii q",(.+ì
ilrÌÈ failed because didn't have
verb base i-stem compound. fiRvÈ qq5{ ìÌE I the ime to study.
veÍb
-: rR- .rR .rF<ffi to do Arffi ïÌfu qrsï 3Tfrq'a-qrì ft might bea bit üÍfrcult for
Tq
:-j
q.t- rïÈ qÊÊï foÍ someone lse
b inform 6Ì<tr,a< àlvm nttr | üs
weÍowill
cometÍy. omom)w but
ìq- àfu ìfuÊï to write for
Becausehe meaningof a compoundverb focusesvery muchon its
posiüve aspe€t,t mÌely occursn the negative.
enrtflQe+qrfrqrFrqmr The detoÍ wrüe out a
àtuÊTràr prcscripüon for us.
D33
Oneof Sita's death nasdied.
A neighbours theSheneighbourhood
ells Manju how it happened.
t @ cì ilr€{râ qe-arq n crÈ Èà+Ìr{, fr r ffi q56ro+
àÈr
n-drÈfi, q ffi çsa ffi tr=Èú{È.-{ rsdt uErqk s{ô
oNrr e-sr(srr€r sqà r{Íâ ficFrí qç{ {s{rd EqìÌsà 6
rdr
rg e, uFr< ffi t{ç+ÌQ6 dqri+Ìffiff r qíÈÈ È sì I
-crqsdn gâ
fi qÈàqFlsffiÈt
$ìÈfr à Èàv€-{É 'iâ sr€<itï ÈÈ | l{ fffi{r s'-ar
rg q rdqni {k qqìïqsì ìTqÈzËuÌÌ,ËfrT
7/17/2019 +drÈNepali
41.Teach Yourself f{, m à,rf < r s eÊcË qdtà fir àà q-qfl qfr rìâ
firç{ rerqfr Er rrc* qct q stè qfd È r{â sÌ<qr qì* ïq
{
A
31.'
*q
3o II
{ì
Ir
J
Ëd rsq-+ì r€rì qnfiïqrqÌ{qAq'â, qsàrÈ< r
rg wôeftgàQ"tr,wÈt
ú-cr1à vçâ vq aefr çcfr gt vfr {èaeÌ È rm qr.È+fr{ a'Sfrì
wì <Qo ere<d w+r* den (ffi Èì qrd Ì ttffi lqre-fi
q
+ CLoL
s,o C
r'ì
II
qffiqrcàqs ecs-frq-+rà f à rsï fï t
T{ Ea-dw,RríqÈ+ì6 ?
$ïr qrq dEriq{rqÍìrqrgird fr r+fr sÌà qs6 I 3lfusqr rqnrçà
I
{q ÌÌ ftqrl qr{qd rm fiq+{rqì ìnrr vtrfi erctflÊ ìEï
{
5 o
r+ i{FFìNÍT I
o rg eMtrrÀiQo1frt
+dr6Hfc-{rì€sdqÈ roÌôqfq cfi gqàqìs r{dt€<rd
{rÉ"{r€Èd ôô-rr@ gn fircts-$'* r
rg e<v<n avçd lrq sfi{r{ e1fi-ÈëdÊ rBÌiÌ 6-* q-Ésffi
ot+5
È6 t{. È8 F. ssì qrqmr€ ewfu6 r
- In üls unlt you wlll leam @ to know, be acquainEdwith rnfu peace
. how to say that lhinç have rqqft-< jaundice g:EÍ sOIÍDlY
dr€ady happen6d frfre gravely,seriously i11) WR accoÍding o
. hor,yo constuct unr€âl \Ql to remain, be q+là eady, untimely
Ir condiüonalsonteíìces qÌ6- n exatnine <q-dtrr< crezaüonzfe
o
J . howto coíìlr€y hs soíEethd
soírrüing has ust been
I€a[zod
Note * Among Nepali Hindus, t is unusual or a woman o âttenda

iz meeüng
ã-qïrqÌ Íoim4gine ar,ìhow
aú big?
young woman funeral.
tÃ it woulil have beenall right v<n offspring
qrçqrsotd €qrsd Ío áelp
Grammar
Manju I sawyou going to the hospital yestedây, did I? Ate you 129 Aheady done: compoundverbs with {t
ill, oÍ what s it?
Sita No, I ÌÌÌent o seea man I know from the neighbourhood. The verb{fq hâsbeenencountered efore, n combinationwith the
Theother daywhen met his son n úe markethe saidhis inÍinitive of a verb,where t meanscanlbeable.However,úe same
fatherhad contractedaundice andhad gone o hospital. verb has the secondmeaningof n frnishlbe complebd Its i-stem
ManJu Oh s heseriouslyll, yourneighbour? ow do hey sayhe s form vf+1can thereforebe used nterchangeably ith the verb vfr1
now?
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali to meân úo ïnisá: 137/169
Sitâ As soonasI reachedúe hospital asked he doctor who srrw+Ì+rq qfõ-{fr r Today's work s Íinished
exaÍninedhim. But thepoorman hadalreadydied ust two @crurrÈqfrfuMÈï t Yesterday's essons still not
7/17/2019 hourseadier. 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
frnished.
Ma4iu Oh. If you had gone two daysago you'd have seenhim, The -stem ofm of any veÍb (seeGrammar 69), whether ransitive
no? or intransitive,may alsobe combinedwith sq to emphasizehat ts
Sitâ Thafs right, but \rhat to do, indeed? had never even action has alreadybeencompleted.The compoundverb consistsof
imagined hat he would die quickly like that. f I'd known úe i-stem of the veÍb + qq, ìvrittenas a single word:
that I'd havegone ight away. t would haveb€enbetter f
hehadn't died at suchan age.We mustsay .may his soul càcffir I havealready cad.
fiid peace',what Êcfrfls{ffiffit Youhad alreadycome.
Manju So he man wasn'telse caneh?
so old, we say,úer all? He is alreadyasleep.
Sitâ If he'd beenold then it wouldn't hâve been such a sad eqïqftaqì{ì r He hasalrcadydied.
affair eiúer, you know. But the man s only 35 yearsold Becauset seÍves o emphasizehat somethings over anddonewith
Accordingto úe doctor,he used o drink a lot. If he had when t is the second art of a compound erb, theveÍb (q almost
taken his medicine and hadn't clrunkalcohol he wouldn,t always akesa past ense n úis context usually this is the simple
havedied suchan untimely death,you know. pastoÍ the completedpast.For úe same eason, t is rarely used n
Manju Has he funeralceremony akenplace? the negative.The completedpresent ense s also sometimes sed,
Sitâ It took placeat Pashupaú arly this moming.How quickly but often its meaning (úas already... is conveyedby the shorter
it hashappened f therchadn'tbeenwork at the office my simplepast ense.
husbandwould havegone.But it lvasn't convenient.This In Nepali, compound erbswith Qq areusedmuch morecommonly
evening 'll have o go andseehis wife.* than heEnglish ranslationa/readymight suggest.norahecontextwhere
has eft, a
ManJu How big are he children? an Engüsh-speakermight say it's becomedark
Sitâ I Íhink the son's alreadymarried. The daughter'sa young Nepali-speaker ill oftensay Ììivrô v{e+à it's alreadybecome ark
woman already oo. NoÌv, poor thing, that woman has o ands rF{tfd áe's ateady 1€Í.
arrange er dâughter'smarriagealone. ìà a Êa-{r {Td fï rÈ flfiI <-{â But I am alrcadymarried,you
Ma4iu But if shedidn't havechildren t would be evenharder or Èqqií | know. You don't need o
her, you know. The son's grown up alreadyyou know, it seek oÍ a bride iü me.
doesn'tmatter,he will help his mother.
qrÈÍ rqriÍq E€ ërrr{sìi r3rdü I've abeadybeen t we used o eat grndÍr0,kn

T-f qÏt rcìq ministy twice today.
o the
Let <-ò$+rüfi-{€g€{qrqï that restaunnt-
ne not have o go a third aà ìq{Ìqr q\rà rq qrô-{€ {q-d If we hadgone into that
timenow qr;gìÌ t rcstauÍantwe would have
ç-òer. r{aqì ÈÌqfucffii r I Íead thatnovel a ong gund.ok.
time ago. "ur",
In fact, úe final verb of an unrcal conditional sentences actually a
3ì erwnr1'+ r* vffiffi
trã+vqaqÌvnàr
After Í have eadany novel shortenedorm of a tense hatconsistsof the -ì participle+ firò- The
once Íeally don't wish to second f the two sentences bovecouldrcad as ollows:
read t a second ime.
130 Unreal onditional entencês t{d qÈ firqï | that lastawantover theÍe

we wouldhaveeatsnganúuú<
Unreal conditional sentences tate
hat if somethinghad been Jre
This tense s âlsousedon its own to talk about ntentions n thepast 138/169
casen úe pastsomething lse would havehappned:X it hadnineit
I wouldn't havegoneout: f it hadn't nined Í wouldhave sone out. - usually ntentions hatv/erc not frrlfilled:
Suchsentences re unreal' because nyonewho uners,heãn, rcads qqlr{qrqr ïõì fuq r I wasgoing m climb / would
or \ryriteshem knolvs hat n fact the reality tumedout differcntly. haveclimbedEverest.
The 'if clausemustend with a combination f the -Çd participleof This sentence oesnot make t cleaÍ whether hespeâker ctuallygot
whichever ert is involved, ollowedby the úoÍt -e paÍticipleof the on to the mountainor not. When he same hrase ecomes e second
veú Ël Ío be, .e. -\rà ï(. If the verb s negativet takes heprefix t-. half of an unrca1 onditionalsentence. owever.t becomes lear hat
Regl condition Unreâl condifon he did not:
cftc-âì{ì... crfrcÈ:{q. ÈS qqì+ qq q $rrqr q-qì E t x it hadnot snowed would
$If qrçq
it nins... E it had ained...
q|... haveclimbedEveÍest.
s íqrç+ì ìïs... The meaning cmainsexactly he sanrewhen he shorter orm of the
Ifhe doesn'tcome... If hehadn't conre.. verb (the habitualpast) s used nstead:
In general, he forrn -gà vg is used no matter ìvho or what the frtïqìqìqqqvrr<{rErrd I If it hadnot snowed'd have
subject s, rcgardlessof number,gender,or level of politeness.But climbd Evercst.
occasionally, f úe subjert is felt to deserveespecialdeference r
politeness,úe High form consistingof the dictionary fonn + rÌgô qftÈqr ìïçô ìïSqcffiinfiï tI'dhad anymoney on me
rI{ is used nstead: âÈfi-As f+-d t I'd havebatglttp*nt for
ttu funily.
ilr{qrTràqì... acÉ E T.Tçdì trS...
If you go-. If you hadgorc... ilrtàeàWfi"fiqTravçÈvq If you had said hat thing a
ffirg qr{qqï rì... ilÉ i-qrdìrçd qC... vtà5dt Englishhe ot ilhave
mdentood-
IÍ you don't 9o... If you hadn'tgone...
The second art of an unrealconditionalsentence sually ends Ì,ith qrq qrÈ riq qqrë€ *rfl6<ÈÈ t IÍ the sunhad shone he
a veÍb úat is exactlythe sameas he habitualpast ense.However, chil&en wouldhave
üe meaningof this tenseu,hen t is the conclusionof an unreal played outsi&.
condiüonalsentences very different: srfrflrqqrqàcStrÈÈgckd t IÍ you hdn't eaten stale ice
your stomachwouldn't
behutìng.
EXERCISE @ Match up the beginningsand endsbelow to cÍeate

five unrealconditional sentences. ranslate he five sentencesnto Simplestetememts Reotizations
English. <qrtàqr <ràe r aqrãàT{<rfr Ès
r qqrlÈ+ ilÈ rïq... Yclurholirses nie. Wv. youÍ houw s nice
...çqìqfêàffiRìqMl sràqrcrr+qr o r sq+Ì'Êrdqr-{d {è6
r cffiícü rïc... ...üÈq-{qrÈSfrm I Tfue is a nn in hishand. Hey, he's got a gn in üs haDd
ì q-{rsqiÈ(tEF ïrïçdÌ qq... ...qgïrg{tlT|-{{ÍËqr I acÉàffiq-ôq-í{dr dqÉ+ÌÈrrqÍôTíqÈàiÈE
r Èqrfi ffirqrçô ì{s... ...cfrCs rreqrt {rüì r YouÍ en hat fuotÌE tall Why,yott so.n as uow tall
I sr*è fl-e'nç* ì{C... ... q qq|€Iq rÍr( qTd I Ììqfrqrtsràr If{T@<rqÍqqÍ ag-{6
Thae is m ntaneyn my pket. Wlry,rfue'srr@Ìrt,/rËyinÍnyrpdf6
131 Theshort completedprcsent ense
The completedpÍesênt tense
everydayspokenNepali, is explained
histensemay il Grammar 77.
takea shoÍtenedoÍn, In
paÍtly
becauset is rather ongwinded.After all, why use ive syllables o
133 The verbÊãtto knowlrcagnize 139/169
say I've done' in Nepali when you needonly use hree?The short This vert is usedexclusivelywith hurnannounsas ndirectobjects.
7/17/2019 fomx of the completedprcsent ense are also used to imply úât In
41.Teach Yourself habitual present ense t means o reognin while in past
theNepali
someúinghappened uddenlyor unexpectedly. tensest meansn be acqnaintedwith.
The shoÍ form of thecompleted Íesent ense s simply thefull form aqÍâg'€ fiaffi È'i{ff6 tqÈ, Do you rccognize hat
minus he final -à of the -gâ participle hat s the first word of úe ÈÈï | íAïqì qdü€ 't Iorson? No,I iton't.
paiÌ. The two words of the frrll form becomea single word in the Who s he?
shoÍt orÍr: If therehad tuen myone
{3ffiïÍqf
-tf+ôtììn1"*"** ihere ihat knew,I'd.have
Full form
{iÍçâg qlTs€
ShoÉ form mld hin/her.
efi-6s*I\rrr6{ dS"Sq q*ccr<, Èfcffi<rfrdrrffiq t Beware, knowyou
ilr{ìrÊrq*o dqr$ï $Írrq6 very well
EXERCISE70 Translatento-Nepali:
:132Realization: sing È6at the ênd oÍ Today somepeoplewe know are coming to ouÍ house oÍ dinnerat
aentenoes 6 o'clock. I rcturn home from the university at 4 o'clock, but the
QE is tle sÌrort onn of <{ô 6, the compleledpÍesent enseof tlrc house s ernpty And I look in my bag o see f the key is there and
veÍbq b remairíconrrnue o be. <{o can be thoughtof asanadd- the bag s empty too Wherc might it have gone? search n every
on word-similar o fret (Grammar 92), although here s a difference placebut I carmot ind the key.
in that {{F tomust
anyake heplaceof
statement. anoúerverb,
i6 or andcannotsimplybe
its negative orm Qí6 may be ïhe cook shouldhavecome at half past3 but he hasnot comeyet.
Perüapshe has alrcady come to the house and then gone to the
used nsteadof g, à, È or òfi at the endof a sentenceo indicate maÍket. f he had stayed n the houseuntil 4 o'clock this problem
that úe speakerhas ust realizedwhat s/he s saying. t hasno Íeal would nothaveoccurred.Should brcaka window to get n? Or shall
equivalentn Engüsh,unless t be the exclamationmark, or the old- I go back o the universityândseârchoÍ úe key n my offrce? don't
fashionedexclamation why ' with which an observation an begin know. s'hat shall do?
in Eneüsh.
Oh, now the cook hasarrivedandhe has hekey n his handl f I had
bmken sìE ro ôrea&) window my husbandwouldhave eâlly rold
me off
It is alrcadya quarteÍpast4. He opens he doorfor me. Shall phone
my husbandand ell him to comehomesoon?No, there's pmbably
no need.The cook has alreadyboughtall the food and now he will
cook t foÍ us.
+É 1+
?l rl II
{ì
i'a
Ë rr
{r
I
I qr
J
t+
t
o U
Ir
J
o
= ln this unlt you will l€am
. some vèrsesoÍ a Nèpali
íolksong
. how to intensify he action oÍ
a vèrb
. the long€r continuous enses
. the shoÍt rêal condiüonal
sênt6nce
rrrFdill * rrrcEs$lÌ@d fu rfr6r cuffia< rrq6ï çfi-{F+ì È

D3+ two portersand a folksong
Múila works as a porter n the hills. On his way home one day he sïrc-ì, Rilà{drq-S rìqf t
rrRqrq, {È rrsdcÉfr ( Èì EràqëÊfu .sà à rq-qiaraÌ qrfr t
meetsanotherpoÍter, and they agreeto keep each other company
along he way. qrÈdrúo, wËdÌú6rffitõÌTrttEà QE tào ec({r
:rRqrqsqlT{,à{ ( rrsr 6 ràs{rô-ôçsdr r{+ ïÉ {à t
qrRitr qrâ r+rg r.à r+çàq+ïerq rÈ, qFÍ o.à ffi dz{È
q+ uqrrrgqr<Ì q r
vR+rgo, ssÌ rerd Êcei r'à Iq+rfu<qÊcÍl--6fr
fifuor fiq, u s{Ì aq-qre-scrãr ií{F s rq< fEàÈ{r s{È rq
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali dtt", {...qfl.or, ffi T{ fd ô ? 141/169
Èdr +ôì<o,qr{ rfd-{<
qrRtqr.{ò rs c{ Ècr crfi.{rg{ F+oÌ s-d erq {rÈ s, ërffi
7/17/2019 freier'ò r
Èr reqre fr <r*,q frç{ qrg6

rqtsfiïffiì
Èr e,vrfr t@q rcdqr{fr {rfr r{fil6qrïco t
qrÊe(ïrq,{qrâsõrs-{ €T i-d-rns-{q-$frffi fi-o necqr$6
+r qlto crsrrr|$e q.q-*i-àqÈc r
t{qfsftft,ì{cfFftR
qÈ{ErS d eterqrrõqrfr, sq fuftR
1g<rqÍâSârtSâ,ffigfr
ffiarÈqrqrfrFdMcrTq
tTRqrg rrí, qrs ffrrfr{ 2 ìsqfrftR,ìwtuRft
qÈ{qr$ s etsrqr qrf, Ìsq fsRft
flQtrqrE E{ft-{EÈ r
r+Rqrsr{ÌÈ T{ r e-+awq+ gtrr eg f{qrâ íÌà+
TrdÊ qà là,Èrü{ï qrqmÍâ rìd
qrÈfl@i-ffi,ìfirrõr ÌirqfrRR,ìsqfsRfr
trf<qrq|-qr{k|ë@ r eÈ< r$ q etsmrqõarf, ìsc fuRft
qrÈ-flcrq1ar+éqÌe@@r qrkqrsì srrgàrfi oqEM a tÈàaqrq tffi sffi fs.qÌ qÈ
ìTRqr +àfdqqnàF{È<< gofr rwfràr Èr
Boy HeÍe, ake he water.Oh, your friend hasgone o sleep.

<r
-crk on the ar sideof
fear 1qc ctubken
ffi caú IìÍahila Rigüt, we'll hâve o sing a song o wakehim up. Canyou
++ïAo4 úarp qrcr ove, affecüon sing?
Tfi{qd to resÍ ( to kill weariness') frf< love, affection Boy Yes I can,brother.Shall I singúen? Right, istento me.''
cü right heÍe ffi crossnraú Silk (handkerchie| rippling (in the breeze), SiI}
-ì< aear wtà s'ngle-harr.lred (hndke.rchieOiWlins (n thebreeze), 2
ãtr jug, st*I cup' qTf gun Shall I go Ílying (over ihe) hills anil Passes? Silk
\m sik (hnilkerchief) <ffi double-baneüeil (hmdkerchieÍ) ippling (in the ueeze).
fnï<ft rippling (in thebreeze) Tt deÊr (Sayind 'llrü lltü' to a chicken, saying) mri' to a cat
s-{ úo ly írq úoalrn Your ove aful my love, waiting at thecrosxoads.
eÍer hill, ridge sq to ca , invite
cqrï Pass Silk (hanikerchieflrippling...
One-barelleil gn, two-baneüed w, aiming at a deeÍ,
It's not a fur that I sa aiming at, it,s love that I ant 142/169
Poúcr Oh broúeç whereare you going today? calling.
Mahila I'm going homeúoday. S k (handkercüef)nWling...
7/17/2019 Portar Where's home? Iì[shila Oh, this brother has brought some üal€Í. f have drunk
Mahila The oúer side of úe Trisuli river, Phedivillage. some.You weÍe sl€eping.Wiü you drink?
Porter Wheredid you staÍt tom today? Nore*' ïhe boy singsa few verses f oneof the most amousNepali
ÌVlahita Early this moming I setoutfrom Nuwakot. folksongs,w frRft. Like many folksongs,ct fu'RR containsa
Porúer lt's a bit frightening when you walk alone, you know. lot of wordplay hat s difficult to translate.
Haveyou no companions? *'It is an old tradiúon for young men and women to exchange
Mahih I setout with someriends,but úey havegono o Dhading. s ove tokens.
Theirpathwas n thatdirection,mine n this.What to do? handkeÍchiefs
Porter Well, if that's how it is your path and mine are he same
from heÍe. Let's go togethertom herc.
Ìì{ahlla OK, it will be pleasant.Your load s big. What s in it? Grammar
Porter There's salt, oil and cloth in this. This is a load for a 134 Gompoundveíbs with õq
businessmann Deurali.
Mahlla I'm tired. How hot the sun s, don't you tbink? Let's rest Whenusedon ts olvn, heveó üq means o neÍl Put in.llm y be
beneathhatpipal tree oÍ a moment. comparcd o theveÍb Tq to plaÊÊupou keep. n facq tt{ is felt by
Poúrr Yes, let's sit dow . How thirsty I am Can we get some someNepati-speakerso be a more politeway of saying oPuÍ fu' so
watersomewhere ere? úat one will hear somespeakers ayingq fiilÍfi Fq-fieÌfrk$ c s/hal
Mahila Look, there's a boy coming from lower down.His house I ptt sugü in iheEa? and otherssaying kqrqr ffi qfuk$ I
will be nearby. I'll ask... Hey Kanch4 where's your lVhen it is combinedwith the i-stem of a verb to form a compound
house? verb, however, qtq simply rcinforcesand undeÍlines he senseof
Boy It's just near here.Why do you ask? that veÍü wiúout changingts essentialmeaning.
Mahila If that's so, can you bring a ug of wateÍ?The sun s hot, s{E{rtÌ he's gone
we are hiÍsty. away
Boy No problembroúer, I'll bring it. rò it's hryend q '€td it's over and
After five minutes: done with
eqr€ìàqrrqì Jzou aw mr€tèÈ6rXrfryou have EXERCISE71 Convert he tenseof the following sentencestom
surcly seen an habitual ense o a continuous ensewith <{{:
sÈìÈrsÈ{râ-{ffi6a He üdn't stay ong. AftÊÍ Exanples
.re-(,Tdf{ thtE€dayshe wasgone, q ci5{qr õrq rE I q sfusqr Frq friÈà q I
you know. q qfr{qr 6rq IFT qsfus{rflq.rftìEfrfr(r
avrÊàÈ@qr*n-{ÊaÊ<r You have seen eÍy weü that r sfi-{€EÌs-{ffiàtfrúìl
õÍiïÌ qrõ | therc s a nn'et cut heÍe ì rÌq1q{içr 11gTftõrrÍffi |
everyday I ÌÌ ìrÍí er6Íà Ssãr6-ffr qFE I
ft-ffarv<rC<qccfu T€rd f{ | After threeexamples t's r €'rfi-qrcr{creïcr tec+rfr nfu
overand done,you know, I qzrËtqrefrffiwsqff<<vrd
135 Continuoustensesusing
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali 16{
its own, the verb ({t means
When usedon
136 Short Íeal conditionalsentences 143/169
o rcmain,continue.It is ïhe -c participleconsistsof a veÍb's past ensebase+ the vowel e or
frequentlycombinedwith the -stem of a verb to form a compound (anotherway of looking at it) the -ÇÈ participleminus ts -fr.
veÍb that emphasizeshe continuousnatuÍeof an action.ïhe -qà
7/17/2019 participle of such a compoundveó is used to form â continuous Grammar
41.Teach Yourself Nepali 91 explainedhow to constuct a Í€al conditionalsentence
tense: by using the simplepast enseof a verb followed by vì for úe 'if
clause,and a presentor futuÍ€ t€nse or an mperative) or the 'then'
a-e@q rrrc rfrr+r*rârq q È Loo&ro4nday n clause.A second quicker way of expressingúe sarne meaning
g*n ì@ô q ra€ ç*n writinghissuggÍx'üon
or rcplaces he veú of the 'if clauseúth the shoÍt{ paÍticiple of th€
veó, and eavesout the wordïì. For exanrple, ompaethe ong and
+fr<.vnft s àerìtrÈàÈ{ r "tíïïlfl;* **, úort versions of the sentencesf it nins I wn't go ottt úd if it
iÍt ï{q qrqçrm
fqqÈtrôc1 t the samekind of suggesüon
at exactly desn\ nin I will pmbably go out:
his ftre. Longversion Shoú version
But no-ones givin this srffq-ìqìcErÈ(sft-{ r wfr Èraf6< uÍRa
matteÍany atbnüon. cffr cì-{cì q EÍf{{EÍ+{T qfff nqì q ETÈ(qÍfrr r
v çsaffi wvr+ì cl6u g<-+ìw I was ünking of writinga
+Ì-frq lflqÌEaíãq Often, úe -e participle witi te followed W q, thatgh, but, ro
textbook f the Nepati
underline he conditionalnatu€ of the sonteÍìce.
r tngrage. My) riends
qEd$q B
qFT5oggorr@
Ìq{Q{Ì E I wercEuing me not o qFffifr rrd {ggT6 | A ütle Íice wiü be enoúgh 'lÍ
write (it). Evenso begar o there s a licle rice it
wÍn I un still twiting t rcut will suffice').
ÌÌ{ qÍì e qÍísÍs r {Í{ r If you"ê hungly just eat,
Because f úe greaÍerenses
tbe other continuous engthof úese
rr€g, që ffiverbs,
eft.)hey are usednsteadof
when youngeÍbother,
heÍ€ s a need ÈsÍ qs efd{ õ{fr Êdf But if theíe s no moneyhow
to stresshe continuousnatuÍeof an activiw.
wiII wepay theü11?
dì-fiÈàqfq6€,ìqrfiàòfi6-,o t ItisoK if youspak
English, nd t's oK if you
s.['ÉakNf{,alitoo,
EXERCISE 72 Create one shoÍ real conditional sentence from
g
eachpair of sentences elow:
Examole
crft ciï tqfl|q<qrftr r = crfr rÈ q qilt{ qÉ{r r q)
r È+ qrràc tc qïEr nìGfiiqrI
I qryq qrfr lqqr{rcTrfur r ft
r +raqrgì EÈ{ ïrr q+ qiÈq r6rõfi++ {S{r r
tt
o
I ìqFfr Í-rff.nãr qr{n rÊ-Ít tg-m qfr'rrâ q|'È lflqrff foË{r I
r rq+ffi{rÌ|{rqq-ilcrqÍìtrrqrÍIï tsròT|.{ €Ìiqr I-
EXERCISE73 Translatento Nepali:

ã
Gadinalnumbers
I went with elderbÍother o the airpoÍ yesterday.SomeguestsweÍe
coming fÍom Delhi to stay with us. Early in the moming we had CL 144/169
Tc
oo
phoned he RNAC office and a womanhad said hâr úe Delhi flight IT
would arrive ât 3 o'clock in the aftemoon. If thât'sthe case hen we çf n gql{ ìr gfit{$ ìt qdfr{ sÌ çd-qffrs
7/17/2019
mustsetout rom homeat2.30',saidelderbmther. ì sÊ
at.1
n {rë
RÌ ë
rì {r€{
1ì È€€
sRõrqffr{
ei Ê-qffrq
As s we arrived at the aiÌport elder broúer askedan official
a
"soo^nabour he flight. Tbe official told him rhat t had eft Delhi
({I|itFì ts *Ìr ìs qÌfrs ir dftv w q4-frq
onÌy recentlybecause e weatherhad been very bad. .In úat case
qÌir TI( TëT 1r q{r rr qfrir e E frtr
t( *ë ìÂ d(T iê 6frs s{ Errffrg
how ong will we have o wait here?' elderbrotherasked.It is flying
(udnu) towardsNepal now', the official said, it will anive l, {rkr tu vjt ìü {iTrt(I ìe dfr{ 8u {{.Effrt{
onehour.' within ( qt6 rr sqrsir r< {ãã-5q ì<
tq õ16r{ sd{
n g+qrfrq s< {óqtfr{
'The aeroplanes late and we will have o wait here', elder brother (q r. frs i. ftq &. q=ÍRI
said. But mother and ather arewaiting at horne', told hirn, ,They
do not know thatúe plane s coming ate.' It \.{rsq a \-6{.ã& '8 q{{ff{ cr rrãrÊ sr \16r{À
k? tg.í -_ Ì------â,
{< qt|côl ur {{ff{
'You go andphone hem',elder brothersaid. Tell úem úat we will kì t79rí "- c-:-â
El tztlcôl u{ rzQn1 <1 ffi re Êdqr;rÀ
comestraighthome after the planearives.' la qs.í rü c r.|qôl us +{fi 18 qÌ{r{â
qqTq er ffi rrk Tft-d{ .k cqrfr
l(Â Eq-I ê,{ fu..& t{qfi çÂ 6{ffr {E EiqFà
n.Ítg.-1 3u ÉtÍ.lcol uu (iÍ{l{ "u qm{Ì ru €<r{à
3fõI3Fr
k{ lÍé ôt
Àq {óìIèâ
E( g.tEn. uq 3I5{-d{ cq sfl{à ({ 3q1q{
t w& & {rt r.. wI
Above 100, henumbers roceed s heydo n English,but omitring he

English 'and':
r.r qr{q \rf Kinship erms
1Âì gâ(qàv'c:&
r.." \r;FQqRorQER
rsì1 ç{üqr{qr{sqàfu
ì .r.q r+eËqRsfigqqrõ
í..... |t.n qt(E qÌqt
gfrer ãrfl 1g srftqr
nqsìi ç+vreÌ6 5wr<n w àfrv ElCeÍ arüclê YorÌrgerarürle PbÌ. t Mat.uncle Mat. aunt
ìF-- ÈfrsFlrq
(....ô ô .l{c n ï1 | € Fr qrrr {rfi rcrq qE{ qrìEr
If commas reused o split up argenumbers,heplacingof the

commaseflerts hesystemf QqR, qrq, and õ-ès,mÍrer tlÌarì
Èâ <q *frfr ws S5Fí ìerq mfr wô 145/169
lhousandsndmillions. Er.sis. EÍ.brc. YÍ sir. Yr. brc. Wìfeì Wìfe's wìfe's
ForexarÌìple,he numbeÍ31,350,226/ill
appeaÍ s: EÍ bío. Er. sìs. Yr. sis. Yr. bm.
7/17/2019
ã,te
41.Teach Yourself Nepali *t gert
la,k.,ìì( fr{ fÌe È€ Ìrq c-{r{ ËqRRÊ q ds ""{ qãFTT
qfih{
sR<E üq {Eqr{cr
qérFt 3fqtrvq <{t iÍ<

HüsbüdÌ H6b@d'sHüsbddÌ
Er sis. Yibo. Yr sis.
1J E] {' eff{Í qrl"
Ír.ír ïfS qÊfqr qffi
NAh€w Niece N€drewNiece
bÌ<r. 6Ìô
Sor DâughtÊ.
tEr.r lqrE
D-inlaw S-inìaw
I more onnally,qTH"{{"{
z moÍe onnally,.q rlrt
2 ,| {Tqf Fflrt{5 Ìãmr'ã

Íhüro kftãb
kitãbbarú
ro
{dtrflq
3 trôàâ dhani keF 8 qmr àâ-Es sana eparu
4 .rq cDér naya KeIa 9 ït.d +âA€ gaúb ketãhaÈ
5 ir9r.rqrr ranrro ala l0 iFII{rqr{€ dhau-Ìãjãharú
t $, +ra+rsÌ * o r ho, kãfhnã{aú fhúto cha.

- I f<r,mXrn€frt,w6<$ r hoina, bhaktapuÌ gaú hoina,
íahar ho.
1+ ì $, +rardiwÈ o r
fi.+rqn=Ì{r<È r
ho, kâfhmã{aü rãmrai cha.
ho, kãÍhmãdaú Íàilo SúaÌ ho.
ü, qR{{T{FTÌE I ho, bbaktapüÌ purãno
ayãcha,
I frr+, fuw5r5'frqa I
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali hoina, ma Bimal Kumãr hoina. fqa, m5<a-lïrEt{rr,5rrì noina, taktapur ahar 146/169
Ìr{(È | hoina, puÌãno Saharho.
2 Èt,qffitì ho, ma údyãÉhi hú.
ox oÌ
o
7/17/2019 ft-t,rffifr-rr hoina, ma údyãrthi hoina. 41.Teach Yourself ìÌI{
NepaliqitlIr6 |
{,rffi{r ho, ma nepãli hü. bhãi skúÌmã úa.
or <q qrqrFrf,.{r
Ëtü6 ì
f6,rffifgqr hoina, ma nepãli hoina. dãju dãrjiliirpã hunuhuncha.
fcfri6r6F*qm+qrügo r
I q3iÌqã | didi mahendra mahavidyãlaymã hunuhuncha,
ma ãgÌej hü.
frf{ qrr11qfl qçqr I
oa
-
-t z arfrtatffidr
J^-t.t+^l| clQ.q
-_ ì. hãmi vidyãrthi haú. €{q;6 hunuhunúa,
bholi amã Ìa buvã gharmã
Kl.lt Qt I timi hindustãDi hau. qfuqrcqr q-Trt <ÈâdÈfi-{€ àì q I
. c--â- L- --S- .I
4 t.t+ Qf rìïtí €t timiharú kisãn hau.
pariyãrmâ dãju-bhãi ra dtuli-búiniharú dheÌsi chan.
s aqÉ ìrç+ {Tüs r
o
tapãi sikçak hunuhuncha.
6 gÌ{reffi ü | ú óiktak ho. 7
7 çfiÊrfrqF,òfl uni dhãni mãnchehun. I ...l- . .t | ---clu nâ.
8 dI qT;trE.€{{f fl | d mãnúeharú pÌahari hun 1 ...úÍfq t ... hunuhunna"
e r{t ìcrô q-€.8 | vúã nepãli hunuhuncha. ì ...flgq | ... huDühunna.
19 q5l5x r1Ffi-qË1úE 1 yúãharü bhãraliyahunuhuncha. ...Ë€q ì ... hunuhutrna.
3 ... Èn1 t .., chainan
1 ...8r5í | ... hoina, Ò ...
2 .. .Ér5rt I ... boinaú. 7 EtÉ.t | ... boina.
.. .ÈEìI hoinan. EÌ rqt*r{Irfu+Èr,+frraro r
3 .. .È-{rÌ | ... hoinau. 8 .. .8rã.r1 | ,.. hoinan. prahari thõra n4iü chaina, ôli ÍãChãch&
ErE.rl| ... hoinau. o l...hutruhunnâ. q. í t.1 ctGt t9 |
Qt, ÉaÍtÌ
:' ...trÍÈËÍ| .,. hunuhunr& l0 .. . l...bunuhunna. ho, hulãk ghaÌ ali ÍãChãcha.
qçqreqqR ríffifr-( er6ro r
I {IqI lìF{tFI Ìãmro kisãn 6 tIfr fs{T{{F dhad lsjbãta qiãr itr Hlomr-fârãChã ha,
kisãnharú
{Era{r g-{frqÌ;Ír,qT{{.s,qi[F[T{ r+{ 6 | qÍí{s1ìtef{ | bhãihaÌú6ik{akhun" ìtI{{€q{qrq lHúih[

bqiãrmã prúaÌi thrnã, pasalharú, hulãk ghaÌ ra baik cha" €{ gbümãírEn
lr{{Ì T|{TqnïRqTE I srqlìEffi ë€ú Idãiyüóikrak ff {q{qreëõ l rl4iyú ebrnnã
pÌahaÌi thãnã bejãrmâ cha, hunuhunúa. huDuhurch&
qï€fr qk{ {Efadrárc ffifi-ã{ ãrdr r qrqr treï6egõ |ãroãSlrtak 3IFTrq{qrW I õ|lú gbarDâ
sarasyafimatrdiÌ bqiãrbãÍa üì kilomr-fsÌ fã{hã cha. hntlhda. ht[thD.ho.
qfrruFÈl mÍlsakhil rTEtqTgl ma8Èüdtu
M+srqr: nepãli kskçãmã: t2
ç ç{rçarfi6e1 r dasjanã údyãúhihaÌii cha& I çF Qt ekhaptã
r qt+tr;ni-q*s a;r r pãcjanã ãgrcjhaÌii úan. 2 qÊq{r {FÈ 6uÜaú mlnche
ì <ífiT ST{{F 6{ | dulianã jaÌmanharú chatr 3 ft{õrcr ffiffd tinYatã itâb
lÌiÌfr +srcr: f{flct{€61
s üqr{ffi{T | ãgreji kalÍ{ãmã:
untrãisjaú vidyãÍthihsÍii chan, I qrcçtr àa carjannkeF
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali s qì's {Frcï pãc upiyã 147/169
qÍ'atQe
, .It\,t. t9,t I naujaDi kelãharú chan. 6 Fa Ìg chaYrlãmec
r qïqi I a'4r96 r91 dqsjanã keFharu clra| . 7 ffirfir ff{qf€ sãtjsnãÃimãi
7/17/2019 10 8 3TIerãT
õCÍTthvalãk8k$ã
1 ffi q{{FrqÌ1q{ {ËrTèã6 | g qÌÊF'ànsu Hlo
masãgadasrupiyã ra ek baÍÍã curot cha. l0 E{rs{r Êàfr thsjaú vide6i
ì Ërfi-{€ i-{ {Kràlq ìq|{{r 6ï r Ë€ffi-ôdúkilo
hãmiharú tih haptâdekhi nepãlmã cìrú 12 ftà qr( ffô sãdhe ãtkito
ì €õnrr cr <vwn ffi-qFò, fi-i-q-{r r{qrs { qt{s{r àcr 6ï | 13 fr{c|8 tu pãthi
qFtr mãnã
hubk ghaÌnã dâ6jad logretnãnò€,lÍljaDã ãimai Ìa pfojürã
IIeF.h'Í 14 {6r€
15 ff{ ìfirqÌ r+en{
8dhãi Ìtfr tin rupivãpacahatt{Ìpaisâ
e dqÉiiï õfr Èqr 6 ? to trÈ aÌ $ml sePe nauruPiYã
tapúãgr kati paisâ cha? 13
k .È lrr.frqqrÈftrq{Ì à, a< fi ffirÍ (s{ÍÌqÌE I r {di:fi-fr qrffiò-{ Èï |
tyo bhãrôtrJia ã|t(he$gt pobãdrain& ha nqÉn keFúga das ndâqiiko ãphtromoÍar chaiira.
npiyã{hâ. i <ròìia< ra+à â-cï l.r{àì flffi È|
Â ?rfi {-qÍrõ{r({cr fiqrq{r (qÊFdqr{s r rãto mo{ar Ratanko hoina. Ratânko sãthilo ho'
dhani kisãnsãgadaspãthi cãmal ra das kilo ãlu úa. v+r+ì 3ndÈ-(Ú-{ t
- -ì-:-r-cqnl +i ^t.9qt -ú |
8r.ì sE ït Sub-rrkoãphno motar úaina'
harek tcbulmã dú kap ciyã úa" gffi<rqfrçeaÈrtot
q fprs-q'.-{rr
óilqaksãgaõdr{
kiüibàchaina
{ frqrfE€ftr õ{c à{ |
rr vidyãrthihariiEãga kalâm úaha.
Sub-rrkodãjt{ko eufã motâr cha.
l4
ll t $c4{r$Êffi{Íg{-++rkâe1 t
ìÍrí ÍÌeT{ È | bhâi óikçak ho. ql-Ë |(rlÌ It I bhãi gharmã Dhan Bahãdurki Súnalikã du-Úarã didi châL
cha. È ç<r-+rm a
fr frrer+ +r dirf 6ikçak un Èâ qrfl @ rodicharnã meÌo buvâ-ãmã chaiüa.
chin
ffrflqffiTqr€{Íffi-ïrfrfr8( 1 f+'<r*qrirm ïrq s r

men-ãnãtn cirJaDn nâti-nãtiDi chan, Hi5bnã GiÌiÉkonnn ú&
s@rMfràr It
{nihÃÌÍko chorãchori (üalna. qqÈr|-fT3íérir{qr
qQfdrt{drrÍâ q l I
vúã&ãnauvaçõm"rrrn tyaskelãki duiP ghrÌ aìsn-
qmrt++aì-ardfrqr qqqfr ÍrS* cscr qcrc{dqÌàe r
yu Ít ,ogãúkoeutõdyãposslnntrat cht
hãnÌã ÉcYriã moÍõ bbiisi ch'n
sffirqrõ'firEÌtqr
15 üskõãt\irnã úori chü.
I rcqr r{r gRr+rgrcr €r,ËrEï rccr rIÍ rt|-ff Ër s+tr qrcqrreì<rq r
timi mero ìorãko 5ahi au,hotur? mÌonãmGautam o? ütrkã clqionã cloÉ chrn
ffi
dmo mffi
sãtàikoX1à trr nnm
bnvã&o qÌqrGi[c6
qrt òMõn
r qr{Tofrth r kl.ftâlna?
ho? thiihã chr qqqrFÈr Èt wfi-{€q
yrs maDcüelÍi r úrn
dheÌri sfthftNú
<-{* trr eefrrm{ rcfrrcr€w6ro rsôqI*àt
vahãko nãm Lúçmi Nnü ho. tyo mdãi thõhn úr. tssko sllDi cüsinr?
7/17/2019
Ìì v-<qirraarar r rffiw+'qÌor t9
nero ghrr yrhãbits ÍÀChãhdnr. úlmroghaÌkrhã ch.?
arridç*fr6q1q59;6 r<cÉ+qrq1qrÊrüa t I <m6rfravnrÊrï rrr{r qd frcÌ cfr È{ |
tapfuo buÌâ bsihnã hunutuncna.Opúi ãmãtãi hãbncür?
<rgì+rrrrd e ìvn lg *+qr rq trss{+ìagvfrv{+rr rni
sfi-{*-trqr€{r* Èdqr rvftqscrâvr{r h t arr{r1Ì dq-í'6 t R{rq c õqr16ïqr ir€ |
uDiharükã gai Uemm khetui chrn" rnihenÌlõi fhEh5 údnâ?
a ecrifr rrs eãrffidrd qfuq qFE t Ët{{, g;RFIÍa ír;€i I
EffiË-{r qr@€ Èt qÈ {rcÌ ffi dtq I
ilm q-<frsìqÈ{rfrqrgËÌ
hãmÌo thü polhlret ho. hãmi bEhun haú N
frfafrqeafq{ rÈfrqrqràÈ I qAt{Êï Fr{qrsïEre
yo ftnro ghafi holna. mcri ãmãko ho. v-â-6ÈfwÈ rcrrrrEq r
fr*tÈç+mÌrecmffiffit
ÈÌ rrr... { rÈà e-<...r 6 |ÈfrqR{RqrËrfr... cr€Ì:..... .. ... c €m-{€r-ìqq ïrr* ckcr src.16ï
meÌonãm".. o. rero ghir... mã cìa. meÌo psÌiyãÍmã hími.. Jani
t s{QúqfrF-{qÌfi-fr#{l
hrú:-..-... rr.- d{FÈ qr Ë<nqfu v€lT r€' I
ÌfrÈfficrc... { ta-qÍ...616;o 2l
mcri rüdiko nãm.- ho. vúí.. mã hunuhunúâ. I <qr{qn sì q{sTqÍí ql1Ë€ r
Ìfrfrâ-àfficm...Èr d qFÈàS{r dÈqqr rqr qrqi r
meri didúo Érimãnko nirtr.- ho. a €lEF
firn6cf{t6<Rr-{AfcÌà
ËSrâ g{ qz6qk{qo qr€{
qrqË;o
r r
t7 r ààârrfu*nsffi
I qfnr ç+-wr v <ç+-wr Ìfrq r Cqrfi+Ìq<{DïÈ r
mryâkne\,iaDíchorn a e$Janãìori cìan x2
ffffiÊ-crcrrqffrôfror r qÈgüSâ{ìÈfu s qì{qq(qrãkí r
Pritiko vicnrmnSüryakichoÌi úr. r arr{g${ÈÈrTr1rysqt*<rrflrçqrETdË{
$*sMcrcÊÊsrÈr I sfi-{FTf,r{Rìt{ ÈÈ+r<srt rq lr+í{ t
SÍÌïako chorSÌo nam GiÌÍ6 ho.
s ffi qra{Èàfq{ÈEqsìRTq{rÈ{qÊiÌ I
t íYIEEè +ì (t.l I c"lÉéd I
t fufi-{sf<ÈüC"F+ìàfuÈqÈsEqcEÈT{ ì frrì{ì ÈÊÌ àì ffi-d o qÊq w€ rcrâqça.Ftú.6
t1
r g, eÈÈ++rr+e, Èqqr{s r I TÍr.FF{€àcÈ6ìqrilqqrT{q
ì ãqqreÌfiffiì-{,ffiídq EI{ITI r {a{Ì f|q IFrÈ€ ïTkÍqrïs1E;n I
I
i Edrràft-+r*ra, 3r(firr{ïrrõ àq-dTqÉfr;n"bÌ qÈfr urrr ErÈ |
r #\.s-r€qrsàs, q<-qrcÈs fd-{t{ì çfi-dF dlÌõÌ qffr qFEq t
r o +ì +qrr.ràq.rra e-ifur 3Írgràq r 2E
â qqrs$qãFT ' 3v;frq TT€Ì{ | I san ffis. qq +ÌorqrÈi.rfiìflì r
,r fr sqfursrçrÈ+qrrErêkà{ r eqÌ frEïì {àEF qq +eÌ qgra. qr* ff rfr qc +rç< r
. ìqrdqr{ò{r.TdffiâqâSr I qk e?rER ôqr{Ìr$ IqÈ{rEI-drEq{ qfq q firì t
24
r fr flrqrits RksR sQeàqF{ qRqr qr$àrí rr@ ar$olr r Ë{qr4r {Èiìr
fr+q fttqÌ |qï bìr ÍvqlTà
È+?Fft rqõd{r+ì ilr Èi
il' Í{+q {TÍÉr*
f+È.Ë1Ëd
r qrqqr+Ì
I rrq
cfi-EsÈÌ qÈ qf.c-{rt qrÈq r
iqì èrrdT 11q{E." È .1q tq ïfr TfrË+-õT {ËFcr fi-cfì fqqï r 149/169
q;6q qk{ rrq. qFiqt r
ì ísàfrtr€ la,cr+drc Tmr+rv 6+É *r*w 1ffiqr fr+ @ 0t mÊvet qnfc<nr+r uiì[ì f€"ir ftrÈ
qÈ Erqra frcçq or€ic rff|4rã Tfi-€Ê ff|qFq 16gbq
7/17/2019 ì fr àÈ-qFÈ€Ifr qì ràffir qFbï I Fâ-{FqroEìfu<qr;q qfr 29 Nepali
41.Teach Yourself
fi-q qrcrqfuçÊf,-oq I @ acrtì Èqr qfiì{cq t

q ìÌRRrEq r+ qr{qr *o rÈkfum vÈ <q {Èq ffi qFE r @ qà \'sãr síõrq{ì t
aqqqÌ6 q q -€ï iÍFE I @üfi-q5;q1Ssrçfrt
rrfr qrõ q=rcf6qà qçE aq 6;6a 1qaqr€qì fi q|Ëì rqr qrq rq @ç@rrra erqq rçfi-{ç+ìq<qrqwq fuç{ t
@ ffià iH fu-{ g-{n t @ qq{ xlíà rÈ<.ne t
rryt{ 6161q ;5. g6 ? "nrfr
trr {'r ilrrr +'õiq qsi r q aqFdÌ qn{r ffirr qF6. ã-b ? ( @qrqrçérì{q{r{dffi€Tfl*l
IJ rfraffi 6gu4ogqffiTrfrrìaFn Trìjffi r+@ rrfr f*fr t0
wqg'o. or*"i+rfrqFrrq{rsTdõ I qk qrFÍ{RÊìà |
s516fEaqa ïrro, gqÍq qro rr" rfi-{sà rnssÈ{ r +kEôvrfr rS t
gtÍà rscr fdrd q-õà
'ra
I qreq {rõqreÌT<r õdro t ffiqçeqnftrfrt
I ffirrq qft(.fà r
qìfcsì-{€ Èì qÈ fiqEFì<r rfr 6;rrr r
( tq+{rrfi qrqrqk{qr1rrò r
ì 4r6,qreÌ{r+d-{rãÈdr<r ãraro I
ï{ < ql|rr ÌTrdE Erqq (õ |
oqcrdììvrer*Feï-<ra-dlr{iÈ r
u ÈsrcÈs-ar<rrfuÈsr{ïà r ll
ffitncm-<rsffitncrdï r Ì qìqrqrrq{ffirldÉffiàcE
q fq-qr<È{ffirffi q"E I t
cfi-cqft;lrsÈififfiqrSq t
? qcercrâffi trr<wi r
ì ìri Ê<éM çrqÌ 'rr{ ciï r
frìâmqrrwdÌfrffit
q qfu(Tqq{dqfffi.FÌ{rr€ r
aqfffiõffitrr r-{qÌi r ( rd qrqr {q{ È EtEd qqr {qrfr |
sffir ïrgës-crt ü t rrc c€ï r
k sffiqrfrtrrcctil
a)
Ì ffi q< g{.Frcq{m r qF@vrfrqrftru

qF@qrflqrfq€r l
acÍ{ ìffi sì{ slì-à( r
ffiaòafrçqrsr crr@stqfl(*Qèïr
8 aqr€*f+-crqqÈ<rrqrâÊ1sS qrNfrrsrqtR-ot
frfrq.'<{ qìnTdaÍfls r qrÈr-qrt@qrFesr
ncÍâ TcTrq{ à <rEâqcqrq€{àg r ftíMqrfiilÈ€r
33 $r@Arcrqrf6€t
I mr€^+eenqà6g6rt S@vÍ<vn<rfq€r
ïf{ ï{-d|-flqs6 | SWÊrrrsrl€+{r
rerfuruÊq rï@@qrÍÈÈcr
sâ-tsffiflcÌNqr
srdsiq.6r-dqìffiÈe r aqrtqÉ aciqr'à r
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali "tI ÈffiqÌ+qrfrr 150/169
v \ t nÌfreÈffig:eqrÈt
$r qq{r{ q€ ÉIËqr I r Èò<rsqrâ m qn* r
ffi rÈ fr-crqq-eàirqï t
7/17/2019
q qmrfi qrqr irÊfrE r r ltrcr{ wn 4rrÈ t
sfi-eeâ.fi.è€Ès r fcffiqràqrrò r
g*r*rfrmà€66dt ç Ufiqrâ€rvrlà r
r cffi<ffiqrrà r
35 t q-Ëtrr€e<vrrà
s+t,rffixnrqrtr-qfirâÈr t. ffifr<rqrrà r
ÈfrqrqÈtrrdïqÈ+tÈeìqrô
ffiìrrmïqÊ{-{fia-âà@ï r r tt ìfficfE{r.frr
reniÈfrcrà t
<Èà re rcri{i{ fi{& M r
<Èfr Èâì Ìn cqÊdl fir& àfrt r
Èì ìTrdqr+rt fi{& È r t T{râd fi-d fi qrìq I
s-í{r6Ìff{€ rrd ïqÊfi qk(.rSr I <rÈ+ï rqrdrâ {È qr5q-qtÀÈ{ r
Èô qrqr qrí ïqÈrl qk( qÌ$rà | I sfi€cqrâwcffi ,ï.sÌ r@ cÈr r
foft rrrc erÈ+l qÊ<<.rd t rcrdrâ TrcdrÈ ilÈ r
<ràqrd qÍt{-í qk{ rrò r i<Ì ìïËqÍê ,qrfrqrsrvffi cÈq r
rÈfrÈâqncqrirtqk{rrt1 |
c qÍ( íqÍt{a ck{ {q r mnÊffiqÈcr
36 I Èìqrqàçsëri{-drdffi r
I flE"6 rÈ{ d{rga+Ì {mqrffrfr qr{€ r I EçcÍ€Èìq{ïÈilràr
<àwr-cd<rrffi+ratfriÍ$r t it qrqmrÊT{rq {rrà r
È+lg-à<rcfr-+âorfriÍ{ r I qn@fi-e ltrlïr
s qì?ï rf<qq-{ c{fi qrt crÈà{r I stèEïftìËrdìrÍrdqrfr
qrc fiíqlìsfrfl -K{+ì
ql-{€ r t Ìtüqrâqr<dìÊd{ tÌ frqr qrre r
I qq€qri Èqa.nd qrrà t
I q=fuWifrqrfd*qr
r qqrâ<ffi qÈr r 5
r" ErfràÈf -€qrqÌ r rt Ìô qrEà rqcrfrrâav+<g*rer€d
d 3r.ôcFÈfffi r
tdÌe{f+rrì<rcrâôaì r
4l t mqÈffi flffi ì-{ {rfr fãTÌ{Ìfr f<ftriqÈrâ r
r ìò wrçse f€qrscfu€ r t frmnà tarqs *< ïr<ï+{qqqt-dÊ {€rs-{f,È
r rflR rïTcTfi{ Èftr;E r t
_
I írrqïr qQr---ci-i-
------ -5 -tq( ---l .
gr"rcí |
1lrì Ìfr tr16<vro rì< 6rffi rwr{ ÊTrò r
r friÈ qrËç+ w-arqr ÊiÈq
r qfr;Ei à q-<qrfi r r t (tcÍ{ò ÈìfÈqì-{I qqtTqrÌàdqÍffi Èfi ilrqÌ |
r treqrffi rnqTftì wô gfs's r r íTÉÌrnÈ(ffi{Ëf 6q qrqqq{ |
u fd<ÌìÊ@{È rq-s{r$skàgfrr.6 | (ìTr€(, flIT ÍI(IIFT ËÍqI qrÍ€' itr<fT I
. asf$úffi,rÈ{Tdr{gfrqrò rrrdr{Èi q-{r+àdr íd r Csürrl{*{ïvsrÌìqsàfis-â È{ r
qÌrìIT I t Pa-à; rn ffi 6gtlç*à ç{dri gqqrd t
42
I <r1<ffcq vrçrçà o r ftfrflq+rvr6+r{€sàfi'E61
wsq marrsÌm*qlçd e r nÈ<qrfrqìàe rfrfrì.t\'+ì üilr{qrcqrfisrerfrq<qrs t
7/17/2019 1 tcÉô q{{r àô {È rffi rrn qrçô o,e<wÈd aì& ftfrìvrcgì+qÈíreflqAÌ,
qKtà Ìàq t q ìqrdï qK'd riÌ {€ï.rë-{ ü t
qrfrqÈì{qsffiÈ{r , qÍt{€EqìÌqdT{ Èìg<rìo r
ìàffi9mfi-ffiffiqr rfu g*-*r< èmrfÈ qrv-aÈ fi qrçÈ q-{+
sqìqf{crdÌíqÌfr-ff{ffi sr g crça{racrçôqf.ò Coòfi r
ÈffiàqrqrqÍ{Msr{rtàí{ r
43
I {, qr1tìâ r qË,q6rqu1 ec t
d. qrs-irò r *{, <rwwâa+ r ffiçqìssìersrÈìâÈfuT
if, mâ r qË.qrç+ì q r tÌqÈ ÍFflr+è -{àeÌ rÈc.Íç* Cì r
a dqr( t +{,er\rÈ& t ft{ frï qfr- €'ìs-{Ì{ÍÊ< rçô M r
rfugr+RààffiÈgÌacr\rôÈÈ
4
qS + r qr gqr<;rçà r
tÌqÈa"ilr+{lì q.rà@ qÌffi {ilq* |
qks@fdfiqr-Êql,rsâàÈr
qEt .1. < + tltG (tí qsqt I
q-â+ i rÍrqïì qr6{.-È r
qg1q.1q1qÈE{{ffi à rgqrcqÈo r {ftftqrrqrffi b'rageò
u-â+ *q*ffiÈ< rsÈfrc{ffis r {ì-fr{rffi:rÈdor'ntuïÈ |
45 {i*qràwqÈ obtenÈ r
ffiqrtetrerq*ffi+qqrqr<$ 1
t Èò çcr @ sf{ Èà{rEfirq+ì fEç{ | {H
ìn-frqr race tq 3{T{Í fiãrc { 1
rtr:.cr q sÈqÌcãõ'qrc,TCdrE r ikFftqrruozoìTffiqÈ{r à r
çfi-{€q{ ffifrqr {Èrr frq il{ ï( i{rq-ô&qí t
crfr cÈ Mil{ {rÈÈ rdrqrçd fEç{ r
ss+ìãrcfrì àïÌ fi{â m seàcMr vlsà frç{ r ftÈqn,r.q++frrtrr
sfi-{€Eqrr{ra rçtr fqq l{sfr{qìfqqrerqrrfrqr{ t ìa{ ffc ** r. ï}, qçq-{R
ì qïgrqR. ìt iTÌ{Gr{ ttr( çtzrw-.utr ftqfcr rìqrcqr q qs5( ÍrE {T6-qr+dresrrr

1.8Ì ìTì.dslqof r {à, {ffiR sríìrrÌr 141rfiq
:.
^v6r rí
Eq4r Ur qFFË€ TsTg
*;6
,: í{ qãi--" c.{-ÀcÌgrëqf ErrF[
sRq. qrí ErëT
Íeq{rÍE rìçqq-rÈ
TlIqT qnr qT
at
Ì gì;<-+ì<n wffi rÍ\Íd gâ+i rà r urïr+ìilf Tgìfdrrdf+fiqi-f+-+Èqq{-giq-{rffi aÌWq
gH <mÌ wrrrr*reçser<rfr ìH qargnìrà r rçô frE ravÉ rT{ Asr€ -üq-de rTlà qì àt Èsrqr.E <
<rtà Ê\rrr qÈ<r r ìH gàqrqr.rqr Èrr Ë{ r.{à {Rur Ekqr {
erq w qrràq ïaq'ïÈ €É q{rq6.+ Ê*6n v eì -ratmfir
I
{T{T 5{ |
rÌ.*o rr rff vrr Èft wgr rrq + 6*râ 6rr+rcqr=oòqr r
@ar+rEr$frrc*rqrcôffi r It
$<crtçea++È<rmà*Fo r I erfrìffirqrr+ct, r
q frdì{ì sìqà mrtÈ ffi qrÈtr çea qrffi ìà o t IRI SITSFT'[ TqiT<FT qKT qFÍqE I
.ì
I qT Eï ü: €qcTf,€ 3ÌÍt5$rfi 'r"flfE?Í
53
t qÈtqcr{{rÕemr{rr.È rì qrtrq rfrq
r 3-{r{F{
ÌÌÍTiT {qlCrCrrer
qrff rF IfiT+w.
ttrt frtII ,r€-t
fi r.
qsãt . "|
ítfa{ - Tnq6
? qf{ RcÉdÉ Íàqiqr"fr rrì fr rrfr @
r n
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali ( qrq qnTÌkr qìFrg?FÍ{{ rì-{ÌqÏIÌriïT qsÌiErT6 | 152/169
ì 1Ê ë'srqiëïïat'q"É + cr.ô 1Tì {qr< g( Ì6õFFIT
iÍc+rfr
FF;6 I 19
qÈ iffi m'k qrc-iÌ qì qrqï si {È( qFE r I a-*gm€qrffiqF<{qrq.r+ |
l( qkqci? {q{Fc arfq'{qrqr{Ì ì{ì {qr€ qfi<rqr Èqïàq r q-s dfrì qFffiÍà Trd qr
{ qR fr aw *+ì q-qrâfrâ qarç{ïçr ìTì q *5ffivrn +Ìrrc. r I q-q r{Íâ qÍÈ (f,T+ r -rqq-S
54
I @+ìàì6È,Ttcìï
t. c.--\---- -
tQq tqtqcnt 9q4ÊnQècttE qtítí 9rq | |
t @@ÈawvqrÈr
rqrdr€ qqcìï
( ÊEÈ qK r
R. grffi reï qÈ ÌciqÊ<qãFrqiìÈ{ r
r. qrírrrr\rfr qrËfiffiç+ ffiÊrsà {rrq ú0 qrcrà' (rri-{t-qr{
I +{Ì õÈ q<fl (ffi qrí È{Ëq r
55
I rrp4 3{rsi qri-ffiF{rí qrfl{ q-fi ám 1 sfi-{ëì OffiqF<Fta qrc ÊFq I
qTfmrcc-{dË rvkÉ Esoffi T.e rrr r l ilqq q-ËflErqràe-Ëlï . {r. õ-íkSúE I
ì
ì €T{r firsì 3r|-tcrftÍrâ+ Ên"ôuià gm cr r {qrìãrffi +'r{r{rÈ{ qrq u€q I
dcrí $â4f{Fqrí rTrqr{r ltfl qÌ{FT <-{Ë;6 ?
56
IÈÈ qïsqsÈ<rÈ òqr r ól
*F{ ffi{rc flqrcÌ q.{ {€ q'ãrEfr qri{r r (A)ÈSlffickrfr tÊr*ang'e
frfr qrfi-es'àaqrc-ríÈ<n tefrqèd grnqr@ or-*r t 1s1 iq'ffi rk' fr rÈizen 6oà gmfu r
ÈÈ+cràq<trÈìh**n#, 11y àìgrrìrkr$t
t .Ì6 66q r1p6qrtrsfu{srÉÈ frsqq r rgrò,ÈÈffià
,'; ' . rqr.'ee* + fecÊ{drt
^í rq{qffi TsrÉ r
{Â) \t'||Étc||E -:i-r-È-'
ê rìíe q'cr c€{r{6 ìrçËÌor"rì r.ir6sqo mreml r É(ar rqÉr' I+'r
'ÍJ.$g)
1R1 rsìÈm qc+fe+TÉÌqrs1.rÈ.È crr{ì 6-+ Èr.rffi g*r
,ttlTl lsr ãrcr rsérFrsi{IrTr I
q -sfire ìqtq Erí qtq wÍ qrgrsqrÍ6 { $r6qrgïqr{ qerg -.I Iïtr.F+rrfiqç{Ë.8
(A) FÍqlrãrr{qs( ?
qrre' q fEqwg-qqrsÈ çs-cr tqfl fd-drqfi r@< vrc rUl <qrtì rrrrqmà<{fi{ rôffi, {rfr ìrô rqFqqftì lFr 3ÍfrffifrÈqr
ìqìr rr\r+ÌàTrcrqì çga È a.r;+rrr-qÌH qfr eòqa,cFari fi-{ frçSq
eq q'dr {rà rqqrsìffq ÈRìcrqqFE +{r qfrqscrk qrÈ íA) q$qsfr qvrÈq ra-< q$rqÌ ffi €-tt òfl t
68
I
ì acri+ì6Ì<rsiàfráì&
Èfr Ar{-{FuFdq i frqa rqrqÌ rr È+ a-cÈq
qrrqqÈ qrqr ïqrÍ{r r r
q qr{rq{kï
qrfi-{FmÉfrwwrrtàmÌ l sr6qrsïE,È(qÍí rr ;rcrì orsqrdfÌ {-Èqr
acr{+Ìffit6d:ìqr y ffi fufl rrEÌ flÌ { @ fufi qfr qÌdÌ {rÌ qrqffr f{-dqr I
ì1 qrq* qq ffi òì{ r t fff fi-àT{rÌ{eq<mrvÈ ffi rqrÌ trô <reqrúqr r
q aqrt+eï fr EÈ rd r
69 qkìffrËqfEqr;rq{ {g rffi{rã ãff +< ffi rrg+r6s
Ì qqr{ ïÌ+ flÈ rrs q qqrqc rnfl qrd r qrrÈrr fuq rf{{rÈAÍfi-{€à R.ç{" q" r. qfu{rqr ,}{ ìq'r
qrift dqìà:Tq s{-Ê€ rrm qrq qf$ì r firqÌ3rfrçsâ qçqrÈì fi{ra ÈqrcÊúfr fi-r Eì qrg-qroÌ<
ì F{r€qr q}fl€€ rÌç+Ì rrq {rà T{qr ÊSfr Èèïe* r ìTilfr u{ r +à vq üffi *{ mÈgÊ ì *< oìE{q6 iÈ< r-rà
Ìdrcr
qrfià ffiÌ qrçôr{sìTS
iÈd nsà qg{'rÌ qìrò ffiri qM r I
i .crr-ô lrqlrà rt{qmerqqr
q;r|-qr.Firr qrìkfuà
ftìì-{f tCFtrT írrq Eríì t{qrììì
rïq-+T lifqtr{ ilìTr iq-dH
ìrÌqi q|:ã-f<RÍr{tã
úd
I If I had beenhungry would haveeatenvoÍaciously.
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali rsì rrÌ{ ãriftà <ri-drâqrà t.{ô ïq Ërfi-€F-dÉ fr à<grq 154/169
2 ff it had not rained hey woúd havecome or a meal. qli"il-,rf qàtr'<T5ì qlÌ{trÈ | Tq ìsmfr{ sfírÈsì o \r{ qrcrfrr*
3 If thercwereno streamsn úe hills therewouldnot beelechicity n *5rrJTr-{ià rc rrflâTËrq6ô *'^1ffi uat
7/17/2019 our house. <Frq; ìììr ErE;Ì larrqÌ tarr +r_qrqrqrqr qÌGF-6TTqfiE' fi'-
If he had aken he medicineon time that man would rÌot have +È t. eqrÊwUrquiÌ vqrô'ú q€ÌË"'{É 6rE{h rfirfrrrq.
died young. rqffisÌ{m:r+{a=àq=1rqâ r{rfi-{sqatÊ -üs3{EgÌcfu
If a tiend hadsunga song he eveningwouldhavebeenevenmore qrfrÈ qrÈoÌrrìtsrRs r
enjoyable.
*rwàSR+rrrÈEs ArÈwtqr(fu o {ìtd{qï{r qrt fiSàro-{

rqqn *ì ffi+qrqr+ra*q6.o ee-<tÈ €E r3Ìfr Èflcr
sÌ-ì e td rrÌ<üa eì"cr Êr rè <i.o lì rcÌ,rô Èqr r q
qà õrtqr Èç6 õ-< rtÈ{ ìrrrÈ flà fi-{ qì qrg{qd a< qRqcq
qÌqfrì Èq |rrd< qïqr a +rçtffi {cr ar re-cÊÈqà Èdr rì{qr
qr< +ìtsq {È iTg â sqqr qrsì ÊT\r{ Ecrd sÌq{ frrn qré
f+ r ffi+qrccsr s+{ qfuqqr q{ sÍ* dq f+ r È ì rË r q
ìrFÈqÍì 3{rE.qìE sH f,€qì l{qr È6 |+ì çqrq sìèqì qq Èr
,nqìììqqÉrnfrrFir$ lqqrqrr EmE qsÈmrfirÈrr
dfrko rgfrqm{F.i ÌcrÈ{fufiHqi qrg-i-àq rã d r È. à
.r* r ÈÈqr|
qìFlíIE-.6 rrrrqà si gq fstrr qrç+ì o qfr"ffi q;qr
7l
I sfi-esqtg-.ffiÈìRnrfrs r
fiqrq rrcrffi tÈ( rrr*Èdr ffi r
ì q'r rrr* arard çsa En'flIT r{È+ì 6 |
ràìqÌqrã6ro;qr+qr Èia-55i1 aç'S o r
q q-efqrë fi-AT.qEqe*r.rsrd W r
ÍiÌq(4ÍÈ{Õ sirth moúrhof qTTTT hope
zo
the Nepú year
t*'l
l rftÍ tu day bfore
WtêÍday: last
w@k
ï€T
EFc-dq
wish, &sire
history
ïITr{ weII
Inlrdrq lpspital
hqrout
tü ,to
ttgt ;tò €{iTrff Islamic

Imw
rfrÈsq yet
aìq' too eÌ. coúmaad Elql theLord; Gotl
3TT
-I Words maÍked * aÌe tansitive veós. qq6 ilrr

'rttï eye ttphill: step
I
iütemte çf{-T"lF'€ feling of
3$I(TE qime,offae
yet qqqrè Itc naúEo suffocttion 155/169
difrcult, awkvard tït tëztÍ,@aB gqFT Wveú
7/17/2019
m
ã
fi-fr
*qrè
tuglish
Êadishlângpage
da*, <ltuqs
qfrs
3f.{
q+i
offica
iow, froD aow
Iab, latenesô
hrì"*
Sunday
to údve
woÌÌtu1 s€
hêiCht
píoaurciatiot
Ío get up
úatìtuly
GT
3nTFf Iack,abç'n@ to ÍIy
q r( to conÊ
Ietterof ab,habt b pÍrctisc 3<n tà€,tt.,oveÌ theÊ
arrbitiotl
cqìaR newrypêÍ cÌft-{ï Atrcncan sÌr< north
I c.ô tal, hiCh
II
3TE1T gtava "ky Ç{E$T example
ia Íáe en{ afcraü
qÈ frtE 5íl rzãe(Mi<ldle)
oJ
ago,beforc
pickle q+6.7
3Í({ Amencatr
Anbia: tu mday q+{F túey (Middle)
r qgrcf{ ye4 stin Middle East
q-Ft aowúays $reFfT va ey
.imínísrotivezo|te qp: oÍhc.t,rorc
që| -d eisht novel
to frt itto I6pNë {+ï aioúeÍ, Nxt eightll . scÈfr usefir,
GI rt6 tQ
sFFIT
$,o a 1da half
oÍ
qd
sllFF[
reaúiag
untidy
soul scar{
3qI4
gfr
o
to Ìes1ect meana
I q$r gnger 3TFd qú8, rfLhet
hdf 3rÏI to be statding üp
Efu.{rÍ official qÊd-s $üghtly g{ìq * to boil
onesctÍ
cfu{rq Wdoú cFnçtc a sraall aúount of age
qftrcfu oaeself(emphasized)
and thea tftq a üttle rhile 3EE to c.rme to the boil
EÊ{rrm farnine
oq)
fift Awúhi QaÃg.tEe) aie's
tuOtherown st|(l in that ma'/n,er
qTk{ inwfupiaE qiíllq certainly {Rrì in go.i health sè it ürat fianneÍ
*{-fr
exlÊnence
penüs$oa
úl(Ìrq
3RììT
u,,successrltl
of gd chal@tor
,rt, to 1€st sQI seeqQl
pwo
rc@rding to aRIÌÈrI extett9ly, very
.ì Potatoesnd g s/hc Low)
fto E{IRCCÌSTd) thiÍd month of baúfu shoots
c-tr
"à" sÊange,odd the Nepâli yeâr
necesssy
qfdq friú last qgRÌlf iaconvenierce
approximately FrtsÈ fouÍú eldest -+ì rFr for

q hey, oh ten million h oÍ +ìfrRT,Tt. to tÍy
çsãr one, a F{f{ sound of ntnniig Íh'drd book ãÌ{ appÍoxituately
çd ole waef fu{ why? two miles
\r€c absolutely pen |+ïì{ì bêaause gift
ç{-iÈ single-barre ed Yormg, tendeÍ ffid shopping frÈ{r c,rmeÌa
çd-FtÌ one and only f{E college ftA. to buy I guess, suppose
alone fd{FÍï rFí * to iúragine kilogt nme qqÍ forgiveness
* poem, wty finÈFrc< kilon efre mr.ri. to forgive
N Cuilt
õ{A
whose?
fuçrc
sÍic* Èi areL teglon
+õ shelter ftofi nia
in what Ìnannef?
how? Êrfrq
falmeÍ
type, ki,.d
q
ffi dowlrhill; steep {R-? in whatmant et? ftr tns@.,wonl ccc.ri.

q{qfl tu stop
to end
3IÌ
qì'dr
how? tq{r chicken q(. I qangef
156/169
frnge\
t@ Iike what? how? f{ which? IFIT<ÍqqT{ * b gotble up
ffi malaria ã6--Ít wherc? which one?
n-CTË (Eq( news
m.rÊr úEdicirc _ï,Él at úe hofre of Tk I don't know €.R tq * to ibfofiÌt
7/17/2019 +|õ? wher? 41.Teach Yourself Nepali
Tiú' chair qir{qR bewaíe
ïqÍT ctasj {F{èt'É somefuÌj€s thiAe. tnatter. alk
- € (t.l bâd
conductor {Ê{qqf{ T{r,rt. to talk. converse isÊ< | pocket
rfiiíT wheÍe? to whete? nEl soÌnewheÌe a meâsuÍeof
to dÍop, post
rFdT-ï-{iIÌ somewhere or other ttnl cucumbr weight e{uâl to (a letteì
how many? sÌtr
+tár fork
shouldeÍ ifi'ìnalÌ two Eânãs
heel
q€Ì geldedgoat
how much? to fâll; d.ie
how manypaple? tlgíl cauüÍlowet $ï to wait foÌ
to be eaten
how many things? 'FFFI yoLtget patemal well "|q1
FF ash
frÌÍ aaywhere uncle elbo'x qTgT snack, ight Ìúeal
6F]ÌT paPer IfiTTT kindtess, favouÍ
how big? qFïT food
rXTï story ïÍ.rdÌ li/'',e what? qE- to eat, ddnk,
ãq cuP mrR* to cut, to kill ìFq cente
consume
q n rrí í tqnllíÍ,Ì IFãï
rficsr cloth sevenmmontl| ot boy f@d
rfirfliÍ haft (of the head) the Nepali yeâr È& gi lír{Ì' empty, only
ãfr affee FFï ear {{T banana qRT special,paÍticülaÍ
Íarcly, Iess, ew youngestgiÍl
qiq
FFqfuf, jaundice {rcì youngestboy È8
ìEr-í-oÌì81
some,somethìng
soÌneihing oÍ otheÍ
fiq.q * to pull, take
aphotogaph
slqq shiÍt {F{ work who? ktkÍi knife
çrq,q * to ÍyoÍk coat
rfir{{
at least
iF|{g[ teason Íoorn
cgr
qqifr
leg, fint
watst chilli peppeÍ
F{TiFT to shout,make a {Fì]Fq PÍOgÍAlmne -+ìsiÈqr compaÍed with qrT to open
[oüd noise {rd black ni et lCÌ.|g{ * to feed
Rrfr happy,happiness Kd a traditional dish silvêt FrqÌ shade tom the sun
q.Í very, thoxrughly made tom dÍied qTiT{ small change 6IìíT skin
ìnigable freld vegetables qTqtÍ uncookeddce ffil neiübouthúú
Èfr faÍming,agÍicü|tüÍe lF gtÌ|lt, teachet qR four ffiâ neighboür
dffi fanhing, agÍiculhtÍe W Gumng (ür srt foutÍh quickly
game eümic gÌoup) qTF;I * to wantto Ë quiclç fast
€q * to play .Èft prcket 3r81 to be wantel, fuï moútent
well what about? È{ìÌgf tomato needed qk to spüt, bifrtÍcate
ofirwn .t Ì ( cow pz8arÍe cntn qÉl time off wotk
ôË 'r,ell what about? pat\:hea tÊaÊn nce @n side
coug)t qã{t incident, event
ffi Iettêr àÌ sixth
ff search q5 l
tunqd adlüalnannce r9rél shoÍt, hief
qÌq * to seèk: ry to iTrãI watch, clock Chinese E,Ì{r so'l
hottÍ, be
ìcÌ{r nveÍ, stÍeam q{ ffi sugaÍ úrí rt ríl sonsand dauüters
house,home
dcr-Tmr
ÌiveÍs and steams qlgfr landloÍd
fs-<r.rt. to worry trr(l daughter 157/169
dq. to open È A. to recognize, be
sfâ thÍoat, aeck
gTé acauainted with jungle;
stepsbeside veÍ ' qrtq
7/17/2019 41.Teach Yourself Nepali slippety
rl ì.I wondet, amazement qlq grass uninhabited and
toplay a gane gFI sunshine
È{r tea q lcí1 cotnpücated,
with pebbles fug gree (claÍified
fqqrrw teashop
üfficDIt
rr&rï tnathefiatics butter)
Ècr-fuqr tea ald snacks
everys,herc
day oÌ a monm tsl knee
R cold. damo
' sl (| appÍoximately,
m meõlKram qqlg(l indiÍect Chitia as much as
câlendar CC to fitm, travel Tà. deírÌene
- sÍí-({gql population
.rq,Ì{ * stove,hearth
to chat, corverse btudl
tri-{ +dcs-d) twelfth monú of
to b borrl
qf,*
IrooÍ sT knife the NeDali yeaÍ
to do birthplace
to cümb, mount owe. unsúüed
rI|TT heat qiTT ' q ìtí Iand
chickw tum, time
rr{-{r jewellery qE.qT all togetheL n total
moon watchman.suard
tr$ haary qFÍT - q++l | 6í to gathe\ assemble
r t5 guide ffi one auatteÍ
- ---:-
ül +tí
'"
GerÌnan
T{r3d ' to take to gÍaze qÌit mushrcom
Íríì minstÍel
hot, Ioud
sqTq * to bum
qrg village sì{Ts ftply, answet
rrrcd qqr
qiTTiFT lavatory
aocúútl€ o Ìttuve, q{fr in a similar
qrfi wateÌpitcheÍ 6+f q;T to be srydsed manner to
rn-â üve qÈ
caÍ, wheêIedvehicle
ffi to move, go,
wií ckêarly in I similar
,Trft,rt to tell off
function
EEl - to leave, qút manneÍ to
r Qil difficult, hard 6TiTT umÌrnea qt(l similaÍ to
SÊ qúckly,
ít{ song
immediately,
6rfr DIeAllt, chest q l\í exaúination
1t+ complaìnt 6tET '* to feEI with the hand qÍA * to exao\ne
early
qÍs-(RÌ alcoholic dÍiik â.fr. TV dcr€ you (High)

qTFR
qrà salariedob ËFf,1
g$qr€ï *
to come to an end i Ìrt reúy tiÌedÌress
cold, coldness to bring to an end ean.ri to prepare to add, efrll
.ÍRT specr'et 4'?e, carÍe ZF{Iàõ s\ddenly, oút but etr{ tamily naúe
ql l.l.l to be knos/n of nowheÍe vegetables STTqï tofuúEtitd
gl;T to qo efiq tormst ( E the Tami region ETr{ TDarÌ anedmic
tokÌtov aq . to stand, setdown, young wofian goup)
fife rcst úpon õ1 to cross qIËÍ * to begin, staÍt to
ffi tangue ìfd tâbÌe lÈlov downwatds sTü knowledge,
distÍict ât. to bìte dìktìT cmwng information
nononnc sumx ctql hat iÍiTr and qr€rcrgT* to frnd out
added o names Ì{{ towft quaneÍ totakeüÍn
life a-drffi taxl drq*
ilrò hot firfr
ïÈ lots of, heaps of
fi-fi-qq üanhoearcmedy F inck dÌcrs Tamang(at ++' thiag, mattet
shoe, shoes
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali etbnic group) 158/169
impuÍe, sulliet daY of
polluted
to oke - a monú <IëÍgT south
place in úe Wesl,em
7/17/2019 that which 41.Teach Yourself Nepali e,ql( palace
fine, OK calenoar
s-6 (GSrõ) secondmonth of {t|ìÌ dtawer
big door l@k
the Nepú yeaÌ . EqT class
addrcss dTst caÍaç
EqFT sight, vision
eldest,elder fd-fr szãe Middle)
<{tÌ decade
wife fdft vou íMiddle l
({ ten
çIIrqI paiÍ s6T to scoÍch, lrum
íeaÍ ffi vot t <T Dasain festival
mope towaìds. DeaÍ-
honorific suffrx 3q{ dollar .
at at out
ETÌT tetth
hi Íidge yoghút
added o na$es ffi lhiÊt
eÍÈ
BFET
monal pheasarrt
doctoÍ
Rt. to Pay
qt ( tooth
elder brcther
q ol they, those
SFFI * to summoh, call foÍ fi-{ ti ee
<ì\RT frrev@d
almost eldeÍ brothet
one and a haif ffc"eì-d
eI evenmoÍe
s{r
olace of DilsÍimase
- ?Ts-{I
st to descend
tented g'"í, 1a'í immediatelv
- EIõI
elder btuther
baÍd
fsd * to take out, extact
accommodaüon ct l vouÍ
<Ìc pnce
very Èd o . ruel
ffi
EÈqÍ bag eaÍly rnoming slow, late, slack M ... EF T
EFNTTiÍ
lentils
Ientils and ice
grE window àtl dooÍ, gate iqÊd that much
F{sfr <r€-ú6rt firêral ceÊmony
dntn in that úanner
rqà in that maaner
q ||Éí neht
ãÍ -+ì head ÈJÈ aftemoon, daytime
rqd üke that
erõT distant, âÍ ã yoü (Lnw)
e-Ér Èâ elder sister
therc
ticket, postagestamp d but, though,
r{€t day
that very
Ê8 . to pick up however
d that
fu{rrft
Ê1- to glve trqfrTdffi Íeügious adhercnt very, extÍemely scholar

dianh@a ìÌI{ $owìng Íice to press,squeeze q{r flTsd
* *
È{r
S{er two (with tron- qTtÌ Ê'+t-
rq q t\ rl to fall asleap qeqrq
cFdd'r
to lèlteve
to rndout
Ìnagazine
human watefsottce ffir sl€f,.p, leepiness
nouns) to wash ÊÌfr{t. to decide cfr also,even
tt/to FqIÌrï sÌnoking leúoD cc {fi-d pop music
S€inà double-baftelled ì-sÌ $noke fr.fr invitation q( beyond,on thê
súness, pain, {qqrq PomP, splendonÍ f4çqrcï * to inuite other side of
ttottble very, many Êfiq rule c{st{t tadition
(:ú sad,sufrering ÈÌ qÈ usually, mostly t+<rqr without hope cfc{R family
{ET to hutt *fr waslrcnnan Ê{qfr'r NiÍvana cql to wait
S'11 thin s"rÌr{È{ * to pay attention Êr-sq,Ìt. to decide --a to fall
bidegtam r4fi souúd to emtge, ame out fu tottrTst
5'1El bnde ffi blue ciT festival
both
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali iÍÈtsT to bathe -.cS
Y n úe day afrer 159/169
ï negativepaÍticle
<u mik
ú bathÍoom i'rnofrow
frngemail
{i<srï rRtl frútheÍ
Indiân teleüsio0
+RTT map F salt
qnd êxt,
htm, tfune
servrce rT|cT
ìqr{ Nepali NewaÌr (language)
7/17/2019 R qrÊ{fir municipality, 41.Teach Yourself
c€{
{fII view
tow coúncil
ffi Nepuli to üe down
{qf€ìr * to show ìcrfrtnfi Nepati-sryaker cl anìnd
-àtu from, since
Tï
close,neatby
otheÍwise
neâÍ o cr[qq
qqcÍ
west
to b seen,Lre È{R Nertar(an shop
Íivet cq ro en@f
c€T * tovisible
see wod of gÌ€eting ethnicgroup)
seúdnt T{rc hin
left
T{È
íqt
woÌd of gÌeeting
+é note T{fS of thehill Íegion
È|{ husband's ;TT nine cqì' landsüde
í{qríd utlpleasant
younget bÍotheÍ
ìTfÈ bad
rÌfr butter cF{{r peuiatsly, bef<m,
*f{T god, deity ;qrì waÍm ago
ninth
goddess rïFF
qÈ{ì tust
nose cqà yellow
@únty
ïrrÍfç{ citizei csTsl * to cooK
.
ffi crosjlDad.s
írr( grandson qÌFFT Íipe, rnn,propeÍ
I trt ãve
ffi second qÊÌ frfth
sïí{ to Íün
gatddaughter cfu after, ateÍ YrsÍ to be acquiÍed,
ïrà(R Íelative -cfu -
-Ét(l by il+ snall child ceF tuÍn, time be available
ql-qlrë pìlot
qrsrqt * to make a profìt not even a üttle
wÍ{f footstep,footpint
Ërfr Íich ïTIT name qõIìr{ * to sencl
to take a step
q<Ì qrq * to wotry fr you ktow; ccT€T to reacn
. "-
9t l u5 pound
trãF{r< thankyou v'hat about? È-M educated gÌ\Fr * to get, acquire,
trq Íeügìon, ffirq. to take out, extract c€. to Íead, study
be able to,
Íighteousness well, lÊalthy qÈsd PaÍidiÍ; a traditional
manage o
srFrRrfi Pakistani q-qr.Fi * to woÍship smTq * to cause o Íetr/Í't {€ to tacêase,

IIFFT
TITTIT to ipen, becooked
hillside
W
cürqr whole
fii -noon day
FfSï
r6qÌ
to leaún
pumpnn qnl
advance
laÌnp, üght,
qrg{r uppet atm f{ east 5q-5d fruit electicity
IIT6 ,esso, ninth month of SFT to lloweÍ à
ïq GÌq) fiì-sï to make, mend
qr6 |FÍ * lo ,eate the Nepali yeaÌ 5rí{T benefrt {< shút
qrõ-r <r+ ICXIDOOK IC stomach Ef-fi (FfdrjqD ebventh monih 4<44 * to shut
c|fr measuÍeoI qu:úDty '{.r I nmney; otÊ of úe Nepali year 4< 6ï to be closed
oÌ volume equal to hundtedth Eq * to smash, +<rdfr cabbage
eight mãnãs ofone W bÍeak open aÊangeÌÌEnas
cffr waler, t n 9ll husbaDd F6RR dppling ir<5 gún
gI{ |Ft * to cfoss +q. to bum frdifu" to give back to become
-crR on the aÍ sideof +ü Iastyear ffilÈ-r* to tske back *n;t accoutt, des$iption
qFFT q * to naintain, foster ct+ ìàit . to swrm 'fÈlqq flÍT Bútfra
qrrTT Deyatay,lttÍn,me 9rí Iessone qüarteÍ F.fTç.T IO Unúe, tâxe oIÍ crqql 8trcng
to Éar, keep cqFF $Í ìt to pek íootball q<T eventually, at last
cqr T onton
oivestock) 5(< spare tiÌr@ eventüally, at last
7/17/2019
c|{+t passpoÍt qffi pWle IfiT
41.Teach Yourself Nepali egg qtt óut
cE{r güest c|ríà pÍogless E;dqìd - to lay an egg 4{TTõiI to board a bus
Ê-€-{ to drink q flÌì-T democncy sõÍ o noweL DtootÌl qqt9 í1
----J to move horr]@
ft-+|T{ piciic cà{r state fiiT oweÍ qt(|l settlement, village
firõ{ back qqTí 1Íâ pÍime minìster s-{*ìfr câutfitoweÍ qtí to rcside, sit
çiiiFT
fiÈ penston
spicy CIITRT lecfirÍe, swch
plentiful sR to be fotnd
tung qrQíl down, stay
yoúngeÍ sister
frc-{ pipal iee c{it qtl€stion sÈ pno@gÍapn q|lr Ieft over,
flïd. to woÍry, be r{fr poüce, poüce ofrcer $Ì{.Ít - to make aphone call Êmaìning
troübÌed c-{fr FTr IDüce station ÈÈR otÌty qrq. monkey
c{-í-q{ almost sr*{ andent itT fatheÍ
cfir1 to be Íeached cr;d pmvince iIT<IT goat
to be enough, s|cqÈ mostly, usually iFR nvetDanK qt q Ager
suffice Ír.llT üI to coúlmence {fi-{r gaÍten qIrì âtm, time
c{
q-qrfr
to arÍive frq dear iF;T ro ow qt q granüather
pmest ftr+q-{ dearpeople aqt cnlla -q té from, by
C"q
wrA
ÌeÌigious meit
oId fifr love
love
dqr€ï * ,o pny a mustcit
lnsÍtunent
q rél
q ôt
tuad, path, way
cleveÍ, smaft
qqT aÌlcestor ìfurr girlíriend {qR bazaar,Dtatketpla.ê 4T<4 cloud
5d tuidge aL.. o ctocK qtq Iittle boy
rfkffi book q-"Ì gÍandmother rcpeabdly
ütuary diffeÍeúce {ár packet {ft dry freld
rtkÍT geneÍation dô ÌnoÍe saad
SIõ;T ao eatm
childhood +fr valley fl<nr .ìTF{ tfuoughout,rllìng ìTÌd hunger

4RI Io.lCinC
tolodgeforanigtu e=.
ã< to sell
time qftqr
qì ìddÍ poÌter
thiseveling
ffi
dffiT{
hMgÍy
geographical
qrfr sÍate qç1 time, occasion ìTRi ÉcrltiiÍlent, rìq.Irt AáoJpuÍi (language)
qÍt{i outside ìqmd BÍitain, Endand entotmenr ìtc Tibet
{16r BÍahmin ag* evening ìrT to fr|| Èc.s{m Tibeto-BuÍman
dr{d exceptor, apart +q bette\ good Ìtsr pot, vessel ÈÈqr Tibetai
ftoÌn +{ qr{
Êdr-{
. to spoil
to be spoiled,
iRTF{C+qfq)
baú
fiÌst monú of
úe Nepali yeaÌ
lT|.ãâfrT
yotnget Dromef
â special day on
which wonen
ìrrnl
ìÌqq
tomorÍow
totr
q
go to the bad ÈfiIiFr * to cause o caft / and giÍls aloint q I
unfoÌtunate d{. to carryl úeir broúers .r Ìì
ffi busy
electÍicity
{ìe
+(|q
tee qls"{
qTIT
elder
.* brother's
"': " wife
"- q-frqqr{
- m,uze,
Tuesdaycom
bottle SlrllÍê. DOIAOí ^----%-3
Ê+trgq * -cT{f' fqFIsIÍ$ eighth monlh of
to sperd time) dïÍrgf . to call, inuite CIÍ1 to run away.
Êd<r ' úe Nepa.liyeaÍ 161/169
hoüday, imeotr dÊ1 to be spÚ,ke.n escape {ôàq keÍosene
work,leave dq - to speak ìTRÍ cooked ice; a úreal qÌïFI4
Êd+t meaúng
beer +d Buddhist |Tìl;sr-*õr kitchen
7/17/2019 41.Teach Yourself Nepali {{d lrf, * to help
mÌery, setooú Grr.r I b^ftery crì cook qìs TaÍai (region)
ffi sick, ill
T
qt-{õ Inüa qË.lf{RI útidnight
mrrr+ M ìrrcâq Indian
tuid-
unwelt qaqf.I soybean {rfr load ft.qFr midday
ffi* rc lotget rmn latguage
to be forsonen rfrc{rq
--i
'|I{Í ,- iÌn ìTF{ T speech,ertute .TTàg among
írTffl fifth moúth of qiT heaí fiind
-r
Dtscult
úe NePali Year firE to become wet q-{ cÌIgI *
- . slowtY,catefullv firdr iateioÍ wall
to üke
. :. .' ll.l 19 statement,utterance - --9 to b liked
rcal we.Knng'nafiÂge rÌft bb said, firì-Tô wall clock qq qrt to want to
Ê8,*{. rc úarry firí within, iiside IFïììFT *
be calted
moming
Pass'ol tu{. to stap on
to celebnte
minislÍy
f{ÈqR 'i,uoai, YE
_at-qr Êr€r visa
han ministeÍ
qï6 crowd
-r{<f firÈ beÍoÊ, n ftont of
fl-q-drà{r oD he way, en ouE _lÍ<I
-_L qïET 'tr gloutd qrt
q I F{.1
' befoÊ to die
to be ünderstood
- tFÈq g@gaphy qfgsf
-ìI<.I d;Ì below touchiag,mouing
to understand -rI.<I rI. tÊyond TIr{ Bhutaa qanl expensive
{q.
qtFIR Wednesday
{d ghost
w raaet
-ç<r qrFq allove
rTqIT heaven on eaÍh
FËRqgT
T{{
unpofiaat
palacê
{6I old man, husband .t= ' È{ arca, üstict
to say. tell His Majesty the
ora womân,' wúe qqfr È m@ing, encounteÍ
{â+{r thúmb
Cusloms
rccenay. Justnow
rr< to meet +tQlrcqtqq
KitC
couege
old, aged to frnd, I@ate
T<Ff as fat as possible Ètld. cÊtil úonth
-gT fi qGT main, principal fi they, these awtte

qÌ nodteÍ heatt
qr{d womaú's natal hofie qõT
WÍ bunch {{fr
T{r
youtg womaÌl
yourrg man q{ftcÌ to cry
fuw
qEïi mile fir measul€of weight {òc Botupe hee
qrq . to ask oÍ oÌ quaÍtify equâl to * this handkeÍchief
qTq tedth moÍth of 20 pnthis d-d{r pIân { particle indicating
tlle Nepali yoaÌ {Ê-rq difficül\ difficulty that the
qï6t frsh r&f fool infonDâtion
qT{ * { a^d
to scaldb, cotr Tdr Íúish irnparted by the
ft colouÍ
ct-"dcFn tnotlld'r ongue {sr mouse (ffi speakeÌcomes
üqwÍ
qrí, qri only rrÍ deeÌ fiom ânother
{|kÍ bIú
crfu alxrve, up tkT deÂt deceased (ITríd source
qrr a measuÌe: 0.7 penon {qÌíô 'rf . oleâsanLeniovable
K' enlov oDeseü -^ - ndio
litres or 20ounccs Ì{ chaiÍ (çl tan
crF{€ penon q(l tuy, múe
€{ saÌo'e oelitfie
nestatiltt
'ì''
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali Ìai (eÚmic FouD) 162/169
crrÈ penoo qrqall Marftuti (lângüage) (|q* IO put, Keeo
{grT sr'It
aoagr@,accepl, +lâr ditty rTËFÍ * to stop
a male buffalo :é
believe ìE salvation, (t lrlÌ+ cE\.at
{reÌ
- bread
7/17/2019 qrs tr{ * to forgive deliveranca
41.Teach Yourself Nepali àr, theplanting of a
political
c|úfq1. IO IOfStVe .llCl fiotarÍcaÍ (FFTFT nationalhishwav
cÍop
qTITT tove, anecdon .||al fat aÌq * to plstlt
qrcr d * {TNïT king
to tove + q value pÍice
qrqrq1 * {reT kingdom
ao cfgea mena .ÍrQr.+rr8r( a half-mw
qT{ qïw (MT Rana iT úere
qTg{
Ìneat weaúEt (ft at night a[tkr{FT exhâttsted
schoolmastat (rò têd qqrq{ * to puaon
cr@ saaondeldest
<rfr queen iI Í
fu-{ ÌÌEtte q( | heÌe, in this
{rq-àRcl okÍa q{{
IúCe
garüc
firot-i sweets diÍection
<r* gqto, Nce olrsí ütrc, queue
fud hiend qk this much
{rÈ must2tÍtl -n I to, foÍ, at
ffiã rmnltÍe qc I Yetì
<rY nation qTeT * aa,wean
fir<fqì veryet ly 1nme .r+r9rrçl this tinte (|:sFd pìeslalenÌ qlq arc hu 0dred
thomtng q(r I it this manner . rQ q r. rl
frarq * Ìoafiange, q(l in this franêr
ft-+qn
passpott
ncKsÌtaw "ttql
thoúsand
hundÊds of
asseÌnble, qd
qEl üke this ffi'ï tesofvaãon thoúsands
acltrst,onng hetu
togetheÍ, sort d)t {ô ight herc
ftï ('eDr qtrí to k felt, atrect,
to beanw seem,apply,
frS to come together, ìIRIFIIÌT tranq'o.n
to stop bgtn, cost,
o'actt,Dl,gauong qtltl tâveller, pilgÌim
Ìr5Ì qì-< ëIT head old take ime be
god-tâsting úrcmory
It{Í coldandcough imposeL heÂd oÍ,
f&e, fiouth firfi .vle Mddle)
set n
embaÍassmeit, fdìTm departúEnt ïl"ilrT€l * to setüght to

shaúte f{qm nisht $r wid, Tqr{ advice
qrà satpid Ê+qr+qc aiÍport togethet sfT plusonequaÌÍeÍ
qFl* to take away rqlQ Ioneliness tnusic iilí f^fl wlle s pate,ltlt home
{rfr long Rq spedal, panicalar s{€ T conservation rfr(f cDeap
ft.
frq
ta âke f*r* gd
ffirrqq
wodd v'aÍ calenddcâl etu +f-(ff.f I
qlÌrrrf, *
cneapry
Ltr|áu (etlmic utiveÍsity vorld b help
gtoup) fusïsqt*. to büew, to frnish (lf9t tn É
iT{T clothing, clothes 4Ìt{tTrr @cüpaaon'ust to b able to sì+ ky
iTrTT-Ì5rëI clothes qT{R behauiour $r{qÌqt Mount EveÊst í fE{ ousK
by, becauseof, AIFF{IT SntDntar qsÌ€1 * to help, to assist +f cÌlín cuntat
ATNI(
bicycle
àq . todue to
u,/nte qrcft tÍade
tadq Ìrsfi easy
sieet, mad lTrg{(èìrq r) foudh month of
ffi husband {:I always the Nepali yeâr
man
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali in good healü {nt gftens 163/169
{Ìãr ÍEtal watetpot
century
s<Ífï offsping {r< * fo excÌraÌUremoney)
SafitÍday
thde you s@ dÍean plus one half
woÍd
EIÌiFT * to btil1g JaccejsfuÌ Seven
7/17/2019 srt-r Utdy 41.Teach Yourself Nepali ITIÌÍ
srõ city, town

SIã'T clean srdÌ seventh
fi foÊst {T{r{rt vegetadan
<sFri. to clesl {rfi friend, companion
4q year sÍrd peaceful
aq all srì small
qqRr qnk level, Í|at soap
monsoa, tatn peace
q€ l s/ãe (IIiú) sÍFr{ ptúaps (FI€IT prcbÌem *.ì- luggage
cQ l Íight üEÍe {ÍRFÌ nrle, Ìegime
ltqFíT{ aews flcfi Nepali uiolin
i{Frq sentence frìÌffi teehet
wtFlt< çr newspaper sÊ saÍr; a womaÍ's
gTTTRT frnìshed dress
i{kíFr{lT alúospherc, ÊìHT edwation
enviÍonment Êrq{ peak
{F{;ÍI memory - srq yeaÍ
.{I{ day of the week ffi ''Jountzin
Shivarati festival
sTsl* to ÍemefibeÍ {rô wife's yoüiger
{ì[ë wallet frrErdq to remhd, JrsÍer
Shiva tefiple
qÍ<Frqr Ìealy, actüa y {n€ shìeld
lfsTr+F
coürsel
editaÍ
í||Qql
{rÈs
thiÍd eldest
üteraturc
opinion qJF{r{ Ftiday
{r3ìlI{{T qK
f+sr,rf,* to considq, E||-ffr{Í gpod wishes
ptxsibility nÊÍchant; business
up to, as ar as, propriemt
think alrout ITïFTTq* givea name üntiI fl€4 telm us€d o
scieace sÍd r b sân
hoaow, Íeswt ad&€ss a
fqÈqÍ abÍoad, foÌeign lei to bgin
WI hundted professional
coúníÌy IFIT Súe.pa(ethnic
ÊÈfiÌT to go abroad
govennÊnt €rË ettÍetuely
rcfttga. tuÊtgtw àrqíl
CÌoup)
wife
(Icd'rfr govemmenâl futtsq* to terch
,,frqr{ Jatátswad goooess) t(|rt.í gravely
ffi student husband
{ii;rsr disasteÍ frÊtrq Srklcm
fq-qìifc school
frt. to leaú €FT t14 * to bathe to walk, set out A(r üafioíd
frÈï with
to ead
RÌiI
(.f(
Me
volce fË'àS'
l8'qì
well-wisher
Hitdi €qrsq{
ã{ post office
to b
frãalld *
f(í{l-q(
to frnish
ctDema
gfT
q€T
heaven
healthy
@tcTfr
lÈERtfr
Hindi-speakeÍ
Indian
Èt* to look
shott-statuÍed
Errl
frclÊ soldier €T{ taste, Iavout Hindu Qrcq hotel
ftl 1r *f.r llrrlr ügat n& RrR bsry ÊqTq theHimalayas Èsrrt,. to be careful
frqtïr bordet €rFÍ healÍh ffi HituaIayan Ë do you heat?, OK?
I(.f I Ezn ltft wÌe @ mud úir choleÍa
fór(rfíqr sênes, cquence tqftíf-q í( woman Èflq,r{ to add up
€-e -
seat
6
€TÜ dúectly, stÍaight
{frr{ Ptg ËFT
B ÍR Íight?, isn't that so?
thousand
fu*. to snifr. súieu
thousandsof
sí-sã üe soundol the
- Q ì lí |
6q ( 9tr,yes 164/169
wind liq (7
a quüEr ntDe
Wdon?
w Éq(q trt graadÌrbtlreÍ
{6 happv J*.' gandfaíher
7/17/2019 gsrE sueeestion ìl
stike
qFT rc Jeep: üe dowa S::
Q('í huÍt ,
w+ì6r a"*oo
6(lt( hürry
Íen oE, very distant
à<l w*k
,üìq. to Elate. tell
beautiÂrl -]
6(l{t'1 to b lost
+.È" gÍeet
ç<fr óeautiful lwoman)
ài- every
{f{d to be heard- :r-
Qqli slQrq aeroplane
N auúDle
ËÌq - Ío d. ve (a vehicle)
{ddr ofaÌtae
-: tu $nile,laügh
w* ..
ao Êt Í, a en
€lq
õr tq DoJs
$tur seaure.Dro,t€{ted
:
l
Qls atone
gÊc-Tr c(mvemence-
, .. Ërí hand, arm
à wtutê
ÉI{.Iq lrards and face
to c-ooldown
ÉFlFFr'ã hannfrtl
ü=.
RC. to think
.
u, aaK
i::
grqt.gt. €È we
QìCt OUr,OUIS
ÈsÍ -
soIál
õl^lqq' Dews
òr*r< Mondav l
ËfCÍ wind, air
,-- ,-
scnoot
t6\ snow
*ìrrr estabüshment À=
It{r yesteday
. .
Íìcfil sltuaaon.
fËí.ïFT to go oú foot
citcmstances
@l bÍidgc 5d pul cr ' ST rutru
L_J
5m
bring õqÌqf lyãutru cup 6rT krp
bmther, ldeÌ qì-g dãi
brother oungerqfí bhãi daughter bÌfr chori
buffalo rìfr bhaiÁi day tqÍ dln
bus 4{T bos daybefoÍe
GI I
bu8 tation {ffI{gFÍf
buy ftf
bes
blsa||ni'
kinnu
yeÁterdây
decide
i{fia
tdlìqi
aíi
ni(üo
grrou
II çrpitâl (rqtlrfr ÌqjiirhÃni deiry devatã
crrdj d tr
-frrr qËìT madhya diarúoea
aI
about time) -ffi q{rd,;r(IÈ kh|rãb, ccn[al fffr rüsõ
J. aDouÍquurory, {q krrra nôtimÌo chrir Èq
q(d|
mec difficult .||Qir.
qgõqrè
gâ||ro,
abroad Êà{Í vides bag sìfi Jhorã c|Ëap s03to apFyãro
cl31 põunu qqEF 165/169
acque bangle T<r cüÌã úilúen boocãhaÉ dlty R Eailo
qwr{
7/17/2019
zo âdvic€
âdüs€ twr{fu
sallÍü
6e[ãh
dhu
bank
becoDe
befoE
+{
qa
boik
bannu
-tr<rqfu .bh&dã
Chineee
cholera
olgat€tt€
tq riqt
Qo
Tò.
cuuya
nqra
c|rml
otsanr
oooÍ
dowúil
erõr
àfi
qt Ê
tsdhã
dhokÃ
oÌoto
tt
afrer -cfu -pochi aChl clty sr{{ íobaÌ dÍink eq,1ìq nanra
*- l
aftemoon Ìq\ít|r tul|li(' De$o 1 .r1. tuÌu clsss Fqr ksksã piu[u
age gÈ{ umer gaÌDu, clcan qÍ6I ssphã dÍiver gríT( {rãibhar
qìmõ calãk dry vb)
q)
ago qÈ, qttõ "eU $fl óuÌ|l olçveÍ g{ïgd erkãunu
I pahile hunu cümb vb) sR câChnu
airporr flaqr;Íefq ridtrúd q1]ï, qiq hgnu, clos€ {<qt boÍla each hanek
õT
-t alcohol T{fr rakli Íh5ltru gaÌnu easily qÊqfr*t sajilo$õcr
GI all
allow
F{,qÈ
Êt
sab,sâbâi beüef
dinü below
lqvql( vütYgs cloth kapoCa eãit Tf
(|qà
porvs
o
iìïÍ tala clothes ipÌÌ luCa easy ssiilo
I always {È ffi
sadhqi biC 6-à thiito çold ciso eat €E ldrãnu
angry, to be fts]'lT risõunu blâck {rÈ kjilo coldnçss jãdo embarrâssmêllÍÌlI lãj
anyone {Ìô kohi blue ffi nib coÌouÌ t{ Ìãg empty fì=ïT Ìiío
apple çqfg syãu board vb) T€ cadhnu CTTNC qr\FI ãunu English ,ìÌ-q õgFej
cr<I
qa
@
amve ITr{,3{rÉt{ pugnu, boil (vb) gRt ulr atru cook n) bhã||se evening àg-q"-, belulã
) ãipugDu book ffdlq kitãb cook vb) CFÌgT pôkâutru Evercst (|RqFIÍ qrdÈ
q
ask {Ì{ sodhnu bom, o be q.q1 jâlrmaDu corner kuna exam qf{ jãc
at home sf, q{rIf Chani, boy +cr keÍã cough ffi khoki expensive l(iÈ rnahãgo
ghaÌfDã Brúmin
lq{
bãhur country <sT de6 eye qÍqr ãkhã
breaÌ sì.fl phodnu cow trÉ gA
tq, sr{{t{ muÌb gl€eo QPqì Dtnyo Indian lTt(frq bhãrstlJa Monday tl tïq t( somvâÌ
aDuhãi guest q-ú{r pãhunã Inside -fìrã

qTqïíFà .bhitra
rãLÌlõgdo money 9*||
.t rÉi I
po|sa
faoily Y íq rr panvâÌ InteÍ€súng mo h nmrlllâ
family name q{ morflng fqrï bthiina
farmer tã{r{ Ìdsnn happiness q.fr khúi Japânese {rel. r Japafl molner qrqT,qT ãmi, mã
fal {È moÍo he(Hish) {ËÌ vahã lob {llrlr Jâg|Ì motoÍr.'âr r 4i motrÌ
father T{r. EI buvã.bã beo-.ow) S ü joumey qfi{T yãtra my q(ì me m
fear Car he Mddle) TIÌ üi
field 1à, dit khet' bãn- head ãlìd Íauko Kathmaodu mõCf€Ì kã0m{ú name ;Ín nãm
6nd CÌ3d pnü|lu headcold {qï ntghã xcy H rt I ssco neaÍDy .||q.n nqlrra
finish ftEsT:s-t Cdüánr heaÍ4obe {fu suninu ldlogrâfime ffi ko úever s@ cfr kah yat
fiÍst cF{df pahilo heat rqr
---s gaÌrD Kng r lql roJa Pani
lÌrght FtrTI;Í vietD help q<dd mad|t knowledge crü thiihÂ new rrqr Dtya
food qÌìff,ìTfd khãnã, gsÌru newspaper 3fqrÍR akhbãÌ
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali lÌFIÍ *f{c-.z bholipotlâ 166/169
bhãt here s-ÉÌ yahã hnguage bhã|â next day
(t+i
foreigneÍ fcà{fr
v €S Himataya Êqlqq h||||5hya h8t (pr€vious nice rì nro
forger Êfr biÌssnu holidây Èfl,€ bidõ, wc k) 3ì{q asd night (t t( tìÈtr
Friday Tf{r{6u}r vãr úuÍ$ ltll o/eaÍ) '{r8rr pol|or norür gÌ|t uttar
fiiend qffr sãthi home tf{ ghrÌ hst (fiml) qÈ{q antim novel 3çqRI upânyas
from -èfu, -srë dethi, hopê fislr ãóã hr R Chilo now tF6à,eì-+ atrite,abâ
-bôta hot rrì, (|rír g8Ìm, qì< ah€r nowadays f5Ìrflq lqio{â
ftüir sFrÏd phstphút tãto htt Í ffi ctÍhi
cdresh .rÈ$ Ca[é horel €È{Í hoFl llquor affi rolsi o'clock {ì b6je
German qfï jârúan houÍ qqëT ShaSts llvê Eq barnu office ét D*t aptrls
get CISE pôunu house tl.{ ghâÌ lodge õ{.t lqi official qfrIfrft atlhikâd
gbee fu6 ghiu howmüch? sifrt k ü? tondon iI -ST laSCâÍ old r(rír puÌltlo
elft 3F{r', upahãr, how,Iike whar? r5à ? krsto lo{. Ë<rgt hsÌãunu open (adj) Cqr khulã
+ÌÈfr koceli how, n what open (vb) dq kholnu
gúl nél keg rnamer? ã(t? krsaÌi müD -t .í-q r.t9 logDe- opúuon tqqt( vlctÌ
grve 161 dinu huager ìTÌ{ bhok Dimhe orânge T€df suÍtrlã
go qE jãnu àÌ ondeÌ T€rgd
god à{dr devetã huÍ
husband €q ffi
,frqÍ{, dukhnu
$nntq müny
mürkct qqR dherai
bqiãÌ ouÌ Qr{r
úrãünu
l|a|l|Ìo
good tÍ* ÌõmÌo logDe nüry fu{r,Ì{ biha outside nttt bãhira
granddaughter Ifàfr nftiDi gemu owl rfl9ír aplltro
gÍadfatheÌ ËSC4Í hqiuÌM I qm r Ibut ITRT mãsu
gÍaídmother ËT-{rqr hqiürãni ir -.1| -mA toot rt6T bhetsu packet {Ër boÍã
gÌandson qTkÍ n5Íi IrÌdiâ tÌr(fl bhãÌat ||Ir0 qrËõr mãil passport crs+t pôçpoÌt
pen lfinFI Ìdrm Íice (cookeo rn-{ bhna |olt|o thing) àô kehi tenth Esï r|saú
qt-È<J
p€oPle Ísr{È ric€
dch utrcookeoq[{q, cõtDrf tonrbody +€Ì
rfË+ãrô kobi
krbilc rhâr
rherE ià
ileÌ qo
hrl {'fr dhrri tofirti Ês tyúã
Pe$oÍl q l.Ì, qÌfi, íâ kholi, kãhi rhey sírQe lll||||tru
phone \Òlí l||x)tr n&tr tor 6tr choÌi thiFt frqf ftrhõ
pickup s6lv{ ühõürü road qrà bõts fong fiï sit rtis qr yo
plâce org pt|| noom ãÌ5r koÈõ touh ek"r &l$ rhousands Qqr(r D4,|rrou
plâlê Qc i qQrq [wü ruIree at\. nDryt lpo* ìq bobü ThuÌsday f{È{rt btbtvãÌ
*tÊr 6 6ç ÈR1 boliou Tibet Èë bhot
play ll|y sq bosru ticket È€ ür.l
Polàara ftight frEr sidhn tim€ ìqT,qcq be4
polic€ a[rnge q-dÈ aDa4ho s8rtrry
policest tion f6t fftf pralrrl $ay ll-T il+F sstak tü€drc,ss rFõR thakit
thlnõ school qq shf ffi ynyartm-- oday qr.( qtr
POOÍ lrfl-d
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali goI|A seárch SÌq khoÍlu hostel 6lÌfF{ïg chilbôvâs tomcÍow *fr bhori 167/169
post o'ffce hulã& soc <q C-€ pâ0htru touÍist c{ã{ porystsk
Ëqrfiq{
gbü s€e , o be sfu{ rtclüinu (rFt saphtl towaÍds -fd{ -drs
7/17/2019
potato qlg ilü s€rd C6|q pqhftmu 41.Teach Yourself Nepali 3Ffg16 .k sÍit ltuesday cFqR nxng|rÈ
poünd poupd úe (ÌIidr) {d Yahã trtr grrti TV â.S. F üüi'
pËent tssü{, upohõr, úeorw) s ü qtE(|qt( atll 9tt twrce <âcfi rturpotsr
frÌÈ-ô kcctr sbe Middle) sfr ütri f-5ì |rrÈo
Foblem ÌFteTt roDrEyE Shiva Ffq Sya firõÍâ nfrfi umbrEllâ 6kIT rüãtã
puÌpìe qrfr pyqF shoes ç{r juúã cÌâ.Èõt pu"È undersÌand gq bqihtru
shop (RÌìT pr6ol lihdru unAasmo4o*gfel bqibhü
que$ror prafoe since -èfu de*hi udveGity ÊFÊ-flqq vffvaü-
-
quit Er* chi4nu sing rnq giuntr ubb Èg< çtür yõlryr
qúte qR rli sist€(elder Èâ d|ú hkc ft üru until -{[sT .eutrmt
sister,lounger aF6fr bohltrI blÊ otr FfrlCÍ phuliltru up o -ìÍET fl|trnrr
Íar n gtil Prtr| $sÍer-ú-raw rfl\rc, tEr{ l'|utuu, bll qrà sgb üphill s{rd ukãto
Íeached,o be gfir{ Fgltru buì5ri h8ty *à niÈo usually Èiqô .ücrsi
re3d r{d po{hnü sleep ffiÍ Didrn trxi aqrffi jaro
rc@lve Crq Dôün|l deep KJ ruhr G. 9.,|| aq/t
'Jmi
Í€cendy rÍ<(í{ bhrrthrr slo Ã,ly È<tì uEtiÌrl bach€r fsltrr ÉlL{ak valley s\çqìr ql&Íyaxa
r€st qRrcqf &{n smol(e Aèa<q cura bü lrd lüsnnu veçtables irqd'ffr torf,rn._
gatrru khlnu bll off r||qr r' gax very àt dh€rrt
tEsE[lta w ÌçFtÌt $oâ(€{L to De rrl\ bhiitru geÌru village .ll\í gAU
rEtum
"fr plllÌnnu soÍre ur€oprc, nrÉl koDr- bryle {FE{ mandir úolin sRfl s5lrry-
visit Erd jõr|t whoce? s,{à küüo?

vorce fl,ar wife àtri(r, flürrq,
(qtçfl ltv8ll
wall qsT prdÍhsnü witrdow çqïq Jhr|.I
wash qiÍ dhüru útch ++fr botsr-
waúeÍman sÌfr üúi worrun qrËqr€ itud
wsf.h {& g|trü wolt ìt.t xtm
walcr crfi ptul {rrrr;f tim
õrfr hirDr- 8lr[u
wear qrq hDu woEy È<rqt cno
we{ú€( qÌqc rru ün glrür
gF{R hdbvú wotship fqÍ pqF
w€ek {KT hrEtl wdte +q hlhtru
well {nr0 ÉnÍüí
weí l|trrì
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali lllqm yêar úq, cf sd, vü{a 168/169
w€t fi{ffi hqaro yellov qÈô poHo
whât? ìf kd yestrday rQqr 4p
wheo? çfrèl krh[ef yer ERèsq rme.
wü€r€? ffr krhi? A.|IttrTI
wtib Èè súo you HiSh) wt€ t"85fi
whole f{r,ft ptu5, youo-ow) if 6
púIri you Mtufdb) ftfr tui'

Vdocuments - MX 41teach Yourself Nepali 2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Vdocuments - MX 41teach Yourself Nepali 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

7/17/2019 41.

Teach Yourself Nepali

For over 60 years, more Ìhan

quitüngihile oing,nmediately fret oiv

canats-o^:L *lll haol'jroot helpto you in developingaccumtepronunciationat

-1+ úe Nepali soundsystem.Devanagari s a phoneticscript, which bccause,n the úsence of any

o The Devanagari scÍipt has 33 consonants. The traditional Indian

Palatal consonants (pÍonouncêd at the palate or the Leblal onsonantspronouncèdn he iPs)

Bindu namash Bimal Kumãrji tapãi sancai

4 I am, you ane,we are with à âo

However, t is notnecessaryo attach Ë€ -harú to a nounwhensome a àmtqql<*È ? yo kãfhnã{aú ho? Is thisKathmarìdu?

6 Asking and answeringquestions D2 Arrivingat the college

Mahendra mahâvidy-alay Mahendra College peopleat this level of poüteness.

mia-mfu gr {tr kãfhmãCaümãkun In Kathmandu, hich

Becausec(ì kasto meansike wlraÍ?,a question n which it is used

yo deókastocha? Whatis s camayike? cfrq g trrq, TR t +Ei 6<r+ w<o r

I r6tcr.rrfu+ar prahan- lqãnã nqiik chÀ? {1 Ir

In this unit you will learn

CfO Setting up the examroom

23 Ownership: à -ko, -â -kÍ, -+r ká with nouns

29 Asking questions: he use offrki

ftfr ssfrflq ÊrêsTà

All of the pronouns

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/41teach-yourself-nepali Ett ne cook and he pilot 40/169

CL <fr qÍfer rÈìqdqrn<aqrÌqfõ rÈì Èèfi qìfitr{s qÌ* f{qri-dtz

Shailendra well. relationship is between úe place.

With úe High pronouns dcrq, +*Í.

The secondmeaningof rfr is even,especiallywhen t is used n ìÌfr{Fc until tomorÍow

ÃfuEì at what time? rffi easy

Anno At what time do you usually get up?

4Íl Frequency: re+

frcrã{ an he-n e oined to aperiodof time (a week,a day,

f.isn{ te, rvrffiào*íì@ I

In this unit you will leaÍn

SUPER-POLITE rifrcr garnuholã leasewouldyou do (tsed to Dictionary fonn Impenüve base

s q-{ì€u6 | He gives to me. 46 The habitual prêsent ense: alternative

50 6qand ú@:OK, all right

lrgÌtrr r{ to assisr, relp {w complicated, difficult

f Which is the world's poorestcountry? IMC|SE m ConstÍuctsentencesbout ikes and dislikesalong

GÈr.ft ìFÈ,q fm{ì o @+rfi { r He doesnot speakNepali

In this unit you will lêarn

Cf tS SanOhya rops by frúì yesteÍday í{cf'{ buÍ evenso

(üqr, rfr-{F rr + -grÌ = rr(ìÈ ì,{Ì,tufr,ÍÈfr(m.) r{g ì{cìI

I ïhe rrâ form refers to changes, ventsând transformations n the

becamesad. lnd *fr

EXERCISE28 Translatento Nepali: (, õnrÈìE rqcdq rccÈqr uqraqn rì€ fr r dcr€€s

al all in theirhouses. qÌfi-{rt se fi{qrqfr trsSâ tÊrta qÍì fuEg'oft t

Shankarprasad Yes, yes. t doesn'tmatter.

60 Further uses oÍ-ì ü Wth nouns o mark a causal t[ction

tl sFi eaÍ $qì-dÌ thumb

Cl tz R day ofÍ work ícEr<rvt*È<ar@ü.it

Íoday. Wiúout kno\Ã/ing he context in which the statement is made

tigarnu to do fuorntically, the negative orm of úese tenses houldbe created y

not go to schooL he goes to

68 Further relationship terms

3 rqï ecrrfrvrto t "

In this unit you will learn

70 Food vocabulary qrwrâftffiààqiF{fr t What hings oyouneed

71 Using -crÈnstead of -+ÌqrÊr

treO n place o stay n Kathmandu

3@ âF{ aqÉàÈ{r qfu+Éqcls_fi{4l

f{frqqr{ ìÈfisrr* I I felt hungry yesteÍday. Bxanryle: á4ppinessqrfr) qqrâqfr õrtÍà t